Eastern Virginia Bankshares (EVBS) 10-K 2013 FY Annual report

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

 

FORM 10-K

 

x	Annual Report Pursuant to Section 13 OR 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013

or

o	Transition Report Pursuant to Section 13 OR 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

For the transition period from             to            

Commission file number 000-23565

 

EASTERN VIRGINIA BANKSHARES, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Virginia	54-1866052
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)	(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

330 Hospital Road
Tappahannock, Virginia 22560

(Address of principal executive offices) (Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code:(804) 443-8400

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Common Stock, $2 par value per share	The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC
Title of each class	Name of each exchange on which registered

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

NONE

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.Yeso Nox

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act. Yeso Nox

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15 (d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.Yesx Noo

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Website, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files).Yesx Noo

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of the registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filero	Accelerated filero
Non-accelerated filero (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)	Smaller reporting companyx

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).Yeso Nox

The aggregate market value of common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of June 30, 2013 was $51.5 million.

There were 11,862,367 shares of common stock, par value $2.00 per share, outstanding as of March 26, 2014.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the definitive Proxy Statement to be delivered to shareholders in connection with the 2014 Annual Meeting of Shareholders are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Part I
Item 1. Business		1
Item 1A. Risk Factors		16
Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments		27
Item 2. Properties		27
Item 3. Legal Proceedings		27
Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures		28
Part II
Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities		29
Item 6. Selected Financial Data		31
Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations		32
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk		72
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data		73
Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure		74
Item 9A. Controls and Procedures		74
Item 9B. Other Information		75
Part III
Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance		75
Item 11. Executive Compensation		75
Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters		75
Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence		75
Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services		75
Part IV
Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules		76
Signatures		78

i

Part I

Item 1.Business

General

Eastern Virginia Bankshares, Inc. (“Parent”) is a bank holding company headquartered in Tappahannock, Virginia that was organized and chartered under the laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia on September 5, 1997 and commenced operations on December 29, 1997. Through our wholly-owned bank subsidiary, EVB (the “Bank”), we operate twenty-one full service branches and 2 drive-in facilities in eastern Virginia. Two of EVB’s three predecessor banks, Bank of Northumberland, Inc. and Southside Bank, were established in 1910. The third bank, Hanover Bank, was established as a de novo bank in 2000. In April 2006, these three banks were merged and the surviving bank was re-branded as EVB.

EVB is a community bank targeting small to medium-sized businesses and consumers in our traditional coastal plain markets and the emerging suburbs outside of the Richmond and Greater Tidewater areas. Our mission is dedicated to providing the highest quality financial services to our customers, enriching the health and vitality of the communities we serve, and enhancing shareholder value.

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Parent, the Bank and its subsidiaries, at times collectively referred to as the “Company”, “we”, “our”, or “us,” except where the context requires that “Company” refer only to Eastern Virginia Bankshares, Inc.

The Company provides a broad range of personal and commercial banking services including commercial, consumer and real estate loans. We complement our lending operations with an array of retail and commercial deposit products and fee-based services. Our services are delivered locally by well-trained and experienced bankers, whom we empower to make decisions at the local level, so they can provide timely lending decisions and respond promptly to customer inquiries. Having been in many of our markets for over 100 years, we have established relationships with and an understanding of our customers. We believe that, by offering our customers personalized service and a breadth of products, we can compete effectively as we expand within our existing markets and into new markets.

Historically, the Company’s goal has been to expand our footprint in eastern and central Virginia. To accomplish that goal, we have expanded and improved our branch network. While we continuously evaluate strategies of building new branches in growing markets and purchasing other locations as the opportunities arise, the economic environment over the past few years has not been conducive to expansion. In December 2010, we closed one of our oldest branches, Aylett, combining it with a newer and larger branch three miles away at Central Garage on Route 360. This location in King William County is fast becoming the economic center of that part of the county. In early 2011, we purchased land in Colonial Heights with the intent to build and relocate our existing rented branch to this owned property during the fourth quarter of 2012. In December 2012, we completed construction of the new Colonial Heights branch and relocated from our previously rented branch. We have also closed three other branches during the last three years, with our Glenns branch closing in December 2011, our Bowling Green branch closing in September 2012 and our Old Church branch closing in October 2013. The decision to close our Glenns branch was based on foot traffic and other metrics, and we can continue to efficiently serve our customers in that area with the three other branches located only a few miles away. The decision to close our Bowling Green branch was based on several factors including the branch location, which was outside our traditional footprint, and the inability to successfully grow the branch due to local economic conditions. The decision to close the Old Church branch was based on several factors including declining branch activity and an absence of community or business initiatives for economic expansion in or around the area in the near future. These branch closures were also part of our strategic focus from 2011 to 2013 of aggressively managing our noninterest expenses. Other changes to the branch system could occur in the future. Our goal continues to be to expand whenever possible when it is financially feasible. As previously disclosed, in February 2011 we entered into a written agreement with our federal and state banking regulators. The Written Agreement was terminated on July 30, 2013. As previously disclosed, in September 2013 we entered into a Memorandum of Understanding with our federal and state banking regulators. The Memorandum of Understanding was terminated effective March 13, 2014. The Company’s management and Board of Directors unanimously support the goal of financial soundness identified by this Memorandum of Understanding. For additional discussion of the agreement and

1

Memorandum of Understanding, please see “Regulation and Supervision — Regulatory Agreements” later in Item 1 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

The Bank owns EVB Financial Services, Inc., which in turn has a 100% ownership interest in EVB Investments, Inc. and through March 31, 2011 a 50% ownership interest in EVB Mortgage, LLC. EVB Investments, Inc. is a full-service brokerage firm offering a comprehensive range of investment services. EVB Mortgage, LLC was formed to originate and sell residential mortgages. Due to the uncertainties surrounding potential regulatory pressures regarding the origination and funding of mortgage loans on one to four family residences, the Company decided in March 2011 to cease the operations of EVB Mortgage, LLC as a joint venture with Southern Trust Mortgage, LLC. On April 1, 2011, the Company entered into an independent contractor agreement with Southern Trust Mortgage, LLC. Under the terms of this agreement, the Company advises and consults with Southern Trust Mortgage, LLC and facilitates the marketing and brand recognition of their mortgage business. In addition, the Company provides Southern Trust Mortgage, LLC with offices at five retail branches in the Company’s market area and access to office equipment at those locations during normal working hours. For its services, the Company receives fixed monthly compensation from Southern Trust Mortgage, LLC in the amount of $1 thousand, which is adjustable on a quarterly basis. The Bank has a 75% ownership interest in EVB Title, LLC, which primarily sold title insurance to the mortgage loan customers of the Bank and EVB Mortgage, LLC. Effective January 2014, the Bank has ceased operations of EVB Title, LLC due to low volume and profitability. The Bank has a 2.33% ownership in Bankers Insurance, LLC, which primarily sells insurance products to customers of the Bank, and other financial institutions that have an equity interest in the agency. The Bank also has a 100% ownership interest in Dunston Hall LLC, POS LLC, Tartan Holdings LLC and ECU-RE LLC, which were formed to hold the title to real estate acquired by the Bank upon foreclosure on property of real estate secured loans and whose financial position and operating results are not significant to the Company as a whole and are not considered principal activities of the Company at this time.

The Company also owns one non-operating subsidiary, EVB Statutory Trust I (the “Trust”), that was formed in September 2003. The Trust was formed for the purpose of issuing $10.0 million of trust preferred capital securities. The Trust is an unconsolidated subsidiary of the Company and its principal asset is $10.3 million of the Company’s junior subordinated deferrable interest debentures securities (referred to herein as “trust preferred debt”) that is reported as a liability of the Company.

Market Areas

The Company currently conducts business through twenty-one full service branches and two drive-in facilities, primarily in the eastern portion of the state. Our markets are located east of U.S. Route 250 and extend from northeast of Richmond to the Chesapeake Bay in central Virginia and across the James River from Colonial Heights to southeastern Virginia. Geographically, we have four primary market areas: Northern Neck, Middle Peninsula, Capital (suburbs of Richmond) and Southern.

Our Northern Neck and Middle Peninsula regions are in the eastern coastal plain of Virginia, often referred to as River Country. A number of the branches in this locale have been in business for over one hundred years and have strong customer ties going back over multiple generations. According to the Virginia Economic Development Partnership, the region’s industries have traditionally been associated with abundant natural resources that include five rivers and the Chesapeake Bay. The diversified economy includes seafood harvesting, light manufacturing, agriculture, leisure, marine services and service sectors dedicated to many upscale retirement communities.

Our Capital region is currently comprised of Hanover, Henrico and King William counties and Colonial Heights, which are emerging suburbs of Richmond. Hanover County is approximately 10 miles from downtown Richmond and eighty-six miles south of Washington, DC. Hanover County is the largest county by area in the Richmond metropolitan area. The county provides residents and businesses the geographic advantages of a growing metropolitan area coupled with substantial acreage for expansion in a suburban setting. With a branch in the adjacent county of Henrico, which is closer to Richmond, we have the advantage of an established economic setting with many small business prospects. Our location in Colonial Heights puts us in the south Richmond suburbs and allows us to capitalize on economic activity related to the U.S. Army

2

facility at Fort Lee. The other county, King William, offers us growth opportunities as the Richmond suburbs expand farther east of their current boundaries.

Our Southern region is comprised of New Kent, Surry, Sussex, and Southampton counties. New Kent continues to be one of the fastest growing counties in Virginia based on population. It is located southeast of Richmond and north of Williamsburg placing us in the growth zone of U.S. highway 64 that runs from Richmond to the Virginia Beach area of the Virginia Tidewater region. The other three counties are approximately fifty miles southeast of Richmond along or just off the state Route 460 corridor and are adjacent to the Greater Tidewater area. The port of Hampton Roads is approximately fifty miles to the east of our Southern region. The region’s close proximity to major military, naval and research centers and transportation infrastructure make this an attractive location for contractors and service and manufacturing companies.

Business Strategy

As a result of over 100 years of experience serving the Northern Neck and Middle Peninsula regions, we have a stable, loyal customer base and a high deposit market share in these regions. Due to the lower projected population growth of these markets, we expanded in Hanover, Henrico, Gloucester, New Kent and King William Counties and the city of Colonial Heights to target the higher potential growth in these existing and emerging suburban markets. The deposit market share we have accumulated in our Northern Neck, Middle Peninsula and Southern regions has helped fund our loan growth in the emerging suburban areas in the Capital region.

We believe that economic growth and bank consolidation have created a growing number of businesses and consumers in need of a broad range of products and services, as well as the high level of personal service that we provide. While we work through the economic challenges of the past few years and look at 2014 as a year to strengthen our existing markets, our long-term business plan is to capitalize on the growth opportunity in our markets by further developing our branch network in our existing markets and augmenting our market area by expanding further in areas near the urban markets of Richmond and the Greater Tidewater area.

Competition

The Bank encounters strong competition for its banking services within its primary market areas. The sources of competition vary based on the particular market of operation, which can range from a small rural town to part of a large urban market. The Bank competes with large national and regional financial institutions, savings associations and other independent community banks, as well as credit unions, mutual funds and life insurance companies. The banking business in the Bank’s primary market areas is highly competitive for both loans and deposits, and is dominated by a relatively small number of large banks with many offices operating over a wide geographic area. Among the advantages such large banks have over the Bank are their ability to offer banking products and services at large branch networks, to launch and finance wide-ranging advertising campaigns and, by virtue of their greater total capitalization, to have substantially higher lending limits than the Bank. In addition, large banks may more easily comply with certain regulations applicable to banking activities and consumer financial products and services that have been adopted in response to the perceived causes of the financial crisis of 2008, and current conditions in the economic and financial markets.

Factors such as interest rates offered, the number and location of branches and the types of products offered, as well as the reputation of the institution, affect competition for deposits and loans. The Bank competes by emphasizing customer service and technology, establishing long-term customer relationships, building customer loyalty, and providing products and services to address the specific needs of its customers. The Bank targets individuals and small to medium sized business customers. No material part of the Bank’s business is dependent upon a single or a few customers, and the loss of any single customer would not have a material adverse effect upon the Bank’s business.

Because federal regulation of financial institutions changes regularly and is the subject of constant legislative debate, we cannot foresee how federal regulation of financial institutions may change in the future. However, it is possible that current and future governmental regulatory and economic initiatives could impact the competitive landscape in the Bank’s markets.

3

Employees

As of December 31, 2013, the Company had 315 full-time equivalent employees. Management of the Company considers its relations with employees to be excellent. No employees are represented by a union or any similar group, and the Company has never experienced any strike or labor dispute.

Regulation and Supervision

General

Bank holding companies and banks are extensively regulated under both federal and state law. The regulatory framework is intended primarily for the protection of depositors, federal deposit insurance funds and the banking system as a whole and not for the protection of shareholders and creditors. The following summary briefly describes significant provisions of currently applicable federal and state laws and certain regulations and the potential impact of such provisions on the Company and the Bank. This summary is not complete, and we refer you to the particular statutory or regulatory provisions or proposals for more information. Because federal regulation of financial institutions changes regularly and is the subject of constant legislative and regulatory debate, we cannot forecast how federal and state regulation and supervision of financial institutions may change in the future and affect the Company’s and the Bank’s operations.

Regulatory Reform

The financial crisis of 2008, including the downturn of global economic, financial and money markets and the threat of collapse of numerous financial institutions, and other recent events have led to the adoption of numerous laws and regulations that apply to financial institutions. The most significant of these laws is the Dodd-Frank Act, adopted on July 21, 2010 to implement significant structural reforms to the financial services industry. The Dodd-Frank Act is discussed in more detail below.

As a result of the Dodd-Frank Act and other regulatory reforms, the Company continues to experience a period of rapidly changing regulatory requirements. These regulatory changes could have a significant effect on how the Company conducts its business. The full extent of the Dodd-Frank Act and other proposed regulatory reforms cannot yet be determined and will depend to a large extent on the many specific regulations that the Dodd-Frank Act requires to be adopted in the coming months and years to implement these reform initiatives.

Regulatory Agreements

On February 17, 2011, the Company and the Bank entered into a Written Agreement (the “Written Agreement”) with the Federal Reserve Bank of Richmond (the “Reserve Bank”) and the Virginia State Corporation Commission Bureau of Financial Institutions (the “Bureau”). The Written Agreement was terminated on July 30, 2013. The Written Agreement had required the Bank, among other things, to develop plans for improving numerous aspects of the Bank’s operations and management, required the Bank to improve asset quality, restricted certain types of credit extensions and imposed a number of measures designed to preserve the Bank’s capital.

On September 5, 2013, the Company and the Bank entered into a Memorandum of Understanding (the “Memorandum of Understanding” or “MOU”) with the Reserve Bank and the Bureau. The MOU was terminated effective March 13, 2014.

Under the terms of the MOU, the Company and the Bank had agreed that the Company will not, without prior written approval of the Reserve Bank and the Bureau, (a) declare or pay dividends of any kind, or make any payments on the Company’s trust preferred securities; (b) incur or guarantee any debt; or (c) purchase or redeem any shares of the Company’s stock. In addition, under the MOU the Company and the Bank had agreed to review and revise the allowance for loan and lease losses methodology (“ALLL”), and on a quarterly basis submit to the Reserve Bank and the Bureau a copy of the internally calculated ALLL worksheet.

Management believes, as of December 31, 2013, that the Company and Bank were in full or substantial compliance with the terms of the MOU.

4

Regulation of the Company

As a public company, the Company is subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). As a result, the Company must file annual, quarterly, current and other reports with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), and also comply with other laws and regulations of the SEC applicable to public companies.

As a bank holding company, the Company is also subject to the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (the “BHCA”) and supervision and regulation by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve Board”). Generally, a bank holding company is required to obtain the approval of the Federal Reserve Board before acquiring a controlling interest in a bank or engaging in an activity considered to be a banking activity, either directly or through a subsidiary. Bank holding companies and their subsidiaries are also subject to restrictions on transactions with insiders and affiliates.

Pursuant to the BHCA, the Federal Reserve Board has the power to order any bank holding company or its subsidiaries to terminate any activity or to terminate its ownership or control of any subsidiary when the Federal Reserve Board has reasonable grounds to believe that continuation of such activity or ownership constitutes a serious risk to the financial soundness, safety or stability of any bank subsidiary of the bank holding company.

The BHCA generally limits the activities of a bank holding company and its subsidiaries to that of banking, managing or controlling banks, or any other activity that is closely related to banking or to managing or controlling banks, and permits interstate banking acquisitions subject to certain conditions, including national and state concentration limits. The Federal Reserve Board has jurisdiction under the BHCA to approve any bank or non-bank acquisition, merger or consolidation proposed by a bank holding company. A bank holding company must be well capitalized and well managed to engage in an interstate acquisition or merger, and banks may branch across state lines provided that the law of the state in which the branch is to be located would permit establishment of the branch if the bank were a state bank chartered by such state.

A bank holding company is prohibited from engaging in or acquiring, either directly or indirectly through a subsidiary, ownership or control of more than five percent of the voting shares of any company engaged in non-banking activities. A bank holding company may, however, engage in or acquire an interest in a company that engages in activities that the Federal Reserve Board has determined by regulation or order are so closely related to banking as to be a proper incident to banking. A bank holding company also may become eligible to engage in activities that are financial in nature or complimentary to financial activities by qualifying as a financial holding company under the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999 (the “GLBA”). To qualify as a financial holding company, each insured depository institution controlled by the bank holding company must be well-capitalized, well-managed and have at least a satisfactory rating under the Community Reinvestment Act. To date, the Company has not qualified as a financial holding company, and the qualification as such by other bank holding companies has not had a material impact on the business of the Company.

Each of the Bank’s depository accounts is insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”) against loss to the depositor to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, and federal law and regulatory policy impose a number of obligations and restrictions on the Company and the Bank to reduce potential loss exposure to the depositors and to the FDIC insurance funds. For example, pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act and Federal Reserve Board policy, a bank holding company must commit resources to support its subsidiary depository institutions, which is referred to as serving as a “source of strength.” In addition, insured depository institutions under common control must reimburse the FDIC for any loss suffered or reasonably anticipated by the Deposit Insurance Fund (the “DIF”) as a result of the default of a commonly controlled insured depository institution. The FDIC may decline to enforce the provisions if it determines that a waiver is in the best interest of the DIF. An FDIC claim for damage is superior to claims of stockholders of an insured depository institution or its holding company but is subordinate to claims of depositors, secured creditors and holders of subordinated debt, other than affiliates, of the commonly controlled insured depository institution.

The Federal Deposit Insurance Act (the “FDIA”) provides that amounts received from the liquidation or other resolution of any insured depository institution must be distributed, after payment of secured claims, to pay the deposit liabilities of the institution before payment of any other general creditor or stockholder.

5

This provision would give depositors a preference over general and subordinated creditors and stockholders if a receiver is appointed to distribute the assets of the Bank.

The Company also is subject to regulation and supervision by the Bureau.

Capital Requirements

The Federal Reserve Board and the FDIC have issued substantially similar risk-based and leverage capital guidelines applicable to banking organizations they supervise. Under the risk-based capital requirements of these federal bank regulatory agencies, the Company and the Bank are required to maintain a minimum ratio of total capital to risk-weighted assets of at least 8.0% and a minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets of at least 4.0%. At least half of the total capital must be Tier 1 capital, which includes common equity, retained earnings and qualifying perpetual preferred stock, less certain intangibles and other adjustments. The remainder may consist of Tier 2 capital, such as a limited amount of subordinated and other qualifying debt (including certain hybrid capital instruments), other qualifying preferred stock and a limited amount of the general loan loss allowance.

As long as the Company has total consolidated assets of less than $15 billion, under currently applicable capital standards the Company may include in Tier 1 and total capital the Company’s trust preferred securities that were issued before May 19, 2010. The capital guidelines also provide that banking organizations experiencing internal growth or making acquisitions must maintain capital positions substantially above the minimum supervisory levels, without significant reliance on intangible assets.

On January 9, 2009, as part of the Capital Purchase Program (the “Capital Purchase Program” or “CPP”) established by the U.S. Department of the Treasury (the “Treasury”) under the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 (the “EESA”), as discussed below, the Company issued and sold to Treasury for an aggregate purchase price of $24.0 million in cash (1) 24,000 shares of the Company’s fixed rate cumulative perpetual preferred stock, Series A, par value $2.00 per share, having a liquidation preference of $1,000 per share (“Series A Preferred Stock”) and (2) a ten-year warrant to purchase up to 373,832 shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $2.00 per share (“Common Stock”), at an initial exercise price of $9.63 per share (“Warrant”). The Series A Preferred Stock has been treated as Tier 1 capital for regulatory capital adequacy determination purposes. On October 21, 2013, the Treasury completed the sale to private investors of all 24,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock held by the Treasury for proceeds of $26.5 million. The Company did not receive any proceeds from the completion of this sale. At December 31, 2013, the Series A Preferred Stock remained outstanding and was held by private investors.

In July 2013, the Company’s primary federal regulator, the Federal Reserve Board, adopted final rules (i) to implement the Basel III Capital framework and (ii) for calculating risk-weighted assets (collectively, the “Basel III Capital Rules”). These final rules establish a new comprehensive capital framework for U.S. banking organizations, and require bank holding companies and their subsidiaries to maintain substantially more capital with a greater emphasis on common equity. The Basel III Capital Rules define the components of capital and address other issues affecting the numerator in banking institutions’ regulatory capital ratios, and also address risk weights and other issues affecting the denominator in banking institutions’ regulatory capital ratios. The Basel III Capital Rules will be effective for the Company on January 1, 2015 (subject to a phase-in period for certain portions of the new rules, including the capital conservation buffer and certain regulatory capital adjustments and deductions).

The Basel III Capital Rules, among other things, (i) introduce a new capital measure called “Common Equity Tier 1” (“CET1”), (ii) specify that Tier 1 capital consists of CET1 and “Additional Tier 1 capital” instruments meeting specified requirements, (iii) define CET1 narrowly by requiring that most deductions/adjustments to regulatory capital measures be made to CET1 and not to the other components of capital and (iv) expand the scope of the deductions/adjustments from capital as compared to existing regulations, and particularly as applied to CET1.

When fully phased in on January 1, 2019, the Basel III Capital Rules will require the Company to maintain (i) a minimum ratio of CET1 to risk-weighted assets of at least 4.5%, plus a 2.5% “capital conservation buffer” (which is added to the 4.5% CET1 ratio as that buffer is phased in, effectively resulting in a minimum ratio of CET1 to risk-weighted assets of at least 7% upon full implementation), (ii) a minimum ratio of Tier 1

6

capital to risk-weighted assets of at least 6.0%, plus the capital conservation buffer (which is added to the 6.0% Tier 1 capital ratio as that buffer is phased in, effectively resulting in a minimum Tier 1 capital ratio of 8.5% upon full implementation), (iii) a minimum ratio of Total capital (that is, Tier 1 plus Tier 2) to risk-weighted assets of at least 8.0%, plus the capital conservation buffer (which is added to the 8.0% total capital ratio as that buffer is phased in, effectively resulting in a minimum total capital ratio of 10.5% upon full implementation) and (iv) a minimum leverage ratio of 4%, calculated as the ratio of Tier 1 capital to average assets (as compared to a current minimum leverage ratio of 3% for banking organizations that either have the highest supervisory rating or have implemented the appropriate federal regulatory authority’s risk-adjusted measure for market risk).

The Basel III Capital Rules also provide for a “countercyclical capital buffer,” that is applicable only to certain covered institutions and is not expected to have any current applicability to the Company.

The aforementioned capital conservation buffer is designed to absorb losses during periods of economic stress. Banking institutions with a ratio of CET1 to risk-weighted assets above the minimum but below the conservation buffer (or below the combined capital conservation buffer and countercyclical capital buffer, when the latter is applied) will face constraints on dividends, equity repurchases and compensation based on the amount of the shortfall.

Under the Basel III Capital Rules, the initial minimum capital ratios as of January 1, 2015 will be as follows:

• 4.5% CET1 to risk-weighted assets.

• 6.0% Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets.

• 8.0% Total capital to risk-weighted assets.

The Basel III Capital Rules provide for a number of deductions from and adjustments to CET1. These include, for example, the requirement that mortgage servicing rights, deferred tax assets arising from temporary differences that could not be realized through net operating loss carrybacks and significant investments in non-consolidated financial entities be deducted from CET1 to the extent that any one such category exceeds 10% of CET1 or all such categories in the aggregate exceed 15% of CET1. Under current capital standards, the effects of accumulated other comprehensive income items included in capital are excluded for the purposes of determining regulatory capital ratios. Under the Basel III Capital Rules, the effects of accumulated other comprehensive items are not excluded; however, non-advanced approaches banking organizations, including the Company, may make a one-time permanent election to continue to exclude these items. The Company expects to make this election in order to avoid significant variations in the level of capital depending upon the impact of interest rate fluctuations on the fair value of the Company’s available-for-sale securities portfolio. The Basel III Capital Rules also exclude certain hybrid securities, such as trust preferred securities, from a bank holding company’s Tier 1 capital, subject to phase-out. The Basel III Capital Rules do not require bank holding companies with less than $15 billion in consolidated total assets to exclude certain hybrid securities (such as trust preferred securities) from Tier 1 capital. As a result, the Company expects to continue to include its trust preferred securities in Tier 1 capital. For bank holding companies with $15 billion or more in consolidated total assets, trust preferred securities will be phased out of tier 1 capital by 2016, but will continue to be included in tier 2 capital.

Implementation of the deductions and other adjustments to CET1 will begin on January 1, 2015 and will be phased-in over a four-year period (beginning at 40% on January 1, 2015 and an additional 20% per year thereafter). The implementation of the capital conservation buffer will begin on January 1, 2016 at the 0.625% level and be phased in over a four-year period (increasing by that amount on each subsequent January 1, until it reaches 2.5% on January 1, 2019).

With respect to the Company, the Basel III Capital Rules also revise the “prompt corrective action” regulations pursuant to Section 38 of the FDIA, by (i) introducing a CET1 ratio requirement at each level (other than critically undercapitalized), with the required CET1 ratio being 6.5% for well-capitalized status; (ii) increasing the minimum Tier 1 capital ratio requirement for each category, with the minimum Tier 1 capital ratio for well-capitalized status being 8% (as compared to the current 6%); and (iii) eliminating the current provision that provides that a bank with a composite supervisory rating of 1 may have a 3% leverage

7

ratio and still be adequately capitalized. The Basel III Capital Rules do not change the total risk-based capital requirement for any prompt corrective action category.

The Basel III Capital Rules prescribe a standardized approach for risk weightings that expand the risk-weighting categories from the current four Basel I-derived categories (0%, 20%, 50% and 100%) to a much larger and more risk-sensitive number of categories, depending on the nature of the assets, generally ranging from 0% for U.S. government and agency securities, to 600% for certain equity exposures, and resulting in higher risk weights for a variety of asset categories. Specific changes to current rules impacting the Company’s determination of risk-weighted assets include, among other things:

• Applying a 150% risk weight instead of a 100% risk weight for certain high volatility commercial real estate acquisition, development and construction loans.

• Assigning a 150% risk weight to exposures (other than residential mortgage exposures) that are 90 days past due.

• Providing for a 20% credit conversion factor for the unused portion of a commitment with an original maturity of one year or less that is not unconditionally cancellable (currently set at 0%).

Management believes that, as of December 31, 2013, the Company would meet all capital adequacy requirements under the Basel III Capital Rules on a fully phased-in basis as if such requirements were currently in effect.

Liquidity Requirements

Historically, regulation and monitoring of bank and bank holding company liquidity has been addressed as a supervisory matter, without required formulaic measures. The Basel III liquidity framework requires banks and bank holding companies to measure their liquidity against specific liquidity tests that, although similar in some respects to liquidity measures historically applied by banks and regulators for management and supervisory purposes, going forward would be required by regulation. One test, referred to as the liquidity coverage ratio (“LCR”), is designed to ensure that the banking entity maintains an adequate level of unencumbered high-quality liquid assets equal to the entity’s expected net cash outflow for a 30-day time horizon (or, if greater, 25% of its expected total cash outflow) under an acute liquidity stress scenario. The other test, referred to as the net stable funding ratio (“NSFR”), is designed to promote more medium and long-term funding of the assets and activities of banking entities over a one-year time horizon. These requirements will incent banking entities to increase their holdings of U.S. Treasury securities and other sovereign debt as a component of assets and increase the use of long-term debt as a funding source. In October 2013, the federal banking agencies proposed rules implementing the LCR for advanced approaches banking organizations and a modified version of the LCR for bank holding companies with at least $50 billion in total consolidated assets that are not advanced approach banking organizations, neither of which would apply to the Company. The federal banking agencies have not yet proposed rules to implement the NSFR.

Limits on Dividends

The Corporation is a legal entity that is separate and distinct from the Bank, and the ability of the Company to pay dividends depends upon the amount of dividends declared by the Bank, if any. In addition, the ability of the Company to pay dividends is subject to various laws and regulations, including limits on the sources of dividends and requirements to maintain capital at or above regulatory minimums. Regulatory restrictions also exist with respect to the Bank’s ability to pay dividends. Banking regulators have indicated that Virginia banking organizations should generally pay dividends only (1) from net undivided profits of the bank, after providing for all expenses, losses, interest and taxes accrued or due by the bank, and (2) if the prospective rate of earnings retention appears consistent with the organization’s capital needs, asset quality and overall financial condition. In addition, the FDIA prohibits insured depository institutions such as the Bank from making capital distributions, including paying dividends, if after making such distribution the institution would become undercapitalized as defined in the statute.

Under the terms of the Written Agreement among the Company, the Bank, the Reserve Bank and the Bureau, each of the Company and the Bank were subject to additional limitations and regulatory restrictions and could

8

not declare or pay dividends to its shareholders (including payments by the Company related to its trust preferred securities) without prior regulatory approval. The Written Agreement was terminated on July 30, 2013.

Under the terms of the MOU among the Company, the Bank, the Reserve Bank and the Bureau, each of the Company and the Bank were subject to additional limitations and regulatory restrictions and could not declare or pay dividends to its shareholders (including payments by the Company related to its trust preferred securities) without prior regulatory approval. The MOU was terminated effective March 13, 2014. See Note 16 to Consolidated Financial Statements in Part II, Item 8 of this Form 10-K.

As of December 31, 2013, the Company had deferred eleven quarterly interest payments and accumulated $976 thousand in interest on the junior subordinated debentures (the “Junior Subordinated Debentures”) relating to its trust preferred securities issued in September 2003. Until all accrued and unpaid interest on the Junior Subordinated Debentures is paid, the Company may not pay any dividends or distributions on, or redeem, purchase, acquire or make a liquidation payment with respect to, the Company’s common stock, Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock.

In addition, on February 15, 2014, the Company deferred its thirteenth consecutive dividend on the Series A Preferred Stock originally issued to the Treasury. Dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock are, however, cumulative, and, as of December 31, 2013, the Company had accumulated $3.6 million for dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock. Future payment of cash dividends on our common stock and Series B Preferred Stock, if any, will be subject to the prior payment of all unpaid dividends and deferred distributions on the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock.

Reporting Obligations

As a bank holding company, the Company must file with the Federal Reserve Board an annual report and such additional information as the Federal Reserve Board may require pursuant to the BHCA. The Bank must submit to federal and state regulators annual audit reports prepared by independent auditors. The Company’s annual report, which includes the report of the Company’s independent auditors, can be used to satisfy this requirement. The Bank must submit quarterly, to the FDIC, Reports of Condition and Income (referred to in the banking industry as a Call Report). The Company must submit quarterly, to the Federal Reserve Board, Consolidated Financial Statements for Bank Holding Companies (FR Y-9C) and Parent Company Only Financial Statements for Large Bank Holding Companies (FR Y-9LP).

The Dodd-Frank Act

The Dodd-Frank Act implements far-reaching changes across the financial regulatory landscape, including changes that will affect all bank holding companies and banks, including the Company and the Bank. Provisions that significantly affect the business of the Company and the Bank include the following:

• Insurance of Deposit Accounts.  The Dodd-Frank Act changed the assessment base for federal deposit insurance from the amount of insured deposits to consolidated assets less tangible capital. The Dodd-Frank Act also made permanent the $250,000 limit for federal deposit insurance and increased the cash limit of Securities Investor Protection Corporation protection from $100,000 to $250,000.

• Payment of Interest on Demand Deposits.  The Dodd-Frank Act repealed the federal prohibitions on the payment of interest on demand deposits, thereby permitting depository institutions to pay interest on business transaction and other accounts.

• Creation of the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (“CFPB”).  The Dodd-Frank Act centralized significant aspects of consumer financial protection by creating a new agency, the CFPB, which is discussed in more detail below.

9

• Debit Card Interchange Fees.  The Dodd-Frank Act amended the Electronic Fund Transfer Act (“EFTA”) to, among other things, require that debit card interchange fees be reasonable and proportional to the actual cost incurred by the issuer with respect to the transaction. In June 2011, the Federal Reserve Board adopted regulations setting the maximum permissible interchange fee as the sum of 21 cents per transaction and 5 basis points multiplied by the value of the transaction, with an additional adjustment of up to one cent per transaction if the issuer implements additional fraud-prevention standards. Although issuers that have assets of less than $10 billion are exempt from the Federal Reserve Board’s regulations that set maximum interchange fees, these regulations could significantly affect the interchange fees that financial institutions with less than $10 billion in assets are able to collect.

In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act implements other far-reaching changes to the financial regulatory landscape, including provisions that:

• Restrict the preemption of state law by federal law and disallow subsidiaries and affiliates of national banks from availing themselves of such preemption.

• Impose comprehensive regulation of the over-the-counter derivatives market, subject to significant rulemaking processes, which would include certain provisions that would effectively prohibit insured depository institutions from conducting certain derivatives businesses in the institution itself.

• Require loan originators to retain 5 percent of any loan sold or securitized, unless it is a “qualified residential mortgage,” subject to certain exceptions.

• Implement corporate governance revisions that apply to all public companies not just financial institutions.

The Dodd-Frank Act contains many other provisions, and federal regulators continue to draft implementing regulations which may affect the Company or the Bank. Accordingly, the topics discussed above are only a representative sample of the types of new or increasing regulatory issues in the Dodd-Frank Act that may have an impact on the Company and the Bank.

Source of Strength Doctrine

The Dodd-Frank Act codifies and expands the existing Federal Reserve Board policy that a bank holding company is required to serve as a source of financial and managerial strength to its subsidiary banks. Under the Dodd-Frank Act, the term “source of financial strength” is defined to mean the “ability of a company that directly or indirectly controls an insured depository institution to provide financial assistance to such insured depository institution in the event of the financial distress of the insured depository institution.” As of March 2014, implementing regulations of the Dodd-Frank Act source of strength provisions, however, have not yet been promulgated. It is the Federal Reserve Board’s existing policy that a bank holding company should stand ready to use available resources to provide adequate capital to its subsidiary banks during periods of financial stress or adversity and should maintain the financial flexibility and capital-raising capacity to obtain additional resources for assisting its subsidiary banks. Consistent with this, the Federal Reserve Board has stated that, as a matter of prudent banking, a bank holding company should generally not maintain a given rate of cash dividends unless its net income available to common shareholders has been sufficient to fully fund the dividends and the prospective rate of earnings retention appears to be consistent with the organization’s capital needs, asset quality, and overall financial condition.

Economic Emergency Stabilization Act of 2008 (the “EESA”) and the American Recovery & Reinvestment Act of 2009 (the “ARRA”)

In October 2008, the EESA was signed into law, which provided immediate authority and facilities that the Treasury could use to restore liquidity and stability to the financial system, and pursuant to which the U.S. Treasury made equity investments in banks and their holding companies through the Troubled Asset Relief Program (“TARP”). The AARA and EESA contained executive compensation restrictions that applied to bank holding companies that received TARP assistance, and were supplemented by additional restrictions contained in regulations issued by the Treasury.

10

As described in more detail above, on January 9, 2009, through the CPP portion of TARP the Company sold and issued to the Treasury shares of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock and warrants to acquire shares of the Company’s common stock. On October 21, 2013, the Treasury completed the sale of all 24,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock held by the Treasury for proceeds of $26.5 million.

On June 10, 2009, the Treasury released regulations in an Interim Final Rule (“IFR”) that sets standards for complying with the executive compensation and corporate governance provisions for TARP recipients contained in EESA, as amended by ARRA. The standards for compensation and corporate governance established in the IFR: (1) prohibit the payment or accrual of bonus, retention award and incentive compensation (with the exception of limited amounts of restricted stock) for specified individuals, depending upon the level of government assistance received by the institution; (2) prohibit making any golden parachute payments to a senior executive officer (“SEO”) or any of the next five most highly compensated employees (“MHCE”); (3) prohibit tax gross-ups to SEOs and any of the next 20 MHCEs; (4) provide for the recovery of any bonus, incentive compensation, or retention award paid to a SEO or the next 20 MHCEs based on materially inaccurate statements of earnings, revenues, gains, or other criteria (clawback); (5) require the establishment of a compensation committee of independent directors to meet semi-annually to review employee compensation plans and the risks posed by these plans to the institution; (6) limit compensation to exclude incentives for SEOs to take unnecessary and excessive risk that threaten the value of the institution and eliminate features of employee compensation plans that pose unnecessary risks to the institution; (7) prohibit employee compensation plans that would encourage manipulation of earnings to enhance an employee’s compensation; (8) require the adoption of an excessive or luxury expenditures policy; (9) require compliance with federal securities laws and regulations regarding non-binding resolution on SEO compensation to shareholders; (10) require disclosure of perquisites offered to SEOs and certain highly compensated employees; and (11) require disclosures related to compensation consultant engagements.

As of December 31, 2013, the corporate governance and executive compensation standards and restrictions of the EESA and the ARRA, as supplemented by regulations issued by the Treasury, do not apply to the Company as the Treasury no longer holds shares of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock.

Incentive Compensation

The Federal Reserve, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency and the FDIC have issued regulatory guidance (the “Incentive Compensation Guidance”) intended to ensure that the incentive compensation policies of banking organizations do not undermine the safety and soundness of such organizations by encouraging excessive risk-taking. The Federal Reserve Board will review, as part of the regular, risk-focused examination process, the incentive compensation arrangements of banking organizations, such as the Company, that are not “large, complex banking organizations.” These reviews will be tailored to each organization based on the scope and complexity of the organization’s activities and the prevalence of incentive compensation arrangements. The findings of the supervisory initiatives will be included in reports of examination and incorporated into the organization’s supervisory ratings. Enforcement actions may be taken against a banking organization if its incentive compensation arrangements, or related risk-management control or governance processes, pose a risk to the organization’s safety and soundness and the organization is not taking prompt and effective measures to correct the deficiencies.

As required by the Dodd-Frank Act, in March 2011 the SEC and the federal bank regulatory agencies proposed regulations that would prohibit financial institutions with assets of at least $1 billion from maintaining executive compensation arrangements that encourage inappropriate risk taking by providing excessive compensation or that could lead to material financial loss to the financial institution, but these regulations have not yet been finalized. If the regulations are adopted in the form initially proposed, they will impose limitations on the manner in which the Company may structure compensation for its executives only if the Company’s total consolidated assets exceed $1 billion. These proposed regulations incorporate the principles discussed in the Incentive Compensation Guidance.

Regulation of the Bank

The Bank, as a state-chartered member bank of the Federal Reserve System, is subject to regulation and examination by the Bureau and the Federal Reserve Board. The various laws and regulations issued and administered by the regulatory agencies (including the CFPB) affect corporate practices, such as the payment

11

of dividends, the incurrence of debt and the acquisition of financial institutions and other companies, and affect business practices and operations, such as the payment of interest on deposits, the charging of interest on loans, and the types of business conduct, the products and terms offered to customers. In addition, the Bank is subject to the rules and regulations of the FDIC, which currently insures substantially all of the Bank’s deposits up to applicable limits of the DIF, and is subject to deposit insurance assessments to maintain the DIF.

FDIC Insurance, Assessments and Regulation

The Bank’s deposits are insured by the DIF of the FDIC up to the standard maximum insurance amount for each deposit ownership category. As of March 2014, the basic limit on FDIC deposit insurance coverage was $250,000 per depositor. Under the FDIA, the FDIC may terminate deposit insurance upon a finding that the institution has engaged in unsafe and unsound practices, is in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue operations, or has violated any applicable law, regulation, rule, order or condition imposed by the FDIC, subject to administrative and potential judicial hearing and review processes.

The DIF is funded by assessments on banks and other depository institutions calculated based on average consolidated total assets minus average tangible equity (defined as Tier 1 capital). As required by the Dodd-Frank Act, the FDIC has adopted a large-bank pricing assessment scheme, set a target “designated reserve ratio” (described in more detail below) of 2 percent for the DIF and established a lower assessment rate schedule when the reserve ratio reaches 1.15 percent and, in lieu of dividends, provides for a lower assessment rate schedule, when the reserve ratio reaches 2 percent and 2.5 percent. An institution’s assessment rate depends upon the institution’s assigned risk category, which is based on supervisory evaluations, regulatory capital levels and certain other factors. Initial base assessment rates ranges from 2.5 to 45 basis points. The FDIC may make the following further adjustments to an institution’s initial base assessment rates: decreases for long-term unsecured debt including most senior unsecured debt and subordinated debt; increases for holding long-term unsecured debt or subordinated debt issued by other insured depository institutions; and increases for broker deposits in excess of 10 percent of domestic deposits for institutions not well rated and well capitalized.

The Dodd-Frank Act transferred to the FDIC increased discretion with regard to managing the required amount of reserves for the DIF, or the “designated reserve ratio.” Among other changes, the Dodd-Frank Act (i) raised the minimum designated reserve ratio to 1.35 percent and removed the upper limit on the designated reserve ratio, (ii) requires that the designated reserve ratio reach 1.35 percent by September 2020, and (iii) requires the FDIC to offset the effect on institutions with total consolidated assets of less than $10 billion of raising the designated reserve ratio from 1.15 percent to 1.35 percent. The FDIA requires that the FDIC consider the appropriate level for the designated reserve ratio on at least an annual basis. On October 2010, the FDIC adopted a new DIF restoration plan to ensure that the fund reserve ratio reaches 1.35 percent by September 30, 2020, as required by the Dodd-Frank Act.

FDIC insurance expense totaled $1.8 million, $2.3 million and $2.7 million in 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. FDIC insurance expense includes deposit insurance assessments and Financing Corporation (“FICO”) assessments related to outstanding FICO bonds. The FICO is a mixed-ownership government corporation established by the Competitive Equality Banking Act of 1987 whose sole purpose was to function as a financing vehicle for the now defunct Federal Savings & Loan Insurance Corporation. The FICO assessment rate for the DIF ranged between a high of 0.64 basis points for the first three quarters of 2013, to a low of 0.62 basis points for the fourth quarter of 2013. For the first quarter of 2014, the FICO assessment rate for the DIF is 0.62 basis points resulting in a premium of $0.0062 per $100 of DIF-eligible deposits.

Prompt Corrective Action

The federal banking agencies have broad powers under current federal law to take prompt corrective action to resolve problems of insured depository institutions. The extent of these powers depends upon whether the institution in question is “well capitalized,” “adequately capitalized,” “undercapitalized,” “significantly undercapitalized” or “critically undercapitalized.” These terms are defined under uniform regulations issued by each of the federal banking agencies regulating these institutions. An insured depository institution which is less than adequately capitalized must adopt an acceptable capital restoration plan, is subject to increased

12

regulatory oversight and is increasingly restricted in the scope of its permissible activities. The Company believes that, as of December 31, 2013, its bank subsidiary, EVB, was “well capitalized” based on the aforementioned ratios.

Mortgage Banking Regulation

In connection with making mortgage loans, the Bank is subject to rules and regulations that, among other things, establish standards for loan origination, prohibit discrimination, provide for inspections and appraisals of property, require credit reports on prospective borrowers and, in some cases, restrict certain loan features and fix maximum interest rates and fees. In addition to other federal laws, mortgage origination activities are subject to the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, Truth-in-Lending Act (“TILA”), Home Mortgage Disclosure Act, Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act, and Home Ownership Equity Protection Act, and the regulations promulgated under these acts. These laws prohibit discrimination, require the disclosure of certain basic information to mortgagors concerning credit and settlement costs, limit payment for settlement services to the reasonable value of the services rendered and require the maintenance and disclosure of information regarding the disposition of mortgage applications based on race, gender, geographical distribution and income level. The Dodd-Frank Act has transferred rulemaking authority under many of these laws to the CFPB.

The Bank’s mortgage origination activities are also subject to Regulation Z, which implements TILA. As recently amended and effective January 10, 2014, certain provisions of Regulation Z require mortgage lenders to make a reasonable and good faith determination, based on verified and documented information, that a consumer applying for a mortgage loan has a reasonable ability to repay the loan according to its terms. Alternatively, a mortgage lender can originate “qualified mortgages”, which are generally defined as mortgage loans without negative amortization, interest-only payments, balloon payments, terms exceeding 30 years, and points and fees paid by a consumer equal to or less than 3% of the total loan amount. Higher-priced qualified mortgages (e.g., subprime loans) receive a rebuttable presumption of compliance with ability-to-repay rules, and other qualified mortgages (e.g., prime loans) are deemed to comply with the ability-to-repay rules. The Bank predominately originates mortgage loans that comply with Regulation Z’s “qualified mortgage” rules.

Confidentiality and Required Disclosures of Customer Information

The Company and the Bank are subject to various laws and regulations that address the privacy of nonpublic personal financial information of consumers. The GLBA and certain regulations issued thereunder protect against the transfer and use by financial institutions of consumer nonpublic personal information. A financial institution must provide to its customers, at the beginning of the customer relationship and annually thereafter, the institution’s policies and procedures regarding the handling of customers’ nonpublic personal financial information. These privacy provisions generally prohibit a financial institution from providing a customer’s personal financial information to unaffiliated third parties unless the institution discloses to the customer that the information may be so provided and the customer is given the opportunity to opt out of such disclosure.

The Company and the Bank are also subject to various laws and regulations that attempt to combat money laundering and terrorist financing. The Bank Secrecy Act requires all financial institutions to, among other things, create a system of controls designed to prevent money laundering and the financing of terrorism, and imposes recordkeeping and reporting requirements. The USA Patriot Act facilitates information sharing among governmental entities and financial institutions for the purpose of combating terrorism and money laundering, and requires financial institutions to establish anti-money laundering programs. The Federal Bureau of Investigation (“FBI”) sends banking regulatory agencies lists of the names of persons suspected of involvement in terrorist activities, and requests banks to search their records for any relationships or transactions with persons on those lists. If the Bank finds any relationships or transactions, it must file a suspicious activity report with the U.S. Department of the Treasury (the “Treasury”) and contact the FBI. The Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”), which is a division of the Treasury, is responsible for helping to ensure that United States entities do not engage in transactions with “enemies” of the United States, as defined by various Executive Orders and Acts of Congress. If the Bank finds a name of an “enemy” of the United States on any transaction, account or wire transfer that is on an OFAC list, it must freeze such account, file a suspicious activity report with the Treasury and notify the FBI.

13

Although these laws and programs impose compliance costs and create privacy obligations and, in some cases, reporting obligations, these laws and programs do not materially affect the Bank’s products, services or other business activities.

Community Reinvestment Act

The Community Reinvestment Act (“CRA”) imposes on financial institutions an affirmative and ongoing obligation to meet the credit needs of their local communities, including low and moderate-income neighborhoods, consistent with the safe and sound operation of those institutions. A financial institution’s efforts in meeting community credit needs are assessed based on specified factors. These factors also are considered in evaluating mergers, acquisitions and applications to open a branch or facility. Following the Bank’s most recent scheduled compliance examination in August 2012, it received a CRA performance evaluation of “satisfactory.”

Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta

The Bank is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) of Atlanta, which is one of 12 regional FHLBs that provide funding to their members for making housing loans as well as for affordable housing and community development loans. Each FHLB serves as a reserve, or central bank, for the members within its assigned region. Each is funded primarily from proceeds derived from the sale of consolidated obligations of the FHLB System. Each FHLB makes loans to members in accordance with policies and procedures established by the Board of Directors of the FHLB. As a member, the Bank must purchase and maintain stock in the FHLB of Atlanta. In 2004, the FHLB converted to its new capital structure, which established the minimum capital stock requirement for member banks as an amount equal to the sum of a membership requirement and an activity-based requirement. At December 31, 2013, the Bank held $3.2 million of FHLB of Atlanta stock.

Volcker Rule

The Dodd-Frank Act prohibits bank holding companies and their subsidiary banks from engaging in proprietary trading except in limited circumstances, and places limits on ownership of equity investments in private equity and hedge funds (the “Volcker Rule”). On December 10, 2013, the U.S. financial regulatory agencies (including the Federal Reserve, the FDIC and the SEC) adopted final rules to implement the Volcker Rule. In relevant part, these final rules would have prohibited banking entities from owning collateralized debt obligations (“CDOs”) backed by trust preferred securities, effective July 21, 2015. However, subsequent to these final rules the U.S. financial regulatory agencies issued an interim rule effective April 1, 2014 to exempt CDOs backed by trust preferred securities from the Volcker Rule and the final rule, provided that (a) the CDO was established prior to May 19, 2010, (b) the banking entity reasonably believes that the CDO’s offering proceeds were used to invest primarily in trust preferred securities issued by banks with less than $15 billion in assets, and (iii) the banking entity acquired the CDO investment on or before December 10, 2013.

Future Regulation

Including and in addition to the specific proposals described above, from time to time, various legislative and regulatory initiatives are introduced in Congress and state legislatures, as well as by regulatory agencies. Such initiatives may include proposals to expand or contract the powers of bank holding companies and depository institutions or proposals to substantially change the financial institution regulatory system. Such legislation could change banking statutes and the operating environment of the Company in substantial and unpredictable ways. If enacted, such legislation could increase or decrease the cost of doing business, limit or expand permissible activities or affect the competitive balance among banks, savings associations, credit unions, and other financial institutions. The Company cannot predict whether any such legislation will be enacted, and, if enacted, the effect that it, or any implementing regulations, would have on the financial condition or results of operations of the Company. A change in statutes, regulations, regulatory policies or regulatory guidance or interpretative positions applicable to the Company or any of its subsidiaries could have a material effect on the business of the Company.

14

Available Information

The Company’s SEC filings are filed electronically and are available to the public over the Internet at the SEC’s web site athttp://www.sec.gov. In addition, any document filed by the Company with the SEC can be read and copied at the SEC’s public reference facilities at 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. Copies of documents can be obtained at prescribed rates by writing to the Public Reference Section of the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. The public may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The Company’s SEC filings also are available through our web site athttp://www.evb.org under “SEC Filings” as soon as reasonably practicable after they are filed with the SEC. Copies of documents also can be obtained free of charge by writing to the Company’s Corporate Secretary at P.O. Box 1455, Tappahannock, VA 22560 or by calling 804-443-8400. The information on the Company’s website is not, and shall not be deemed to be, a part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K or incorporated into any other filings the Company makes with the SEC.

15

Item 1A.Risk Factors

An investment in our common stock involves significant risks inherent to the Company’s business. Like other bank holding companies, we are subject to a number of risks, many of which are outside of our control. If any of the events or circumstances described in the following risk factors actually occur, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be harmed. These risks are not the only ones that we may face. Other risks of which we are not aware, including those which relate to the banking and financial services industry in general and us in particular, or those which we do not currently believe are material, may harm our future business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. Readers should consider carefully the following important risks, in conjunction with the other information in this Annual Report on Form 10-K including our consolidated financial statements and related notes, in evaluating us, our business and an investment in our securities.

Difficult conditions in the economy and the capital markets continue to adversely affect our industry.

Declines in the housing market, with falling home prices and elevated foreclosures, coupled with high unemployment and under-employment, have negatively impacted the credit performance of real estate related loans and consumer loans and have resulted in significant write-downs of asset values by financial institutions in recent years. These write-downs spread to other securities and loans and have caused many financial institutions to seek additional capital, to reduce or eliminate dividends, to merge with larger and stronger institutions and, in some cases, to fail. In this environment, many lenders and institutional investors reduced or ceased providing funding to borrowers, including to other financial institutions. This market turmoil and tightening of credit led to an increased level of commercial and consumer delinquencies, lack of consumer confidence, and reduction of business activity generally, the effects of which continue to be felt today. Continuing economic pressure on consumers may adversely affect our business and results of operations. Market developments may affect consumer confidence levels and may cause adverse changes in payment patterns, causing increases in delinquencies and default rates, which may impact our charge-offs and provision for loan losses. A worsening of these conditions would likely exacerbate the adverse effects of these difficult market conditions on us and others in the financial institutions industry.

The capital and credit markets have periodically experienced volatility and disruption in recent years. In some cases, these markets have produced downward pressure on stock prices and credit availability for certain issuers without regard to those issuers’ underlying financial strength. If these levels of market disruption and volatility recur, there can be no assurance that we will not experience an adverse effect, which may be material, on our ability to access capital and on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The Company has a high concentration of loans secured by both residential and commercial real estate and a further downturn in either or both real estate markets, for any reason, may increase the Company’s credit losses, which would negatively affect its financial results.

The Company offers a variety of secured loans, including commercial lines of credit, commercial term loans, real estate, construction, home equity, consumer and other loans. Most of the Company’s loans are secured by real estate (both residential and commercial) in its market area. At December 31, 2013, approximately 88.8% of the Company’s $657.2 million loan portfolio was secured by residential and commercial real estate. Changes in the real estate market, such as a greater deterioration in market value of collateral, or a greater decline in local employment rates or economic conditions, could adversely affect the Company’s customers’ ability to pay these loans, which in turn could impact the Company’s profitability. There has been a slowdown in the housing market across our geographical footprint, reflecting declining prices and excess inventories of houses to be sold. Repayment of our commercial loans is often dependent on the cash flow of the borrower, which may be unpredictable in the current economy. If the value of real estate serving as collateral for the loan portfolio materially declines, a significant portion of the loan portfolio could become under-collateralized. If the loans that are secured by real estate become troubled when real estate market conditions are declining or have declined, in the event of foreclosure the Company may not be able to realize the amount of collateral that was anticipated at the time of originating the loan. In that event, the Company may have to increase the provision for loan losses, which could have a material adverse effect on its operating results and financial condition.

16

Offerings of our securities and other potential capital strategies or the conversion of shares of our non-voting mandatorily convertible non-cumulative preferred stock, Series B (the “Series B Preferred Stock”) into common stock could dilute your investment or otherwise affect your rights as a shareholder.

In the future we may seek to raise additional capital through offerings of our common stock, preferred stock, securities convertible into common stock, or rights to acquire such securities or our common stock. Under our Articles of Incorporation, we have additional authorized shares of common stock that we can issue from time to time at the discretion of our Board of Directors, without further action by shareholders, except where shareholder approval is required by applicable law or listing requirements of the NASDAQ Stock Market. The issuance of any additional shares of common stock or securities convertible into common stock in a subsequent offering could be substantially dilutive to holders of our common stock. Holders of our common stock have no preemptive rights as a matter of law that entitle them to purchase their pro-rata share of any offering or shares of any class or series. In addition, under our Articles of Incorporation, we can authorize and issue additional shares of our preferred stock, in one or more series the terms of which would be determined by our Board of Directors without shareholder approval, unless such approval is required by applicable law or listing requirements of the NASDAQ Stock Market. The market price of our common stock could decline as a result of future sales of our securities or the perception that such sales could occur.

New investors, particularly with respect to newly authorized series of preferred stock, also may have rights, preferences, and privileges that are senior to, and that could adversely affect, our then current shareholders. For example, a new series of preferred stock could rank senior to shares of our common stock. As a result, we could be required to make any dividend payments on such preferred stock before any dividends can be paid on our common stock, and in the event of our bankruptcy, dissolution, or liquidation, we may have to pay the holders of this new series of preferred stock in full prior to any distributions being made to the holders of our common stock.

In addition, the conversion of shares of our Series B Preferred Stock into common stock would dilute the voting power of our then-outstanding shares of common stock.

We cannot predict or estimate the amount, timing, or nature of our future securities offerings or other capital initiatives or whether, when or how many shares of our Series B Preferred Stock will be converted into shares of common stock. Thus, our shareholders bear the risk of our future offerings or future conversions of shares of our Series B Preferred Stock diluting their stock holdings, adversely affecting their rights as shareholders, and/or reducing the market price of our common stock.

Affiliates of Castle Creek Capital Partners (“Castle Creek”) and GCP Capital Partners (“GCP Capital”) are substantial holders of our common stock.

Castle Creek holds approximately 9.0% of our common stock and approximately 30.0% of our combined common stock and Series B Preferred Stock. GCP Capital holds approximately 9.0% of our common stock and approximately 13.2% of our combined common stock and Series B Preferred Stock. Pursuant to the terms of the securities purchase agreements entered into with Castle Creek and GCP Capital in the Private Placements (as defined below), Castle Creek and GCP Capital each have a right to appoint a representative on our Board of Directors and on the Bank’s board of directors. As previously disclosed in a Form 8-K filed on August 5, 2013, effective July 30, 2013, Boris M. Gutin was elected to the Boards of Directors of the Company and the Bank at the request of an affiliate of GCP Capital, and following the recommendation of the Company’s Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. Castle Creek and GCP Capital may have individual economic interests that are different from the other’s interests and different from the interests of our other shareholders.

We may not be able to fully execute on our business initiatives related to the Private Placements and the Rights Offering (each as defined below), which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.

On June 12, 2013 the Company completed sales of the Company’s common stock and Series B Preferred stock through private placements (the “Private Placements”) with certain institutional investors, including affiliates of Castle Creek and GCP Capital, and, on June 28, 2013, a rights offering (the “Rights Offering”) to existing shareholders expired. Together, the Private Placements and the Rights Offering raised aggregate gross

17

proceeds to the Company of $50.0 million. We intend to use a significant portion of the gross proceeds from the Private Placements and the Rights Offering to strengthen our balance sheet so that we can pursue the following business strategies: (a) the accelerated resolution and disposition of assets adversely classified by the Company (consisting of other real estate owned and classified loans), (b) the optimization of our balance sheet, building on our successful prepayment of FHLB advances, and (c) the eventual repurchase of our Series A Preferred Stock that we issued to Treasury through its Capital Purchase Program, subject to the approval of state and federal banking regulators. See “2013 Capital Initiatives and Strategic Initiatives” in Part II, Item 7 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

There are significant costs, risks and uncertainties associated with the development, implementation and execution of these business strategies, including the investment of time and resources, the possibility that these strategies will be less successful or beneficial than anticipated, and the risk of additional liabilities associated with these strategies. Our potential inability to successfully execute these business strategies could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. We expect our non-interest expense to increase in connection with executing these business strategies, and we may incur some or all of these costs in advance of realizing improved financial condition and results of operations as a result of these strategies.

We have a concentration of credit exposure in acquisition and development (or “ADC”) real estate loans.

At December 31, 2013, we had approximately $37.9 million in loans for the acquisition and development of real estate and for construction of improvements to real estate, representing approximately 5.8% of our total loans outstanding as of that date. These loans are to developers, builders and individuals. Project types financed include acquisition and development of residential subdivisions and commercial developments, builder lines for 1-4 family home construction and loans to individuals for primary and secondary residence construction. These types of loans are generally viewed as having more risk of default than residential real estate loans. Completion of development projects and sale of developed properties may be affected significantly by general economic conditions, and further downturn in the local economy or in occupancy rates in the local economy where the property is located could increase the likelihood of default. Because our loan portfolio contains acquisition and development loans with relatively large balances, the deterioration of one or a few of these loans could cause a significant increase in our percentage of non-performing loans. An increase in non-performing loans could result in a loss of earnings from these loans, an increase in the provision for loan losses and an increase in charge-offs, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Deterioration in the soundness of our counterparties could adversely affect us.

Our ability to engage in routine funding transactions could be adversely affected by the actions and commercial soundness of other financial institutions. Financial services institutions are interrelated as a result of trading, clearing, counterparty or other relationships, and we routinely execute transactions with counterparties in the financial industry, including brokers and dealers, commercial banks, and other institutional clients. As a result, defaults by, or even rumors or questions about, one or more financial services institutions, or the financial services industry generally, could create another market-wide liquidity crisis similar to that experienced in late 2008 and early 2009 and could lead to losses or defaults by us or by other institutions. There is no assurance that the failure of our counterparties would not materially adversely affect the Company’s results of operations.

Our small to medium-sized business target market may have fewer financial resources to weather a downturn in the economy.

We target our commercial development and marketing strategy primarily to serve the banking and financial services needs of small and medium-sized businesses. These businesses generally have fewer financial resources in terms of capital or borrowing capacity than larger entities. If general economic conditions negatively impact this major economic sector in the markets in which we operate, our results of operations and financial condition may be adversely affected.

18

We may be adversely affected by economic conditions in our market area.

We operate in a mixed market environment with influences from both rural and urban areas. Because our lending operation is concentrated in the Northern Neck, Middle Peninsula, Capital and Southern Regions of Virginia, we will be affected by the general economic conditions in these markets. Changes in the local economy may influence the growth rate of our loans and deposits, the quality of the loan portfolio, and loan and deposit pricing. A significant decline in general economic conditions caused by inflation, recession, unemployment or other factors beyond our control would impact these local economic conditions and the demand for banking products and services generally, which could negatively affect our financial condition and performance. Although we might not have significant credit exposure to all the businesses in our areas, the downturn in any of these businesses could have a negative impact on local economic conditions and real estate collateral values generally, which could negatively affect our profitability.

If our allowance for loan losses becomes inadequate, our results of operations may be adversely affected.

Making loans is an essential element of our business. The risk of nonpayment is affected by a number of factors, including but not limited to: the duration of the credit; credit risks of a particular customer; changes in economic and industry conditions; and, in the case of a collateralized loan, risks resulting from uncertainties about the future value of the collateral. Although we seek to mitigate risks inherent in lending by adhering to specific underwriting practices, our loans may not be repaid. While we strive to carefully monitor credit quality and to identify loans that may become nonperforming, at any time there are loans included in the portfolio that will result in losses, but that have not been identified as nonperforming or potential problem loans. We cannot be sure that we will be able to identify deteriorating loans before they become nonperforming assets, or that we will be able to limit losses on those loans that are identified. We attempt to maintain an appropriate allowance for loan losses to provide for potential losses in our loan portfolio. Our allowance for loan losses is determined by analyzing historical loan losses, current trends in delinquencies and charge-offs, current economic conditions that may affect a borrower’s ability to repay and the value of collateral, changes in the size and composition of the loan portfolio and industry information. Also included in our estimates for loan losses are considerations with respect to the impact of economic events, the outcome of which are uncertain. Because any estimate of loan losses is necessarily subjective and the accuracy of any estimate depends on the outcome of future events, we face the risk that charge-offs in future periods will exceed our allowance for loan losses and that additional increases in the allowance for loan losses will be required. Additions to the allowance for loan losses would result in a decrease of our net income. We cannot be certain that our allowance for loan losses is adequate to absorb probable losses in our loan portfolio.

We may need to raise additional capital that may not be available to us.

As a result of losses in 2009 and 2010 and other losses that we may incur in the future, we may need to raise additional capital in the future if we incur additional losses or due to regulatory mandates. The ability to raise additional capital, if needed, will depend in part on conditions in the capital markets at that time, which are outside our control, and on our financial performance. Accordingly, additional capital may not be raised, if and when needed, on terms acceptable to us, or at all. If we cannot raise additional capital when needed, our ability to maintain our capital ratios could be materially impaired, and we could face additional regulatory challenges.

The Basel III capital framework will require higher levels of capital and liquid assets, which could adversely affect the Company’s net income and return on equity.

In July 2013, the federal bank regulatory agencies adopted rules to implement the Basel III capital framework and for calculating risk-weighted assets, as modified by the U.S. federal bank regulators (or the Basel III Capital Rules). For further information about these final rules, please see “Regulation and Supervision” under the heading “Capital Requirements” in Item 1 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

The Basel III Capital Rules, when implemented by the U.S. banking agencies and fully phased-in, represent the most comprehensive overhaul of the U.S. banking capital framework in over two decades. These rules will require bank holding companies and their subsidiaries, such as the Company and the Bank, to dedicate more resources to capital planning and regulatory compliance, and maintain substantially more capital as a result of

19

higher required capital levels and more demanding regulatory capital risk-weightings and calculations. The rules will also require all banks to substantially change the manner in which they collect and report information to calculate risk-weighted assets, and will likely increase risk-weighted assets at many banking organizations as a result of applying higher risk-weightings to certain types of loans and securities. As a result, we may be forced to limit originations of certain types of commercial and mortgage loans, thereby reducing the amount of credit available to borrowers and limiting opportunities to earn interest income from the loan portfolio, or change the way we manage past-due exposures.

Due to the changes to bank capital levels and the calculation of risk-weighted assets, many banks could be required to access the capital markets on short notice and in relatively weak economic conditions, which could result in banks raising capital that significantly dilutes existing shareholders. Additionally, many community banks could be forced to limit banking operations and activities, and growth of loan portfolios and interest income, in order to focus on retention of earnings to improve capital levels. If the Basel III Capital Rules require the Company to access the capital markets in this manner, or similarly limit the Bank’s operations and activities, the Basel III Capital Rules would have a detrimental effect on our net income and return on equity and limit the products and services we provide to our customers.

The Company is not paying dividends on its common stock or Series B Preferred Stock and is deferring distributions on its Series A Preferred Stock, and is otherwise restricted from paying cash dividends on its common stock, Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock. The failure to resume paying dividends and distributions may adversely affect the Company, the value of our common stock, Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock and has provided board appointment rights to the holders of our Series A Preferred Stock.

The Company historically paid quarterly dividends before suspending dividend payments on its common stock in the first quarter of 2011. There is no assurance that the Company will resume paying cash common dividends. The Memorandum of Understanding was terminated on March 13, 2014. Even if the Company resumes paying common dividends, future payment of cash dividends on our common stock, if any, will be subject to the prior payment of all unpaid dividends and deferred distributions on the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock. All dividends are declared and paid at the discretion of our Board of Directors and are dependent upon our liquidity, financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements and such other factors as our Board of Directors may deem relevant. The ability of our banking subsidiary, EVB, to pay dividends to us is also limited by obligations to maintain sufficient capital and by other general restrictions on dividends that are applicable to our banking subsidiary. If we do not satisfy these regulatory requirements, we will be unable to pay dividends on our common stock.

Holders of Series B Preferred Stock are entitled to receive dividends if, as and when declared by the Company’s Board of Directors, in an identical form of consideration and at the same time, as those dividends or distributions that would have been payable on the number of whole shares of the Company’s common stock that such shares of Series B Preferred Stock would be convertible into upon satisfaction of the conversion conditions. Accordingly, since there is no assurance if or when we will be able to resume paying cash dividends on our common stock, there is also no assurance if or when we will be able to begin paying cash dividends on our Series B Preferred Stock.

On February 15, 2014, the Company deferred its thirteenth consecutive dividend on the Series A Preferred Stock originally issued to the Treasury. Deferral of dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock does not constitute an event of default. Dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock are, however, cumulative, and the Company has accumulated the dividends in accordance with the terms of the preferred stock and accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”) and reflected the accumulated dividends as a portion of the effective dividend on preferred stock on the consolidated statements of operations. As of December 31, 2013, the Company had accumulated $3.6 million for dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock. Because dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock have not been paid for an aggregate of six quarterly dividend periods or more, whether or not consecutive, the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock have the right, voting as a class, to elect two directors to the Company’s Board at the next annual meeting (or at a special meeting called for that purpose) and at every subsequent annual meeting until all owed and unpaid dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock have been paid. In April 2012, the Treasury assigned an observer to attend the Company’s Board meetings, in part to determine whether and how to

20

exercise this right, but the Treasury did not exercise this right to elect directors. On October 21, 2013, the Treasury sold all of the Series A Preferred Stock that it held to third parties through a private offering structured as a modified Dutch auction. Any holder of shares of Series A Preferred Stock has the board representation rights as described earlier in the paragraph.

As of December 31, 2013, the Company had deferred eleven quarterly interest payments and accumulated $976 thousand in interest on the junior subordinated debentures (the “Junior Subordinated Debentures”) relating to its trust preferred securities issued in September 2003. Until all accrued and unpaid interest on the Junior Subordinated Debentures is paid, the Company may not pay any dividends or distributions on, or redeem, purchase, acquire or make a liquidation payment with respect to, the Company’s common stock, Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock.

Compliance with laws, regulations and supervisory guidance, both new and existing, may adversely impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We are subject to numerous laws, regulations and supervision from both federal and state agencies. During the past few years, there has been an increase in legislation related to and regulation of the financial services industry. We expect this increased level of oversight to continue. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations could result in financial, structural and operational penalties, including receivership. In addition, establishing systems and processes to achieve compliance with these laws and regulations may increase our costs and/or limit our ability to pursue certain business opportunities.

Laws and regulations, and any interpretations and applications with respect thereto, generally are intended to benefit consumers, borrowers and depositors, not shareholders. The legislative and regulatory environment is beyond our control, may change rapidly and unpredictably and may negatively influence our revenue, costs, earnings, and capital levels. Our success depends on our ability to maintain compliance with both existing and new laws and regulations.

The Dodd-Frank Act could continue to increase our regulatory compliance burden and associated costs, place restrictions on certain products and services, and limit our future capital raising strategies.

A wide range of regulatory initiatives directed at the financial services industry have been proposed in recent years. One of those initiatives, the Dodd-Frank Act, was signed into law on July 21, 2010. The Dodd-Frank Act represents a sweeping overhaul of the financial services industry within the United States and mandates significant changes in the financial regulatory landscape that will impact all financial institutions, including the Company. The Dodd-Frank Act will likely continue to increase our regulatory compliance burden and may have a material adverse effect on us, by increasing the costs associated with our regulatory examinations and compliance measures. The federal regulatory agencies, and particularly bank regulatory agencies, are given significant discretion in drafting the Dodd-Frank Act’s implementing rules and regulations and, consequently, many of the details and much of the impact of the Dodd-Frank Act will depend on the final implementing rules and regulations. Accordingly, it remains too early to fully assess the impact of the Dodd-Frank Act and subsequent regulatory rulemaking processes on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Among the Dodd-Frank Act’s significant regulatory changes, the Dodd-Frank Act creates a new financial consumer protection agency, the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, that could impose new regulations on us and include its examiners in our routine regulatory examinations conducted by the Reserve Bank, which could increase our regulatory compliance burden and costs and restrict the financial products and services we can offer to our customers. The CFPB may reshape the consumer financial laws through rulemaking and enforcement of the Dodd-Frank Act’s prohibitions against unfair, deceptive and abusive business practices, which may directly impact the business operations of financial institutions offering consumer financial products or services, including the Company. This agency’s broad rulemaking authority includes identifying practices or acts that are unfair, deceptive or abusive in connection with any consumer financial transaction or consumer financial product or service. Although the CFPB has jurisdiction over banks with $10 billion or greater in assets, rules, regulations and policies issued by the CFPB may also apply to the Company or its subsidiaries by virtue of the adoption of such policies and best practices by the Federal Reserve (including the Reserve Bank) and FDIC. The costs and limitations related to this additional regulatory agency and the limitations and restrictions that will be placed upon the Company with respect to its consumer product and

21

service offerings have yet to be determined. However, these costs, limitations and restrictions may produce significant, material effects on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The Dodd-Frank Act also increases regulatory supervision and examination of bank holding companies and their banking and non-banking subsidiaries, which could increase our regulatory compliance burden and costs and restrict our ability to generate revenues from non-banking operations. The Dodd-Frank Act also increases regulation of derivatives and hedging transactions, which could limit our ability to enter into, or increase the costs associated with, interest rate hedging transactions.

The Company may incur losses if it is unable to successfully manage interest rate risk.

The Company’s profitability depends in substantial part upon the spread between the interest rates earned on investments and loans and interest rates paid on deposits and other interest-bearing liabilities. These rates are normally in line with general market rates and rise and fall based on the asset liability committee’s view of our financing and liquidity needs. The Company may selectively pay above-market rates to attract deposits as it has done in some of the Company’s marketing promotions in the past. Changes in interest rates will affect the Company’s operating performance and financial condition in diverse ways including the pricing of securities, loans and deposits, which, in turn, may affect the growth in loan and retail deposit volume. The Company’s net interest income will be adversely affected if market interest rates change so that the interest it pays on deposits and borrowings increases faster than the interest earned on loans and investments. The Company’s net interest spread will depend on many factors that are partly or entirely outside its control, including competition, federal economic, monetary and fiscal policies, and economic conditions generally. Fluctuations in market rates are neither predictable nor controllable and may have a material and negative effect on the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations.

Changes in interest rates also affect the value of the Company’s loans. An increase in interest rates could adversely affect the Company’s borrowers’ ability to pay the principal or interest on existing loans or reduce their desire to borrow more money. This may lead to an increase in nonperforming assets or a decrease in loan originations, either of which could have a material and negative effect on the Company’s results of operations.

Our future success is dependent on our ability to compete effectively in the highly competitive banking industry.

We face vigorous competition from other banks and other financial institutions, including savings and loan associations, savings banks, finance companies and credit unions for deposits, loans and other financial services in our market area. A number of these banks and other financial institutions are significantly larger than we are and have substantially greater access to capital and other resources, as well as larger lending limits and branch systems, and offer a wider array of banking services. To a limited extent, we also compete with other providers of financial services, such as money market mutual funds, brokerage firms, consumer finance companies, insurance companies and governmental organizations which may offer more favorable financing than we can. Many of our non-bank competitors are not subject to the same extensive regulations that govern us. As a result, these non-bank competitors have advantages over us in providing certain services. We may face a competitive disadvantage as a result of our smaller size, smaller asset base, lack of geographic diversification and inability to spread our marketing costs across a broader market. If we have to raise interest rates paid on deposits or lower interest rates charged on loans to compete effectively, our net interest margin and income could be negatively affected. Failure to compete effectively to attract new or to retain existing, clients may reduce or limit our margins and our market share and may adversely affect our results of operations, financial condition and growth.

Because the Series A Preferred Stock remains outstanding, the Series A Preferred Stock’s dividend rate increased and we could have changes to our Board of Directors.

On February 15, 2014, the dividend rate increased substantially from 5.0% per annum to 9.0% per annum. This increase in the annual dividend rate could have a material adverse effect on our liquidity, our net income available to common shareholders and our earnings per share.

Because dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock have not been paid for an aggregate of six quarterly dividend periods or more, the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock have the right, voting as a class, to elect

22

two directors to the Company’s Board at the next annual meeting (or at a special meeting called for that purpose) and at every subsequent annual meeting until all owed and unpaid dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock have been paid.

On October 21, 2013, the Treasury sold all of the Series A Preferred Stock that it held to third parties through a private offering structured as a modified Dutch auction. Any holder of shares of Series A Preferred Stock, including private equity funds, has the board representation rights described in the preceding paragraph. Although the Treasury did not exercise these rights when it held the Series A Preferred Stock, a private equity fund or other private purchaser of the Series A Preferred Stock may exercise this right and assume representation on the Board of Directors without the approval of existing Board members or our shareholders. The Board members would have voting rights and, as members of the Board, would have the ability to influence the management and control of the Company and its operations.

We rely heavily on our management team and the unexpected loss of any of those personnel could adversely affect our operations; we depend on our ability to attract and retain key personnel.

We are a customer-focused and relationship-driven organization. We expect our future growth to be driven in a large part by the relationships maintained with our customers by our president and chief executive officer and other senior officers. We have entered into employment agreements with the majority of our executive officers. The existence of such agreements, however, does not necessarily assure that we will be able to continue to retain their services. The unexpected loss of any of our key employees could have an adverse effect on our business and possibly result in reduced revenues and earnings. We do maintain bank-owned life insurance on key officers that would help cover some of the economic impact of a loss caused by death. The implementation of our business strategy will also require us to continue to attract, hire, motivate and retain skilled personnel to develop new customer relationships as well as new financial products and services. Many experienced banking professionals employed by our competitors are covered by agreements not to compete or solicit their existing customers if they were to leave their current employment. These agreements make the recruitment of these professionals more difficult. The market for these people is competitive, and we cannot assure you that we will be successful in attracting, hiring, motivating or retaining them.

We may not be able to successfully manage our long-term growth, which may adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

A key aspect of our long-term business strategy is our continued growth and expansion. Our ability to continue to grow depends, in part, upon our ability to:

• open new branch offices or acquire existing branches or other financial institutions;

• attract deposits to those locations; and

• identify attractive loan and investment opportunities.

We may not be able to successfully implement our growth strategy if we are unable to identify attractive markets, locations or opportunities to expand in the future, or if we are subject to regulatory restrictions on growth or expansion of our operations. Our ability to manage our growth successfully also will depend on whether we can maintain capital levels adequate to support our growth, maintain cost controls and asset quality and successfully integrate any businesses we acquire into our organization. As we identify opportunities to implement our growth strategy by opening new branches or acquiring branches or other banks, we may incur increased personnel, occupancy and other operating expenses. In the case of new branches, we must absorb those higher expenses while we begin to generate new deposits, and there is a further time lag involved in redeploying new deposits into attractively priced loans and other higher yielding earning assets. Thus, any plans for branch expansion could decrease our earnings in the short run, even if we efficiently execute our branching strategy.

Our deposit insurance premiums could increase in the future, which may adversely affect our future financial performance.

The FDIC insures deposits at FDIC insured financial institutions, including the Bank. The FDIC charges insured financial institutions premiums to maintain the DIF at a certain level. Economic conditions since 2008

23

have increased the rate of bank failures and expectations for further bank failures, requiring the FDIC to make payments for insured deposits from the DIF and prepare for future payments from the DIF.

During 2009, the FDIC imposed a special deposit insurance assessment on all institutions which it regulates, including the Bank. This special assessment was imposed due to the need to replenish the DIF, as a result of increased bank failures and expected future bank failures. In addition, the FDIC required regulated institutions to prepay their fourth quarter 2009, and full year 2010, 2011 and 2012 assessments in December 2009. Any similar, additional measures taken by the FDIC to maintain or replenish the DIF may have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

On April 1, 2011, final rules to implement changes required by the Dodd-Frank Act with respect to the FDIC assessment rules became effective. The rules provide that a depository institution’s deposit insurance assessment will be calculated based on the institution’s total assets less tangible equity, rather than the previous base of total deposits. These changes have not materially increased the Company’s FDIC insurance assessments for comparable asset and deposit levels. However, if the Bank’s asset size increases or the FDIC takes other actions to replenish the DIF, the Bank’s FDIC insurance premiums could increase.

Certain losses or other tax assets could be limited if we experience an ownership change, as defined in the Internal Revenue Code.

Our ability to use net operating loss carryforwards, built-in losses and certain other tax assets may be limited in the event of an “ownership change” as defined by Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). In general, an “ownership change” will occur if there is a cumulative change in our ownership by “5% shareholders” (as defined in the Code) that exceeds 50 percentage points over a rolling three-year period. If an “ownership change” occurs, Section 382 would impose an annual limit on the amount of losses or other tax assets we can use to reduce our taxable income equal to the product of the total value of our outstanding equity immediately prior to the “ownership change” and the applicable federal long-term tax-exempt interest rate. A number of special rules apply to calculating this limit. While the recent Private Placements may have increased the likelihood of an “ownership change,” we currently believe that an “ownership change” has not occurred. If such an ownership change has occurred or occurs in the future, we may not be able to use all of our net operating losses and other tax assets to offset taxable income, thus paying higher income taxes which would negatively impact our financial condition and results of operations.

The Company’s disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls may not prevent or detect all errors or acts of fraud.

The Company’s disclosure controls and procedures are designed to reasonably assure that information required to be disclosed by the Company in reports it files or submits under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to management, and recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms. The Company believes that any disclosure controls and procedures or internal controls and procedures, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty, and that breakdowns can occur because of simple error or omission. Additionally, controls can be circumvented by individual acts, by collusion by two or more people and/or by override of the established controls. Accordingly, because of the inherent limitations in the Company’s control systems and in human nature, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected.

The Company’s information systems may experience an interruption in service or breach in security.

The Company relies heavily on communications and information systems to conduct the Company’s business. Any failure, interruption or breach of security of these systems could result in failures or disruptions in the Company’s customer relationship management, transaction processing systems and various accounting and data management systems. While it has policies and procedures designed to prevent and/or limit the effect of any failure, interruption or security breach of the Company’s communication and information systems, there can be no assurance that any such failures, interruptions or security breaches will not occur, or, if they do occur, they will be adequately addressed on a timely basis. The occurrence of failures, interruptions or

24

security breaches of the Company’s communication and information systems could damage the Company’s reputation, result in a loss of customer business, subject us to additional regulatory scrutiny, or expose us to civil litigation and possible financial liability, any of which could have a material adverse effect on its financial condition and results of operations.

The Company continually encounters technological change.

The financial services industry is continually undergoing rapid technological change with frequent introductions of new technology-driven products and services. The effective use of technology increases efficiency and enables financial institutions to better serve customers and to reduce costs. The Company’s future success depends, in part, upon its ability to address the needs of its customers by using technology to provide products and services that will satisfy customer demands, as well as to create additional efficiencies in the Company’s operations. Many of the Company’s competitors have substantially greater resources to invest in technological improvements. The Company may not be able to effectively implement new technology-driven products and services or be successful in marketing these products and services to its customers. Failure to successfully keep pace with technological change affecting the financial services industry could have a material adverse impact on the Company’s business and, in turn, the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.

The Company’s operations rely on certain external vendors.

The Company is reliant upon certain external vendors to provide products and services necessary to maintain day-to-day operations of the Company. Accordingly, the Company’s operations are exposed to risk that these vendors will not perform in accordance with the contracted arrangements under service level agreements. The Company maintains a system of comprehensive policies and a control framework designed to monitor vendor risks including, among other things, (i) changes in the vendor’s organizational structure, (ii) changes in the vendor’s financial condition, (iii) changes in the vendor’s support for existing products and services and (iv) changes in the vendor’s strategic focus. While the Company believes these policies and procedures help to mitigate risk, the failure of an external vendor to perform in accordance with the contracted arrangements under service level agreements could be disruptive to the Company’s operations, which could have a material adverse impact on the Company’s business and, in turn, the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.

The Company is subject to environmental liability risk associated with lending activities.

A significant portion of the Company’s loan portfolio is secured by real property. During the ordinary course of business, the Company may foreclose on and take title to properties securing certain loans. In doing so, there is a risk that hazardous or toxic substances could be found on these properties. If hazardous or toxic substances are found, the Company may be liable for remediation costs, as well as for personal injury and property damage. Environmental laws may require the Company to incur substantial expenses and may materially reduce the affected property’s value or limit the Company’s ability to use or sell the affected property. In addition, future laws or more stringent interpretations or enforcement policies with respect to existing laws may increase the Company’s exposure to environmental liability. Although the Company has policies and procedures to perform an environmental review before initiating any foreclosure action on real property, these reviews may not be sufficient to detect all potential environmental hazards. The remediation costs and any other financial liabilities associated with an environmental hazard could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.

Severe weather, natural disasters, acts of war or terrorism and other external events could significantly impact the Company’s business.

Severe weather, natural disasters, acts of war or terrorism and other adverse external events could have a significant impact on the Company’s ability to conduct business. In addition, such events could affect the stability of the Company’s deposit base, impair the ability of borrowers to repay outstanding loans, impair the value of collateral securing loans, cause significant property damage, result in loss of revenue and/or cause the Company to incur additional expenses. The occurrence of any such event in the future could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, which, in turn, could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations.

25

Changes in accounting standards and management’s selection of accounting methods, including assumptions and estimates, could materially impact our financial statements.

From time to time the SEC and the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) change the financial accounting and reporting standards that govern the preparation of the Company’s financial statements. These changes can be hard to predict and can materially impact how the Company records and reports its financial condition and results of operations. In some cases, the Company could be required to apply a new or revised standard retroactively, resulting in changes to previously reported financial results, or a cumulative charge to retained earnings. In addition, management is required to use certain assumptions and estimates in preparing our financial statements, including determining the fair value of certain assets and liabilities, among other items. If the assumptions or estimates are incorrect, the Company may experience unexpected material consequences.

Liquidity needs could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

We rely on dividends from the Bank as our primary source of additional liquidity, and the payment of dividends by the Bank to us is restricted by applicable state and federal law. The primary sources of funds of the Bank are client deposits and loan repayments. While scheduled loan repayments are a relatively stable source of funds, they are subject to the ability of borrowers to repay the loans. The ability of borrowers to repay loans can be adversely affected by a number of factors, including changes in economic conditions, adverse trends or events affecting business industry groups, reductions in real estate values or markets, business closings or lay-offs, inclement weather, natural disasters and international instability. Additionally, deposit levels may be affected by a number of factors, including rates paid by competitors, general interest rate levels, regulatory capital requirements, returns available to clients on alternative investments and general economic conditions. Accordingly, we may be required from time to time to rely on secondary sources of liquidity to meet withdrawal demands or otherwise fund operations. Such sources include Federal Home Loan Bank advances, sales of securities and loans, and federal funds lines of credit from correspondent banks, as well as out-of-market time deposits. While we believe that these sources are currently adequate, there can be no assurance they will be sufficient to meet future liquidity demands.

We have goodwill that may become impaired, and thus result in a charge against earnings.

We are required by U.S. GAAP to test goodwill for impairment at least annually. Testing for impairment of goodwill involves the identification of reporting units and the estimation of fair values. The estimation of fair values involves a high degree of judgment and subjectivity in the assumptions used. As of December 31, 2013, we had $16.0 million of goodwill related to branch acquisitions in 2003 and 2008. To date, we have not recorded any impairment charges on our goodwill, however there is no guarantee that we may not be forced to recognize impairment charges in the future as operating and economic conditions change.

Other-than-temporary impairment (OTTI) could reduce our earnings.

We may be required to record other-than-temporary impairment charges on our investment securities if they suffer a decline in value that is considered other-than-temporary. Numerous factors, including lack of liquidity for re-sales of certain investment securities, absence of reliable pricing information for certain investment securities, adverse changes in business climate, adverse actions by regulators, or unanticipated changes in the competitive environment could have a negative effect on our securities portfolio in future periods. An other-than-temporary impairment charge could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

We may be parties to certain legal proceedings that may impact our earnings.

We face significant legal risks in our businesses, and the volume of claims and amount of damages and penalties claimed in litigation and regulatory proceedings against financial institutions remain high. Substantial legal liability or significant regulatory action against us could have material adverse financial impact or cause significant reputational risk to us, which in turn could seriously harm our business prospects.

Our common stock trading volume may not provide adequate liquidity for investors.

Although shares of the Company’s common stock are listed on the NASDAQ Global Select Market, the average daily trading volume in the common stock is less than that of many other financial services

26

companies. A public trading market having the desired characteristics of depth, liquidity and orderliness depends on the presence in the marketplace of a sufficient number of willing buyers and sellers of the common stock at any given time. This presence depends on the individual decisions of investors and general economic and market conditions over which the Company has no control. Given the daily average trading volume of the Company’s common stock, significant sales of the common stock in a brief period of time, or the expectation of these sales, could cause a decline in the price of the Company’s common stock.

Our common stock, Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock are not insured deposits.

Neither the Company’s common stock nor its Series B Preferred Stock is a bank deposit and, therefore, losses in their value are not insured by the FDIC, any other deposit insurance fund or by any other public or private entity. Investment in the Company’s common stock or Series B Preferred stock is inherently risky for the reasons described in this “Risk Factors” section and elsewhere in this Form 10-K, and is subject to the same market forces and investment risks that affect the price of capital stock in any other company, including the possible loss of some or all principal invested.

Item 1B.Unresolved Staff Comments

None.

Item 2.Properties

Our principal executive offices are located at 330 Hospital Road, Tappahannock, Virginia 22560 where we opened a 15,632 square foot corporate headquarters and operations center in July 2003. We closed our Old Church office in October 2013, our Bowling Green office in September 2012 and our Glenns office in December 2011. At the end of 2013, the Company owned twenty-one full service branch buildings including the land on which eighteen of those buildings are located and two remote drive-in facilities. The Company currently has long-term leases for four of its branches and one for a former branch. Four of the leases are for the branch buildings and one lease is for the land on which the Company owned branch is located. All leases are under long-term non-cancelable operating lease agreements with renewal options, at total annual rentals of approximately $337 thousand as of December 31, 2013. The counties of Northumberland and Middlesex are each the home to three of our branches. The counties of Essex and Gloucester are home to two branch offices. In addition, Essex County houses the Company’s corporate/operations center. Hanover County houses three branch offices and the Bank’s loan administration center while Henrico, King William County, Lancaster, New Kent, Southampton, Surry, Sussex Counties and Colonial Heights each have one full service branch office. Southampton County and Sussex County also each have a stand-alone drive-in/automated teller machine location.

In June 2010, we purchased 4 business condo units (2,400 square feet per unit) at Atlee Commons in Hanover County. In November 2012, we purchased 3 more business condo units with the same specifications at the same Hanover County location. All of these properties were purchased in anticipation of future space needs and to lower or eliminate current rental costs. In early 2011, land was purchased in Colonial Heights with the intent to build and relocate our existing rented branch. In December 2012, construction was completed on the new Colonial Heights branch and we relocated from our previously rented branch. No other new branches were built or purchased in 2011, 2012 or 2013.

The Company believes its facilities are in good operating condition, are suitable and adequate for its operational needs and are adequately insured.

See Item 13. “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence” and Item 8. “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data,” under the heading “Note 22: Related Party Leases” of this Form 10-K for more information on the Company’s related party leases.

Item 3.Legal Proceedings

The Company is not a party to, nor is any of its property the subject of, any material pending legal proceedings incidental to its businesses other than those arising in the ordinary course of business. Although the amount of any ultimate liability with respect to such matters cannot be determined, in the opinion of management, any such liability from legal proceedings incidental to the Company’s business will not have a material adverse effect on the consolidated financial position or results of operations of the Company.

27

Item 4.Mine Safety Disclosures

None.

Executive Officers of the Registrant

Following are the persons who are currently executive officers of the Company, their ages as of December 31, 2013, their current titles and positions held during the last five years:

Joe A. Shearin, 57, joined the Company in 2001 as the President and Chief Executive Officer of Southside Bank. Mr. Shearin served in that capacity until 2006 when he became President and Chief Executive Officer of the Bank. Mr. Shearin became the President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company in 2002.

Joseph H. James, Jr., 58, joined the Company in 2000 as Vice President and Operations Officer. From April 2002 to November 2002, Mr. James served as Vice President and Chief Operations Officer. From November 2002 through April 2006, Mr. James served as Senior Vice President and Chief Operations Officer. From April 2006 to January 2009, Mr. James served as an Executive Vice President of the Bank and the Chief Operations Officer of the Company. In January 2009, Mr. James became our Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer.

J. Adam Sothen, 37, joined the Company in June 2010 as Vice President and Corporate Controller of the Bank. In September 2011, Mr. Sothen was appointed as the Company’s Chief Financial Officer and the Bank’s Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. Mr. Sothen served as the Corporate Controller until October 2012. Prior to joining the Company, from October 2004 to June 2010, Mr. Sothen served as Vice President and Controller for Bank of the Commonwealth in Norfolk, Virginia.

James S. Thomas, 59, joined the Company in 2003 as Senior Vice President and Retail Banking Manager of Southside Bank. In 2005, he became Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of Southside Bank. In April 2006, Mr. Thomas became Executive Vice President of Retail Banking for the Bank. In June 2007, Mr. Thomas was promoted to Executive Vice President and Chief Credit Officer of the Bank.

Douglas R. Taylor, 57, joined the Company in April 2010 as Executive Vice President and Chief Risk Officer. From December 2004 until joining the Company, Mr. Taylor served as Director of Risk Management for First Market Bank. From October 2001 until December 2004, Mr. Taylor served as Chief Administrative Officer of Citizens Bank and Trust.

Ann-Cabell Williams, 52, joined the Company in July 2011 as Executive Vice President and Retail Executive. From January 2007 until joining the Company, Ms. Williams served as Chief Operation Officer and Retail Executive for Bank of Virginia. From June 1999 until January 2007, Ms. Williams served as Area Manager and Senior Vice President for SunTrust Bank.

Bruce T. Brockwell, 48, joined the Company in April 2011 as Senior Vice President and Senior Commercial Lending Officer of the Bank. In May 2012, he became Senior Vice President and Director of Commercial Banking of the Bank. In August 2013, Mr. Brockwell was promoted to Executive Vice President and Director of Commercial Banking of the Bank. From November 2006 until joining the Company, Mr. Brockwell served as Chief Credit Officer for Bank of Virginia.

28

Part II

Item 5.Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Common Stock Performance

The Company’s common stock is traded on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “EVBS.” As of March 26, 2014, there were approximately 2,860 shareholders of record. As of that date, the closing price of our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Market was $6.35. Set forth in the table below is the high and low sales prices of our common stock as reported by the NASDAQ Stock Market during each quarter for 2013 and 2012.

	2013				2012
Quarter	High		Low		High		Low
First	$	7.50	$	5.25	$	3.74	$	1.89
Second		6.18		4.75		4.41		3.51
Third		6.30		5.00		5.00		3.65
Fourth		7.18		5.95		5.90		4.66

Stock Performance Graph

The graph below presents five-year cumulative total return comparisons through December 31, 2013, in stock price appreciation and dividends for the Company’s common stock, the NASDAQ Composite and the SNL $1 billion – $5 billion Bank Index. Returns assume an initial investment of $100 at the market close on December 31, 2008 and reinvestment of dividends. Values as of each year end of the $100 initial investment are shown in the table and graph below.

	Cumulative Total Return as of Period Ending
Index	12/31/08		12/31/09		12/31/10		12/31/11		12/31/12		12/31/13
Eastern Virginia Bankshares, Inc.		100.0		83.35		45.78		24.04		64.60		83.74
NASDAQ Composite		100.0		145.36		171.74		170.38		200.63		281.22
SNL Bank $1B – $5B Bank Index		100.0		71.68		81.25		74.10		91.37		132.87

29

Dividend Reinvestment and Stock Purchase Plan

The Company has a Dividend Reinvestment and Stock Purchase Plan (the “DRIP”), which provides for the automatic conversion of dividends into common stock for enrolled shareholders. The DRIP also permits participants to make voluntary cash payments of up to $20 thousand per shareholder per calendar quarter for the purchase of additional shares of the Company’s common stock. When the administrator of the DRIP purchases shares of common stock from the Company, the purchase price will generally be the market value of the common stock on the purchase date as defined by the Nasdaq Stock Market. When the administrator purchases shares of common stock in the open market, the purchase price will be the weighted average of the prices actually paid for the shares for the relevant purchase date, excluding all fees, brokerage commissions, and expenses. When the administrator purchases shares of common stock in privately negotiated transactions, the purchase price will be the weighted average of the prices actually paid for the shares for the relevant purchase date, excluding all fees, brokerage commissions, and expenses. Effective March 1, 2012, the DRIP was amended and restated to effect certain design changes to the plan, but not to change the number of shares issuable thereunder. Effective August 15, 2012, the issuance of common stock under the DRIP was temporarily suspended during the Company’s continued deferral of cumulative dividends on its Series A Preferred Stock.

Dividend Information

The ability of the Company to pay dividends depends upon the amount of dividends declared by the Bank, which is limited by regulatory restrictions on the Bank’s ability to pay dividends. The Company’s quarterly dividend was suspended beginning with the Company’s first quarter of 2011. For further information regarding payment of dividends, refer to Item 1. “Business,” under the heading “Limits on Dividends” and Item 8. “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data,” under the heading “Note 16: Dividend Limitations” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer

In January 2001, the Company announced a stock repurchase program by which management was authorized to repurchase up to 300,000 shares of the Company’s common stock. This plan was amended in 2003 and the number of shares by which management is authorized to repurchase is up to 5% of the outstanding shares of the Company’s common stock on January 1 of each year. There is no stated expiration date for the program. During 2013, 2012 and 2011, the Company did not repurchase any of its common stock.

In connection with the Company’s sale to the Treasury of its Series A Preferred Stock under the Capital Purchase Program, as previously described, prior to January 9, 2012, the Company generally could not purchase any of its common stock without the consent of the Treasury.

In connection with the MOU with the Federal Reserve Board and the Bureau, as previously described, the Company was subject to additional limitations and regulatory restrictions and could not purchase or redeem shares of its stock without prior regulatory approval. The MOU was terminated effective March 13, 2014. For further information regarding repurchase of equity securities, refer to Item 7 under the heading “Capital Resources” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

30

Item 6.Selected Financial Data

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
  (dollars in thousands, except per share data)

		Year Ended December 31,
		2013		2012			2011			2010			2009
Operating Statement Data:
Interest and dividend income	��	$	42,024	$	45,071		$	49,538		$	53,510		$	56,727
Interest expense			8,045		11,568			14,651			17,722			24,050
Net interest income			33,979		33,503			34,887			35,788			32,677
Provision for loan losses			1,850		5,658			8,800			28,930			4,200
Net interest income after provision for loan losses			32,129		27,845			26,087			6,858			28,477
Noninterest income (loss)			7,748		9,898			9,518			10,942			(12,846	)
Noninterest expense			44,901		33,346			34,039			35,521			30,291
Income (loss) before income taxes			(5,024)		4,397			1,566			(17,721	)		(14,660	)
Income tax expense (benefit)			(2,392)		945			(211	)		(6,962	)		(5,856	)
Net income (loss)			(2,632)		3,452			1,777			(10,759	)		(8,804	)
Effective dividend on preferred stock			1,504		1,500			1,496			1,492			1,459
Net income (loss) available to common shareholders		$	(4,136)	$	1,952		$	281		$	(12,251	)	$	(10,263	)
Per Share Data:
Diluted income (loss) per common share		$	(0.45)	$	0.32		$	0.05		$	(2.05	)	$	(1.73	)
Dividends per share, common			—		—			—			0.12			0.31
Book value per common share			7.41		12.56			11.83			11.28			13.67
Balance Sheet Data:
Assets		$	1,027,074	$	1,075,553		$	1,063,034		$	1,119,330		$	1,126,283
Loans, net of unearned income			657,197		684,668			734,530			774,774			853,063
Securities			275,979		286,164			246,582			256,464			178,383
Deposits			834,462		838,373			829,951			868,146			856,640
Total shareholders’ equity			132,949		99,711			95,123			91,418			105,198
Average shares outstanding – basic			9,205		6,051			6,008			5,978			5,920
Average shares outstanding – diluted			9,205		6,051			6,008			5,978			5,920
Performance Ratios:
Return on average assets			-0.39%		0.18	%		0.03	%		-1.11	%		-0.93	%
Return on average common shareholders’ equity			-4.98%		2.66	%		0.40	%		-15.36	%		-12.32	%
Dividend payout ratio			n/a		n/a			n/a			n/a			n/a
Efficiency ratio(1)			79.46%		79.09	%		76.63	%		79.89	%		76.84	%
Average equity to average assets			11.13%		9.13	%		8.79	%		9.40	%		9.23	%
Asset Quality Ratios:
Allowance for loan losses to period end loans			2.25%		2.97	%		3.28	%		3.26	%		1.42	%
Allowance for loan losses to nonaccrual loans			134.03%		171.29	%		79.56	%		97.80	%		62.91	%
Nonperforming assets to period end loans and other real estate owned			1.80%		2.41	%		5.09	%		5.00	%		3.10	%
Net charge-offs to average loans			1.11%		1.32	%		1.32	%		1.89	%		0.31	%
Capital Ratios:
Leverage capital ratio			12.06%		8.13	%		7.67	%		7.38	%		9.08	%
Tier 1 risk-based capital			18.22%		12.64	%		11.23	%		10.51	%		11.60	%
Total risk-based capital			19.48%		13.88	%		12.47	%		11.70	%		12.29	%

Note: (1) Efficiency ratio is computed by dividing noninterest expense by the sum of net interest income on a tax equivalent basis and noninterest income, net of gains or losses.

31

Item 7.Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

This commentary provides an overview of the Company’s financial condition as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and changes in financial condition and results of operations for the years 2011 through 2013. This section of the Form 10-K should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and related Notes thereto included under Item 8. “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this Form 10-K.

Forward Looking Statements

Certain statements contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K that are not historical facts may constitute “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. In addition, certain statements may be contained in the Company’s future filings with the SEC, in press releases, and in oral and written statements made by or with the approval of the Company that are not statements of historical fact and constitute forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Act. Examples of forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to: (i) projections of revenues, expenses, income or loss, earnings or loss per share, the payment or nonpayment of dividends, capital structure and other financial items; (ii) statements of plans, objectives and expectations of the Company or its management or Board of Directors, including those relating to products or services, the performance or disposition of portions of the Company’s asset portfolio, future changes to EVB’s (the “Bank”) branch network, the payment of dividends, and the ability to realize deferred tax assets; (iii) statements of future financial performance and economic conditions; (iv) statements regarding the impact of the MOU or the termination of the MOU among the Company, the Bank, the Reserve Bank and the Bureau on our financial condition, operations and capital strategies, including strategies related to payment of dividends on the Company’s outstanding common and preferred stock, to redemption of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock, and to payment of interest on the Company’s outstanding Junior Subordinated Debentures related to the Company’s trust preferred debt; (v) statements regarding the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses; (vi) statements regarding the effect of future sales of investment securities or foreclosed properties; (vii) statements regarding the Company’s liquidity; (viii) statements of management’s expectations regarding future trends in interest rates, real estate values, and economic conditions generally and in the Company’s markets; (ix) statements regarding future asset quality, including expected levels of charge-offs; (x) statements regarding potential changes to laws, regulations or administrative guidance; (xi) statements regarding business initiatives related to and the use of proceeds from the Private Placements and the Rights Offering, including expected future interest expenses and net interest margin following the prepayment of long-term FHLB advances; and (xii) statements of assumptions underlying such statements. Words such as “believes,” “anticipates,” “expects,” “intends,” “targeted,” “continue,” “remain,” “will,” “should,” “may” and other similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements but are not the exclusive means of identifying such statements.

Forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties that may cause actual results to differ materially from those in such statements. Factors that could cause actual results to differ from those discussed in the forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to:

• factors that adversely affect our business initiatives related to and the use of proceeds from the Rights Offering and the Private Placements, including, without limitation, changes in market conditions that adversely affect our ability to dispose of or work out assets adversely classified by us on advantageous terms or at all;

• our ability and efforts to assess, manage and improve its asset quality;

• the strength of the economy in the Company’s target market area, as well as general economic, market, political, or business factors;

• changes in the quality or composition of our loan or investment portfolios, including adverse developments in borrower industries, decline in real estate values in its markets, or in the repayment ability of individual borrowers or issuers;

• the effects of our adjustments to the composition of our investment portfolio;

• the impact of government intervention in the banking business;

32

• an insufficient allowance for loan losses;

• our ability to meet the capital requirements of our regulatory agencies;

• changes in laws, regulations and the policies of federal or state regulators and agencies, including rules to implement the Basel III capital framework and for calculating risk-weighted assets;

• adverse reactions in financial markets related to the budget deficit of the United States government;

• changes in the interest rates affecting our deposits and loans;

• the loss of any of our key employees;

• changes in our competitive position, competitive actions by other financial institutions and the competitive nature of the financial services industry and our ability to compete effectively against other financial institutions in its banking markets;

• our potential growth, including our entrance or expansion into new markets, the opportunities that may be presented to and pursued by us and the need for sufficient capital to support that growth;

• changes in government monetary policy, interest rates, deposit flow, the cost of funds, and demand for loan products and financial services;

• our ability to maintain internal control over financial reporting;

• our ability to raise capital as needed by our business;

• our reliance on secondary sources, such as Federal Home Loan Bank advances, sales of securities and loans, federal funds lines of credit from correspondent banks and out-of-market time deposits, to meet our liquidity needs;

• possible changes to our Board of Directors, including in connection with the Private Placements and deferred dividends on our Series A Preferred Stock; and

• other circumstances, many of which are beyond our control.

Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date on which such statements are made. The Company undertakes no obligation to update any forward-looking statement to reflect events or circumstances after the date on which such statement is made, or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events. The reader should refer to risks detailed under Item 1A. “Risk Factors” included above in this Form 10-K and in our periodic and current reports filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission for specific factors that could cause our actual results to be significantly different from those expressed or implied by our forward-looking statements.

Critical Accounting Policies

The preparation of financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions. Those accounting policies with the greatest uncertainty and that require our most difficult, subjective or complex judgments affecting the application of these policies, and the likelihood that materially different amounts would be reported under different conditions, or using different assumptions, are described below.

Allowance for Loan Losses

The Company establishes the allowance for loan losses through charges to earnings in the form of a provision for loan losses. Loan losses are charged against the allowance when we believe that the collection of the principal is unlikely. Subsequent recoveries of losses previously charged against the allowance are credited to the allowance. The allowance represents an amount that, in our judgment, will be adequate to absorb any losses on existing loans that may become uncollectible. Our judgment in determining the level of the allowance is based on evaluations of the collectability of loans while taking into consideration such factors as trends in delinquencies and charge-offs, changes in the nature and volume of the loan portfolio, current economic conditions that may affect a borrower’s ability to repay and the value of collateral, overall portfolio quality and review of specific potential losses. This evaluation is inherently subjective because it requires estimates that are susceptible to significant revision as more information becomes available. For more information see the section titled “Asset Quality” within Item 7.

33

Impairment of Loans

The Company considers a loan impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal and interest when due, according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. The Company does not consider a loan impaired during a period of insignificant payment shortfalls if we expect the ultimate collection of all amounts due. Impairment is measured on a loan by loan basis for real estate (including multifamily residential, construction, farmland and non-farm, non-residential) and commercial loans by either the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, the loan’s obtainable market price, or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. Large groups of smaller balance homogeneous loans, representing consumer, one to four family residential first and seconds and home equity lines, are collectively evaluated for impairment. The Company maintains a valuation allowance to the extent that the measure of the impaired loan is less than the recorded investment. Troubled debt restructurings (“TDRs”) are also considered impaired loans. A TDR occurs when the Company, for economic or legal reasons related to the borrower’s financial condition, grants a concession (including, without limitation, rate reductions to below-market rates, payment deferrals, forbearance and, in some cases, forgiveness of principal or interest) to the borrower that it would not otherwise consider. For more information see the section titled “Asset Quality” within Item 7.

Impairment of Securities

Impairment of securities occurs when the fair value of a security is less than its amortized cost. For debt securities, impairment is considered other-than-temporary and recognized in its entirety in net income if either (i) the Company intends to sell the security or (ii) it is more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis. If, however, the Company does not intend to sell the security and it is not more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the security before recovery, the Company must determine what portion of the impairment is attributable to a credit loss, which occurs when the amortized cost basis of the security exceeds the present value of the cash flows expected to be collected from the security. If there is no credit loss, there is no other-than-temporary impairment. If there is a credit loss, other-than-temporary impairment exists, and the credit loss must be recognized in net income and the remaining portion of impairment must be recognized in other comprehensive income. For equity securities, impairment is considered to be other-than-temporary based on the Company’s ability and intent to hold the investment until a recovery of fair value. Other-than-temporary impairment of an equity security results in a write-down that must be included in net income. The Company regularly reviews each investment security for other-than-temporary impairment based on criteria that include the extent to which cost exceeds market price, the duration of that market decline, the financial health of and specific prospects for the issuer, the Company’s best estimate of the present value of cash flows expected to be collected from debt securities, the Company’s intention with regard to holding the security to maturity and the likelihood that the Company would be required to sell the security before recovery.

Other Real Estate Owned

Real estate acquired through, or in lieu of, foreclosure is held for sale and is stated at estimated fair market value of the property, less estimated disposal costs, if any. Any excess of cost over the estimated fair market value less costs to sell at the time of acquisition is charged to the allowance for loan losses. The estimated fair market value is reviewed periodically by management and any write-downs are charged against current earnings.

Goodwill

Goodwill is not amortized but is subject to impairment tests on at least an annual basis or earlier whenever an event occurs indicating that goodwill may be impaired. In assessing the recoverability of the Company’s goodwill, all of which was recognized in connection with the acquisition of branches in 2003 and 2008, we must make assumptions in order to determine the fair value of the respective assets. Major assumptions used in the impairment analysis were discounted cash flows, merger and acquisition transaction values (including as compared to tangible book value), and stock market capitalization. The Company completed its annual goodwill impairment test during the fourth quarter of 2013 and determined there was no impairment to be recognized in 2013. If the underlying estimates and related assumptions change in the future, the Company may be required to record impairment charges.

34

Retirement Plan

The Company has historically maintained a defined benefit pension plan. Effective January 28, 2008, the Company took action to freeze the plan with no additional contributions for a majority of participants. Employees age 55 or greater or with 10 years of credited service were grandfathered in the plan. No additional participants have been added to the plan. The plan was again amended on February 28, 2011 to freeze the plan with no additional contributions for grandfathered participants. Benefits for all participants have remained frozen in the plan since such action was taken. Effective January 1, 2012, the plan was amended and restated as a cash balance plan. Under a cash balance plan, participant benefits are stated as an account balance. An opening account balance was established for each participant based on the lump sum value of his or her accrued benefit as of December 31, 2011 in the original defined benefit pension plan. Each participant’s account will be credited with an “interest” credit each year. The interest rate for each year is determined as the average annual interest rate on the 2 year U.S. Treasury securities for the month of December preceding the plan year. Plan assets, which consist primarily of mutual funds invested in marketable equity securities and corporate and government fixed income securities, are valued using market quotations. The Company’s actuary determines plan obligations and annual pension expense using a number of key assumptions. Key assumptions may include the discount rate, the estimated return on plan assets and the anticipated rate of compensation increases. Changes in these assumptions in the future, if any, or in the method under which benefits are calculated may impact pension assets, liabilities or expense.

Accounting for Income Taxes

Determining the Company’s effective tax rate requires judgment. In the ordinary course of business, there are transactions and calculations for which the ultimate tax outcomes are uncertain. In addition, the Company’s tax returns are subject to audit by various tax authorities. Although we believe that the estimates are reasonable, no assurance can be given that the final tax outcome will not be materially different than that which is reflected in the income tax provision and accrual.

The realization of deferred income tax assets is assessed and a valuation allowance is recorded if it is “more likely than not” that all or a portion of the deferred tax asset will not be realized. “More likely than not” is defined as greater than a 50% chance. Management considers all available evidence, both positive and negative, to determine whether, based on the weight of that evidence, a valuation allowance is needed. For more information, see Item 8. “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data,” under the heading “Note 10. Income Taxes.”

For further information concerning accounting policies, refer to Item 8. “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data,” under the heading “Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies.”

Executive Overview

Eastern Virginia Bankshares, Inc. is committed to delivering strong long-term earnings using a prudent allocation of capital, in business lines where we have demonstrated the ability to compete successfully. During 2013, the national and local economies continued to show limited signs of recovery with the main challenges continuing to be persistent unemployment above historical levels and uneven economic growth. Macro-economic and political issues continue to temper the global economic outlook and as such the Company remains cautiously optimistic regarding the limited signs of improvement seen in our local markets. Despite this, the Company believes that our local markets are poised for stronger growth in the coming months and years than the economic recovery has provided in our markets in recent periods. During 2013, the Company has continued to focus on asset quality and strengthening its balance sheet as it believes these areas are critical to its success in the near term. During 2013, the Company successfully executed on several of its previously disclosed strategic initiatives, including the closing of the private placements with certain institutional investors that raised approximately $45.0 million in aggregate gross proceeds, the closing of the rights offering to existing shareholders that raised approximately $5.0 million in aggregate gross proceeds, the accelerated resolution and disposition of certain adversely classified assets, the prepayment of higher rate long-term FHLB advances, and the termination of the formal written agreement with the Reserve Bank and the Bureau. Although the Company recorded a net loss during 2013 primarily due to the prepayment penalties on the extinguished FHLB advances, this transaction immediately improved the Company’s financial position by eliminating a high cost source of funding, thus improving the Company’s net interest margin in future

35

periods, and is a critical step in the Company’s strategic progression towards optimizing its balance sheet. During the fourth quarter of 2013, the Company improved its net interest margin 65 basis points and 32 basis points when compared to the second and third quarters of 2013 due to the repayment of these long-term FHLB advances. Although interest rates have increased since the second quarter of 2013, the current low interest rate environment continues to negatively impact our margins by driving lower yields on our loan portfolio. Our overall asset quality continues to improve. During 2013, the Company was able to reduce its nonperforming assets by 28.9% and its classified assets by 35.7%. As a result of the Company’s focus on resolving its problem assets, loan and asset quality metrics continue to improve as evidenced by end of year nonperforming loans to total loans of 1.68% and nonperforming assets to total assets of 1.15%. In addition, the Company’s allowance for loan losses continued to remain strong at the end of 2013 producing a ratio of allowance for loan losses to nonperforming loans of 134.03% and a ratio of allowance for loan losses to total loans of 2.25%. During 2014, the Company plans to continue evaluating and implementing deliberate strategies to strengthen its financial condition and further improve its asset quality, and management looks forward to future growth and opportunities to further increase the value of the Company’s franchise.

2013 Capital Initiative and Strategic Initiatives

On June 12, 2013, the Company closed on its previously disclosed private placements (the “Private Placements”) with certain institutional investors which raised aggregate gross proceeds of $45.0 million through Private Placements of approximately 4.6 million shares of common stock and 5.2 million shares of Series B Preferred Stock each at $4.55 per share. For more information, see Item 8. “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data,” under the heading “Note 21. Preferred Stock and Warrant.”

On July 5, 2013, the Company closed on its previously disclosed rights offering (the “Rights Offering”) to existing shareholders which raised aggregate gross proceeds of $5.0 million through the issuance of 1.1 million shares of common stock. After issuing these newly subscribed common shares, the Company had approximately 11.8 million total common shares outstanding.

The Company has used a portion of the gross proceeds from the 2013 Capital Initiative (consisting of the Private Placements and Rights Offering) for general corporate purposes, including strengthening its balance sheet, the accelerated resolution and disposition of assets adversely classified by the Company (consisting of other real estate owned and classified loans), and improvement of the Company’s balance sheet through the restructuring of FHLB advances. During the third quarter of 2013, the Company prepaid $107.5 million of its long-term FHLB advances, and also accelerated the resolution and disposition of adversely classified assets. The extinguishment of the higher rate long-term FHLB advances triggered an $11.5 million prepayment penalty that was fully recognized during the third quarter of 2013. During 2014, the Company will continue to pursue the redemption of the Series A Preferred Stock originally issued to the Treasury through TARP, and also plans to focus on online and mobile banking options offered to the Bank’s customers, including by introducing or improving the Bank’s portfolio of internet and mobile banking products and services. As the Company executes these business strategies, senior management and the board of directors will continue to evaluate other initiatives that they believe will best position the Company for long-term success.

Summary of 2013 Operating Results and Financial Condition

During 2013, net loss was ($2.6) million, a decrease of $6.1 million over net income of $3.5 million for the same period of 2012. The net loss for 2013 is primarily due to an $11.5 million prepayment penalty on the extinguishment of $107.5 million in higher rate long-term FHLB advances as discussed in the previous paragraphs. Although net interest margin improved following the payoff of the long-term FHLB advances during the third quarter of 2013, earnings remain constrained due to the protracted low-interest rate environment, lingering credit quality issues and a lack of loan demand resulting from the challenging economic climate, all of which contribute to compressing the Company’s net interest margin. The Company had a strong year liquidating its troubled assets, reducing its classified assets and improving its overall asset quality. The Company continues to be aggressive in the liquidation of troubled assets and that approach is evident with the overall reduction as of December 31, 2013 of nonperforming assets by 28.9% compared to December 31, 2012 through a combination of successful workouts and write-downs of previously identified impaired loans. The Company’s Special Assets Division, which was formed in the second quarter of 2011 and works closely with our Executive Management Asset Quality Committee, has worked tirelessly in formulating

36

workout strategies and conducting asset dispositions. Despite our aggressive approach in liquidating troubled assets, the Company’s allowance for loan losses remains healthy, producing a ratio of allowance for loan losses to nonperforming loans of 134.03% at December 31, 2013 compared to 171.29% at December 31, 2012. Additionally, the Company was able to reduce its ratio of nonperforming loans to total loans at December 31, 2013 to 1.68%, compared to 1.73% at December 31, 2012 while also reducing its ratio of nonperforming assets to total assets at December 31, 2013 to 1.15%, compared to 1.55% at December 31, 2012. With an economic outlook consisting of modest growth, elevated unemployment and low interest rates in the near term, the Company continues to believe the primary drivers behind our continued improvement include focusing on asset quality issues, containing noninterest expenses and lowering our cost of funding while maintaining adequate levels of liquidity, reserves for credit losses and capital.

The primary drivers for the Company’s results for the year ended December 31, 2013 were the $11.5 million prepayment penalty on the payoff of long-term FHLB advances, downward pressure on asset yields in the current economic and interest rate environments, the elevated levels of the provision for loan losses over historical levels, the elevated levels of FDIC insurance premiums over historical levels, professional and collection/repossession expenses related to past due loans and nonperforming assets and losses on the sale of and valuation adjustments on other real estate owned. Sales of available for sale securities to adjust the composition of the Company’s investment portfolio during 2013 generated gains of $1.5 million, a significant decrease from gains of $3.9 million during 2012. The Company experienced a decrease in the amount of net charge-offs during 2013 when compared to the same period in 2012, while the provision for loan losses during 2013 was down approximately 67.3% from the same period of 2012. This was due to improvements in some of the Company’s credit quality metrics, including continued decreases in nonperforming assets, and other factors, which are reflective of slowly improving economic conditions. Although the amount of provision declined, the Company’s provision for loan losses remains elevated compared to historical levels as we continue to experience historically high levels of nonperforming assets and charge-offs and aim to maintain an appropriate allowance for potential future loan losses. The Company believes the investments it has made since 2010 to reduce nonperforming assets and enhance our internal monitoring systems will significantly enhance the long-term credit quality of our loan portfolio and properly position us to deliver stronger earnings as we move forward once the economic climate improves.

For the year ended December 31, 2013, the following key points were significant factors in our reported results:

• Extraordinary loss of $11.5 million on the extinguishment of $107.5 million in long-term FHLB advances.

• Provision for loan losses of $1.9 million compared to $5.7 million for the same period in 2012.

• Net charge-offs of $7.4 million to write off uncollectible balances on nonperforming assets.

• Decrease in nonperforming assets by $4.8 million during 2013.

• Gain on the sale of available for sale securities of $1.5 million resulting from the sale of a portion of the Company’s previously impaired agency preferred securities (FNMA & FHLMC) as well as adjustments in the composition of the investment portfolio as part of our overall asset/liability management strategy.

• Increase in net interest income by $476 thousand from the same period in 2012.

• Gain of $224 thousand on the sale of our former Bowling Green branch office.

• Impairment losses of $585 thousand related to valuation adjustments on other real estate owned, compared to $1.7 million for the same period in 2012.

• Losses of $775 thousand on the sale of other real estate owned, compared to $227 thousand for the same period in 2012.

• Expenses related to FDIC insurance premiums of $1.8 million, compared to $2.3 million for the same period in 2012.

37

• Expenses related to collection, repossession and other real estate owned of $540 thousand, compared to $1.1 million for the same period in 2012.

For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, the reported net income (loss) of ($2.6) million and $3.5 million, respectively equate to the following performance metrics:

• On net income (loss) available to common shareholders, Return on Average Assets (ROA) of (0.39%) for the year ended December 31, 2013 which compares to ROA of 0.18% for the year ended December 31, 2012 and ROA of 0.03% for the year ended December 31, 2011.

• On net income (loss) available to common shareholders, Return on Average Common Shareholders’ Equity (ROE) of (4.98%) for the year ended December 31, 2013 which compares to ROE of 2.66% for the year ended December 31, 2012 and ROE of 0.40% for the year ended December 31, 2011.

• On a per share basis, the diluted and basic income (loss) per common share (EPS) is ($0.45) for the year ended December 31, 2013 which compares to an EPS of $0.32 for the year ended December 31, 2012 and an EPS of $0.05 for the year ended December 31, 2011.

The Company’s operating results decreased significantly for the year ended December 31, 2013, as compared to the same period of 2012, due primarily to the $11.5 million loss on the extinguishment of $107.5 million in long-term FHLB advances. Excluding the loss on extinguishment of debt, the Company’s performance still lags behind its strong earnings history. The Company remains unsatisfied with these financial results and continues to focus on credit quality initiatives. By extinguishing the higher rate long-term FHLB advances during the third quarter of 2013, the Company immediately improved its financial position and future funding costs. The prepayment of these long-term FHLB advances had an immediate impact on the Company as net interest margin increased during the fourth quarter by 65 basis points and 32 basis points when compared to the second and third quarters of 2013, respectively. Based on data available at December 31, 2013 including costs of other potential funding sources and the size of and expected yield on the Company’s loan portfolio, the Company anticipates eliminating an estimated $4.5 million in annual interest costs related to these extinguished FHLB advances, and improving the Company’s annualized net interest margin in 2014 by an estimated 65 basis points. The Company believes that these initiatives, in combination with our 2013 Capital Initiative and related business strategies, will ultimately result in an improvement in our asset quality and allow the Company to focus greater resources on growing its franchise and delivering financial results more consistent with its long-term history. As detailed later in this Item 7 under the caption “Asset Quality,” the Company continues to work on the timely resolution of its nonperforming assets but expects that additional charge-offs are likely. However, the Company believes that the loan loss reserves set aside during 2013 should be sufficient to cover its known credit issues under current economic conditions. Any further deterioration of economic conditions or credit quality could possibly require the adjustment of its provision for loan losses to reserve against additional charge-offs.

Capital Management and Regulatory Agreements

As we first reported in our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for March 31, 2011, the Company has taken actions to preserve capital by deferring its regular quarterly cash dividend with respect to its Series A Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock (the “Series A Preferred Stock”) which the Company originally issued to the United States Department of Treasury (the “Treasury”) in connection with the Company’s participation in the Treasury’s Capital Purchase Program in January 2009. On February 15, 2014, the Company deferred its thirteenth consecutive dividend on the Series A Preferred Stock. As of December 31, 2013, the Company had accumulated $3.6 million for dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock. On October 21, 2013, the Treasury sold all 24,000 shares of Series A Preferred stock held by Treasury to private investors. In addition, because dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock have not been paid for more than six quarters, the authorized number of directors on the Company’s Board of Directors has increased by two, and the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock have the right, voting as a class, to elect two directors to the Company’s Board of Directors at the next annual meeting (or a special meeting called for that purpose) and each annual meeting until all owed and unpaid dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock have been paid. To date the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock have not yet exercised this right.

38

Subject to certain exceptions and limitations, the Company is permitted to elect from time to time to defer regularly scheduled interest payments on its outstanding Junior Subordinated Debentures relating to its trust preferred securities. If the Company defers interest payments on the Junior Subordinated Debentures for more than 20 consecutive quarters, the Company would be in default under the governing agreements for such notes and the amount due under such agreements would be immediately due and payable. During the second quarter of 2011, the Company began deferring its regularly scheduled interest payments on its outstanding Junior Subordinated Debentures relating to its trust preferred securities. While the interest expense associated with this source of regulatory capital continues to be reflected in the Company’s earnings, the deferred payments represent a subordinated liability to other creditors of the Company. As of December 31, 2013, the Company has deferred eleven quarterly payments totaling $976 thousand for interest on the Junior Subordinated Debentures.

The actions to suspend and defer dividend and interest payments to preserve capital, while difficult, are necessary to ensure the financial strength of the Company. Despite the Company’s significant challenges over the last several years, the Company has maintained its regulatory well capitalized status and it believes that maintaining this status is critically important for the long-term value of the Company. As economic conditions improve, and as the Company is able to generate earnings to support its current and future capital needs, the Company plans to restore dividends on its common stock, Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock, as well as interest payments on its Junior Subordinated Debentures.

As previously disclosed, on February 17, 2011, the Company and the Bank entered into a Written Agreement with the Reserve Bank and the Bureau. The purpose of this agreement was to formally document the common goal of the Company, the Bank and the regulatory agencies to maintain the financial soundness of the Company and the Bank. This agreement contained many of the steps that the Company had already initiated during 2010 and 2011 to address its deteriorating asset quality and associated challenges brought on during the economic recession. The Written Agreement was terminated on July 30, 2013. On September 5, 2013, the Company and the Bank entered into a Memorandum of Understanding with the Reserve Bank and the Bureau. The Memorandum of Understanding was terminated effective March 13, 2014. For additional information, refer to Item 8. “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data,” under the heading “Note 26. Regulatory Agreements.”

The Company will continue to evaluate its capital management strategies during 2014, including as related to executing the 2013 Capital Initiative and related strategic initiatives and deploying proceeds of the 2013 Capital Initiative.

Basel III Final Rules

In July 2013, the federal bank regulatory agencies adopted rules to implement the Basel III capital framework and for calculating risk-weighted assets, as modified by the U.S. federal bank regulators (the “Basel III Capital Rules”). The Basel III Capital Rules are effective for the Company and the Bank on January 1, 2015 (subject to a phase-in period for certain portions of the new rules). For a summary of the Basel III Capital Rules, see Part I, Item 1 under the heading “Regulation and Supervision — Capital Requirements.”

39

Results of Operations

The table below lists our quarterly performance for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012.

Table 1: SUMMARY OF FINANCIAL RESULTS BY QUARTER

	Three Months Ended									Three Months Ended
	2013									2012
(dollars in thousands)	Dec. 31		Sep. 30			June 30		Mar. 31		Dec. 31		Sep. 30		June 30		Mar. 31
Interest and dividend income	$	10,262	$	10,552		$	10,633	$	10,577	$	11,012	$	11,229	$	11,276	$	11,554
Interest expense		1,179		1,821			2,505		2,540		2,657		2,822		2,985		3,104
Net interest income		9,083		8,731			8,128		8,037		8,355		8,407		8,291		8,450
Provision for loan losses		300		350			600		600		875		625		1,258		2,900
Net interest income after provision for loan losses		8,783		8,381			7,528		7,437		7,480		7,782		7,033		5,550
Noninterest income		2,555		1,795			1,450		1,948		1,925		1,884		2,182		3,907
Noninterest expenses		8,185		20,555			8,205		7,956		8,135		8,536		8,124		8,551
Income (loss) before income taxes		3,153		(10,379	)		773		1,429		1,270		1,130		1,091		906
Income tax expense (benefit)		892		(3,733	)		100		349		341		269		243		92
Net income (loss)	$	2,261	$	(6,646	)	$	673	$	1,080	$	929	$	861	$	848	$	814
Less: Effective dividend on preferred stock		376		376			376		376		375		375		375		375
Net income (loss) available to common shareholders	$	1,885	$	(7,022	)	$	297	$	704	$	554	$	486	$	473	$	439
Income (loss) per common share: basic	$	0.16	$	(0.60	)	$	0.04	$	0.12	$	0.09	$	0.08	$	0.08	$	0.07
Income (loss) per common share: diluted	$	0.11	$	(0.60	)	$	0.04	$	0.12	$	0.09	$	0.08	$	0.08	$	0.07

Net Interest Income and Net Interest Margin

Net interest income, the fundamental source of the Company’s earnings, is defined as the difference between income on earning assets and the cost of funds supporting those assets. Significant categories of earning assets are loans and investment securities, while deposits and long-term borrowings represent the major portion of interest bearing liabilities. The level of net interest income is impacted primarily by variations in the volume and mix of these assets and liabilities, as well as changes in interest rates when compared to previous periods of operations and the yield of our interest earning assets compared to our cost of funding these assets.

Table 2 presents the average interest earning assets and average interest bearing liabilities, the average yields earned on such assets (on a tax equivalent basis) and rates paid on such liabilities, and the net interest margin for the indicated periods. The variance in interest income and expense caused by differences in average balances and rate is shown in Table 3.

For comparative purposes, income from tax-exempt securities is adjusted to a tax-equivalent basis using the federal statutory tax rate of 34% and adjusted by the Tax Equity and Fiscal Responsibility Act adjustment. This latter adjustment is for the disallowance as a deduction of a portion of total interest expense related to the ratio of average tax-exempt securities to average total assets. By making these adjustments, tax-exempt income and their yields are presented on a comparable basis with income and yields from fully taxable earning assets. The net interest margin is calculated by expressing tax-equivalent net interest income as a percentage of average interest earning assets, and represents the Company’s net yield on its earning assets. Net interest margin is an indicator of the Company’s effectiveness in generating income from its earning assets. The net interest margin is affected by the structure of the balance sheet as well as by competitive pressures, Federal Reserve Board policies and the economy. The spread that can be earned between interest earning assets and interest bearing liabilities is also dependent to a large extent on the slope of the yield curve, which in recent periods has been significantly impacted by initiatives of the Federal Reserve Board intended to lower long-term interest rates.

40

2013 compared with 2012

Net interest income, on a fully tax equivalent basis, increased $564 thousand or 1.7% to $34.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, down from $33.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. Total average earning assets decreased $7.6 million or 0.8% from $999.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 to $991.3 million for the same period in 2013. Total average interest-bearing liabilities decreased $31.6 million or 3.7% from $848.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 to $816.8 million for the same period of 2013. The measured increase in net interest income was impacted by the change in the mix and pricing of the balance sheet components including the impacts of declining loan balances, increased short term investments and decreasing yields on the Company’s loan portfolio, offset by the Company’s expansion of its investment portfolio funded by excess liquidity and increasing yields on its investment portfolio driven by rebalancing efforts. Net interest income for 2013 was favorably impacted by decreases to the cost of all categories of interest-bearing liabilities. These shifts resulted in an increase of 9 basis points in our net interest margin from 3.37% for the year ended December 31, 2012 to 3.46% for the same period of 2013. The percentage of average earning assets to total average assets decreased slightly to 92.7% for the year ended December 31, 2013, as compared to 93.5% for the same period in 2012.

Total interest income, on a fully tax equivalent basis, decreased approximately $3.0 million from $45.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 to $42.3 million for the same period of 2013. This was driven by a decline in the yield on interest earning assets from 4.53% for the year ended December 31, 2012 to 4.27% for the same period of 2013, and a decrease in average earning assets over the same periods. The decreased yield on average earning assets was primarily the result of reduced yields on the loan portfolio, a significant decrease in average loan balances and a significant increase in average short term investments partially offset by higher average balances and yields on investment securities.

Average total loan balances decreased $44.7 million from $714.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 to $669.5 million for the same period of 2013. The yield on loans decreased to 5.30% for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to 5.54% for the same period of 2012. This resulted in a $4.1 million, or 24 basis point drop in interest income generated by our largest earning asset category to $35.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to $39.6 million for the same period in 2012. Interest income generated by the loan portfolio decreased due to weak loan demand in our markets as a result of the continuing challenging economic conditions, adjustments to our variable rate loans in the low interest rate environment, charge-offs, payment curtailments on outstanding loans and the sale of our credit card portfolio in September 2012. In addition, due to the historically low interest rate environment, although slightly rising beginning in the latter portion of the second quarter of 2013 and through the end of 2013, and intensified loan competition in our markets, loans were originated during 2012 and 2013 at much lower yields which has contributed significantly to lower yields on the loan portfolio.

Average investment security balances increased $20.8 million from $261.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 to $282.1 million for the same period of 2013. The yield on securities increased 21 basis points from 2.17% for the year ended December 31, 2012 to 2.38% for the year ended December 31, 2013. The higher yield resulted from investment portfolio restructurings, accelerated prepayments on our Agency mortgage-backed and Agency CMO securities, principally due to the low rate environment and incentives for homeowners to refinance higher-rate mortgages, in the prior year compared to the current year, and our decision to invest in the second quarter of 2013 in higher yielding, longer duration municipal securities. Average taxable investment securities increased $13.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to the same period of 2013 and the yield on taxable investment securities increased 20 basis points from 1.97% for the year ended December 31, 2012 to 2.17% for year ended December 31, 2013. Average tax exempt investment securities increased $9.0 million from $14.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 to $23.9 million for the same period of 2013 and the yield on tax exempt investment securities decreased 49 basis points from 4.51% for the year ended December 31, 2012 to 4.02% for the year ended December 31, 2013. This lower yield resulted from the acquisition of new investments in the current low interest rate environment.

In addition to deploying excess liquidity into the securities portfolio, we also deploy a portion of our excess funds into short term investments. Average interest bearing deposits in other banks increased $16.4 million from $23.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 to $39.5 million for the same period of 2013, while average federal funds sold decreased $65 thousand to $162 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2013

41

compared to $227 thousand for the same period of 2012. This increase in excess funds was due to the overall increase in our average total deposits and difficulty strategically deploying excess liquidity (including proceeds from the Private Placements and Rights Offering) in the low interest rate environment, and in particular difficulty funding new loans to creditworthy borrowers and identifying investment securities with suitable rates of return. In total, our average excess funds increased $16.3 million from December 31, 2012 to December 31, 2013.

Average interest bearing deposits decreased approximately $3.8 million from $716.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 to $712.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. Changes within the mix of these balances and the corresponding decrease in the rates on deposits were significant drivers for the reduction in interest expense in 2013 related to interest-bearing deposits and helped to offset the contemporaneous decrease in our interest income. Our overall cost of funds decreased approximately $3.5 million from $11.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 to $8.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. This was primarily due to the prepayment of $107.5 million in higher rate long-term borrowings during August 2013, the maturity of a $10.0 million higher rate long-term borrowing during September 2013 and the total rate for average interest-bearing deposits decreasing from 0.89% for the year ended December 31, 2012 to 0.66% for the same period of 2013, a drop of 23 basis points. Retail deposits continued to shift from higher priced certificates of deposit to lower priced checking (or “NOW” accounts) and savings accounts. The largest increase from the year ended December 31, 2012 to the same period in 2013 was in our NOW accounts with an increase of $19.1 million in average balance and a corresponding average rate decrease of 15 basis points from 0.52% to 0.37% from the year ended December 31, 2012 to the year ended December 31, 2013. Our savings accounts had an increase of $4.6 million in average balance and a corresponding average rate decrease of 12 basis points from 0.28% to 0.16% for the same periods. Our average money market savings accounts had a decrease of $1.2 million and a corresponding rate decrease of 7 basis points from 0.49% to 0.42% for the same periods. Average large dollar certificates of deposit decreased approximately $11.0 million from $131.9 million during the year ended December 31, 2012 to $120.9 million during the year ended December 31, 2013, and the average rate dropped 32 basis points from 1.62% for the year ended December 31, 2012 to 1.30% for the same period in 2013. The average balance of other certificates of deposit declined approximately $15.3 million from $145.0 million during the year ended December 31, 2012 to $129.7 million for the same period in 2013, with a simultaneous 35 basis point drop in average rate from 1.52% for the year ended December 31, 2012 to 1.17% for the same period in 2013. Average short-term borrowings increased $16.6 million from $318 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2012 to $17.0 million for the same period of 2013, and the average rate dropped 9 basis points from 0.31% for the year ended December 31, 2012 to 0.22% for the same period of 2013. The average balance of long-term borrowings decreased $44.2 million from $117.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 to $73.3 million for the same period of 2013, with a slight rate decrease of 2 basis points from 4.06% for the year ended December 31, 2012 to 4.04% for the same period of 2013.

2012 compared with 2011

Net interest income, on a fully tax equivalent basis, decreased $1.7 million or 4.8% to $33.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, down from $35.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. Total average earning assets decreased $6.1 million or 0.6% from $1.01 billion for the year ended December 31, 2011 to $999.0 million for the same period in 2012. Total average interest-bearing liabilities decreased $25.9 million or 3.0% from $874.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 to $848.4 million for the same period of 2012. The decrease in net interest income was driven by the change in the mix and pricing of the balance sheet components including the impacts of declining loan balances and decreasing yields on the Company’s loan and investment portfolios, and partially offset by the Company’s expansion of its investment portfolio through purchases of principally lower-yielding securities during 2012 funded by excess liquidity. These shifts resulted in a decrease of 15 basis points in our net interest margin from 3.52% for the year ended December 31, 2011 to 3.37% for the same period of 2012. The percentage of average earning assets to total average assets increased slightly to 93.5% for the year ended December 31, 2012, as compared to 93.3% for the same period in 2011.

Total interest income, on a fully tax equivalent basis, decreased approximately $4.7 million from $50.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 to $45.3 million for the same period of 2012. This was driven by a

42

decline in the yield on interest earning assets from 4.98% for the year ended December 31, 2011 to 4.53% for the same period of 2012, and a decrease in average earning assets over the same periods. These decreases were primarily the result of reduced yields on the investment securities and loan portfolios, and a significant decrease in the average loan balances.

Average total loan balances decreased $42.9 million from $757.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 to $714.2 million for the same period of 2012. The yield on loans decreased to 5.54% for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to 5.68% for the same period of 2011. This resulted in a $3.4 million, or 14 basis point, drop in interest income generated by our largest earning asset category to $39.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to $43.0 million for the same period in 2011. Interest income generated by the loan portfolio decreased due to weak loan demand in our markets as a result of the continuing challenging economic conditions, adjustments to our variable rate loans in the low interest rate environment, and increased charge-offs and payment curtailments on outstanding loans.

Average investment security balances increased $36.2 million from $225.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 to $261.4 million for the same period of 2012. While the average investment securities balance increased, the yield on securities declined 94 basis points from 3.11% for the year ended December 31, 2011 to 2.17% for the year ended December 31, 2012. The lower yield resulted from accelerated prepayments on our Agency mortgage-backed and Agency CMO securities, principally due to the low rate environment and incentives for homeowners to refinance higher-rate mortgages, and our decision to invest in 2012 in lower risk, shorter duration securities which had corresponding lower yields. Average taxable investment securities increased $52.3 million from the year ended December 31, 2011 to the year ended December 31, 2012, but the yield on taxable securities declined from 2.77% for the year ended December 31, 2011 to 1.97% for the same period of 2012, a drop of 80 basis points.

In addition to deploying excess liquidity into the securities portfolio, we also deploy a portion of our excess funds into short term investments. Average interest bearing deposits in other banks increased $685 thousand from $22.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 to $23.1 million for the same period of 2012, while average federal funds sold decreased $65 thousand to $227 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to $292 thousand for the same period of 2011. In total, our average excess funds increased $620 thousand from the year ended December 31, 2011 to the year ended December 31, 2012.

Average interest bearing deposits decreased approximately $24.9 million from $741.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 to $716.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. Changes within the mix of these balances and the corresponding decrease in the rates on deposits were significant drivers for the reduction in interest expense in 2012 related to interest-bearing deposits and helped to partially offset the contemporaneous decrease in our interest income. Our overall cost of funds decreased $3.1 million from 2011 to 2012, as the total rate for average interest-bearing deposits fell from 1.28% for the year ended December 31, 2011 to 0.89% for the same period in 2012, a drop of 39 basis points. Deposits continued to shift from higher priced certificates of deposit to lower priced checking (or “NOW” accounts), money market and savings accounts. The largest increase from the year ended December 31, 2011 to the same period in 2012 was in our NOW accounts with an increase of $7.5 million in average balance and a corresponding average rate decrease of 34 basis points from 0.86% to 0.52% from the year ended December 31, 2011 to the year ended December 31, 2012. Our savings accounts had an increase of $5.6 million in average balance and a corresponding average rate decrease of 27 basis points from 0.55% to 0.28% for the same periods. Average large dollar certificates of deposit decreased approximately $15.7 million from $147.6 million during the year ended December 31, 2011 to $131.9 million during the year ended December 31, 2012, and the average rate dropped 28 basis points from 1.90% for the year ended December 31, 2011 to 1.62% for the same period in 2012. The average balance of other certificates of deposit declined approximately $22.4 million from $167.4 million during the year ended December 31, 2011 to $145.0 million for the same period in 2012, with a simultaneous 34 basis point drop in average rate from 1.86% for the year ended December 31, 2011 to 1.52% for the same period in 2012.

43

Table 2: Average Balance Sheet and Net Interest Margin Analysis

	Year Ended December 31,
	2013								2012								2011
(dollars in thousands)	Average Balance			Income/ Expense		Yield/ Rate(1)			Average Balance			Income/ Expense		Yield/ Rate(1)			Average Balance			Income/ Expense		Yield/ Rate(1)
Assets:
Securities
Taxable	$	250,474		$	5,443		2.17	%	$	236,917		$	4,656		1.97	%	$	184,597		$	5,107		2.77	%
Restricted securities		7,796			323		4.14	%		9,590			333		3.47	%		10,145			246		2.42	%
Tax exempt(2)		23,857			959		4.02	%		14,858			670		4.51	%		30,433			1,652		5.43	%
Total securities		282,127			6,725		2.38	%		261,365			5,659		2.17	%		225,175			7,005		3.11	%
Interest bearing deposits in other banks		39,537			105		0.27	%		23,123			56		0.24	%		22,438			54		0.24	%
Federal funds sold		162			—		0.00	%		227			—		0.00	%		292			—		0.00	%
Loans, net of unearned income(3)		669,520			35,487		5.30	%		714,254			39,561		5.54	%		757,123			42,984		5.68	%
Total earning assets		991,346			42,317		4.27	%		998,969			45,276		4.53	%		1,005,028			50,043		4.98	%
Less allowance for loan losses		(18,527	)							(23,273	)							(26,479	)
Total non-earning assets		97,047								92,332								98,811
Total assets	$	1,069,866							$	1,068,028							$	1,077,360
Liabilities & Shareholders’ Equity:
Interest-bearing deposits
Checking	$	248,675		$	929		0.37	%	$	229,605		$	1,205		0.52	%	$	222,149		$	1,908		0.86	%
Savings		90,065			142		0.16	%		85,476			239		0.28	%		79,918			441		0.55	%
Money market savings		123,559			515		0.42	%		124,724			613		0.49	%		124,343			1,254		1.01	%
Large dollar certificates of deposit(4)		120,852			1,574		1.30	%		131,862			2,139		1.62	%		147,647			2,805		1.90	%
Other certificates of deposit		129,654			1,516		1.17	%		144,975			2,203		1.52	%		167,433			3,107		1.86	%
Total interest-bearing deposits		712,805			4,676		0.66	%		716,642			6,399		0.89	%		741,490			9,515		1.28	%
Federal funds purchased and repurchase agreements		3,489			21		0.60	%		3,649			32		0.88	%		3,129			35		1.12	%
Short-term borrowings		16,963			38		0.22	%		318			1		0.31	%		1,878			8		0.43	%
Long-term borrowings		73,278			2,958		4.04	%		117,500			4,775		4.06	%		117,500			4,761		4.05	%
Trust preferred debt		10,310			352		3.41	%		10,310			361		3.50	%		10,310			332		3.22	%
Total interest-bearing liabilities		816,845			8,045		0.98	%		848,419			11,568		1.36	%		874,307			14,651		1.68	%
Noninterest-bearing liabilities
Demand deposits		127,211								114,597								104,177
Other liabilities		6,732								7,538								4,220
Total liabilities		950,788								970,554								982,704
Shareholders’ equity		119,078								97,474								94,656
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity	$	1,069,866							$	1,068,028							$	1,077,360
Net interest income(2)				$	34,272							$	33,708							$	35,392
Interest rate spread(2)(5)							3.29	%							3.17	%							3.30	%
Interest expense as a percent of average earning assets							0.81	%							1.16	%							1.46	%
Net interest margin(2)(6)							3.46	%							3.37	%							3.52	%

Notes:

(1) Yields are based on average daily balances.

(2) Income and yields are reported on a tax equivalent basis assuming a federal tax rate of 34%, with an adjustment of $293, $205 and $505 in 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

(3) Nonaccrual loans have been included in the computations of average loan balances.

(4) Large dollar certificates of deposit are certificates issued in amounts of $100 or greater.

44

(5) Interest rate spread is the average yield on earning assets, calculated on a fully taxable basis, less the average rate incurred on interest-bearing liabilities.

(6) Net interest margin is the net interest income, calculated on a fully taxable basis, expressed as a percentage of average earning assets.

As the largest component of income, net interest income represents the amount that interest and fees earned on loans and investments exceeds the interest costs of funds used to support these earning assets. Net interest income is determined by the relative levels, rates and mix of earning assets and interest bearing liabilities. The following table attributes changes in net interest income either to changes in average volume or to rate changes in proportion to the relationship of the absolute dollar amount of the change in each.

Table 3: Volume and Rate Analysis⁽¹⁾

	2013 from 2012 Increase (Decrease) Due to Changes in:									2012 from 2011 Increase (Decrease) Due to Changes in:
(dollars in thousands)	Volume			Rate			Total			Volume			Rate			Total
Interest income:
Securities:
Taxable	$	296		$	491		$	787		$	23,493		$	(23,944	)	$	(451	)
Restricted securities		(460	)		450			(10	)		(13	)		100			87
Tax exempt(2)		352			(63	)		289			(738	)		(244	)		(982	)
Total securities		188			878			1,066			22,742			(24,088	)		(1,346	)
Interest bearing deposits in other banks		41			8			49			2			—			2
Federal funds sold		—			—			—			—			—			—
Loans, net of unearned income		(2,404	)		(1,670	)		(4,074	)		(2,381	)		(1,042	)		(3,423	)
Total interest income		(2,175	)		(784	)		(2,959	)		20,363			(25,130	)		(4,767	)
Interest expense:
Interest-bearing deposits:
Checking		109			(385	)		(276	)		80			(783	)		(703	)
Savings		12			(109	)		(97	)		31			(233	)		(202	)
Money market savings		(11	)		(87	)		(98	)		8			(649	)		(641	)
Large dollar certificates of deposit(3)		(168	)		(397	)		(565	)		(278	)		(388	)		(666	)
Other certificates of deposit		(216	)		(471	)		(687	)		(379	)		(525	)		(904	)
Total interest-bearing deposits		(274	)		(1,449	)		(1,723	)		(538	)		(2,578	)		(3,116	)
Federal funds purchased and repurchase agreements		(1	)		(10	)		(11	)		10			(13	)		(3	)
Short-term borrowings		37			—			37			(5	)		(2	)		(7	)
Long-term borrowings		(1,794	)		(23	)		(1,817	)		—			14			14
Trust preferred debt		—			(9	)		(9	)		—			29			29
Total interest expense		(2,032	)		(1,491	)		(3,523	)		(533	)		(2,550	)		(3,083	)
Change in net interest income	$	(143	)	$	707		$	564		$	20,896		$	(22,580	)	$	(1,684	)

Notes:

(1) Changes caused by the combination of rate and volume are allocated based on the percentage caused by each.

(2) Income and yields are reported on a tax-equivalent basis, assuming a federal tax rate of 34%.

(3) Large dollar certificates of deposit are certificates issued in amounts of $100 or greater.

45

Interest Sensitivity

Our primary goals in interest rate risk management are to minimize negative fluctuations in net interest margin as a percentage of earning assets and to increase the dollar amount of net interest income at a growth rate consistent with the growth rate of total assets. These goals are accomplished by managing the interest sensitivity gap, which is the difference between interest sensitive assets and interest sensitive liabilities in a specific time interval. Interest sensitivity gap is managed by balancing the volume of floating rate liabilities with a similar volume of floating rate assets, by keeping the fixed rate average maturity of asset and liability contracts reasonably consistent and short, and by routinely adjusting pricing to market conditions on a regular basis.

The Company strives to maintain a position flexible enough to move to a balanced position between rate-sensitive assets and rate-sensitive liabilities, which may be desirable when there are wide and frequent fluctuations in interest rates. Matching the amount of assets and liabilities maturing in the same time interval helps to hedge interest rate risk and to minimize the impact on net interest income in periods of rising or falling interest rates. Interest rate gaps are managed through investments, loan pricing and deposit pricing strategies. When an unacceptable positive gap within a one-year time frame occurs, maturities can be extended by selling shorter-term investments and purchasing longer maturities. When an unacceptable negative gap occurs, variable rate loans can be increased and more investment in shorter-term investments can be made.

The Company believes that it will be a challenge for the Company to maintain its net interest margin at its current level if funds obtained from its 2013 Capital Initiatives, loan and investment security repayments, as well as any deposit growth, cannot be fully used to originate new loans and are instead reinvested in lower-yield earning assets, and if the reduction in earning asset yields exceeds interest rate declines in interest-bearing liabilities. As the economy remains on a slow paced recovery and with continued lack of quality loan demand in our markets, the Company has focused on restructuring the investment portfolio and recognized some gains on the disposition of securities held due to an increase in prices as rates have continued to fall. With the expectation that interest rates will not change significantly during 2014 and that they will remain low for an extended period of time, the Company continues to redeploy its excess funds in the investment portfolio with a focus on securities that provide steady cash flow at a low risk weighting to maximize earnings until loan demand returns. Given this limited earnings environment and the low yields on investment securities, the Company has continued to lower its deposit cost to offset the overall compression of our margins.

Noninterest Income

Noninterest income is comprised of all sources of income other than interest income on our earning assets. Significant revenue items include fees collected on certain deposit account transactions, debit and credit card fees, other general services, earnings from other investments we own in part or in full, gains or losses from investments, and gains or losses on sales of investments, loans, and fixed assets.

The following table depicts noninterest income for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011:

Table 4: Noninterest Income

	Years Ended December 31,
(dollars in thousands)	2013		2012			2011
Service charges and fees on deposit accounts	$	3,286	$	3,239		$	3,443
Debit/credit card fees		1,469		1,557			1,452
Gain on sale of available for sale securities, net		1,507		3,875			3,186
Gain (loss) on sale of bank premises and equipment		249		(1	)		258
Gain on sale of loans		—		197			—
Other operating income		1,237		1,031			1,179
Total noninterest income	$	7,748	$	9,898		$	9,518

46

2013 Compared to 2012

Noninterest income for 2013 was $7.7 million, a decrease of $2.2 million or 21.7% over the noninterest income of $9.9 million for 2012. The decrease in this component was caused by the following events:

• Sales of available for sale securities generated net gains of $1.5 million in 2013, a decrease of $2.4 million or 61.1% from gains of $3.9 million in 2012. During 2012 the Company strategically adjusted the composition of its investment portfolio by reducing its holdings of tax-exempt securities in an effort to increase the Company’s source of taxable income. To implement this strategy the Company sold tax-exempt securities issued by state and political subdivisions during 2012, many of which were in an unrealized gain position at the time of sale due to the low interest rate environment during 2012, which was principally due to current economic conditions and monetary policies of the Federal Reserve to further reduce interest rates. During 2013, the Company sold a portion of its previously impaired agency preferred securities (FNMA & FHLMC). The Company sold these securities to remove classified assets from the balance sheet and increase the Company’s sources of taxable income. The Company will strategically evaluate opportunities to further adjust the composition of its investment portfolio during 2014;

• Gain (loss) on the sale of bank premises and equipment increased $250 thousand in 2013 as compared to the same period in 2012 due to the sale of our former Bowling Green branch office during the third quarter of 2013 which generated a gain of $224 thousand;

• Gain on the sale of our credit card loan portfolio was $197 thousand in 2012, while no such sales occurred during 2013; and

• Other operating income was $1.2 million in 2013, an increase of $206 thousand or 20.0% over the $1.0 million in 2012, and was driven by a 21.4% increase in investment services income, a 44.3% increase in income from bank owned life insurance due to our additional $10.0 million investment in bank owned life insurance in the second quarter of 2013, and a 26.4% decrease in write downs of our investments in community and housing development funds.

2012 Compared to 2011

Noninterest income for 2012 was $9.9 million, an increase of $380 thousand or 4.0% over the noninterest income of $9.5 million for 2011. The increase in this component was caused by the following events:

• Sales of available for sale securities generated net gains of $3.9 million in 2012, an increase of $689 thousand or 21.6% from gains of $3.2 million in 2011. During 2012 the Company strategically adjusted the composition of its investment portfolio by reducing its holdings of tax-exempt securities in an effort to increase the Company’s source of taxable income. To implement this strategy the Company sold tax-exempt securities issued by state and political subdivisions during 2012, many of which were in an unrealized gain position at the time of sale, and deployed the proceeds into taxable investment securities issued by state and political subdivisions as well as Agency mortgage-backed and Agency CMO securities. Many of these securities were in an unrealized gain position at the time of sale due to the low interest rate environment, which is principally due to current economic conditions and monetary policies of the Federal Reserve to further reduce interest rates;

• Gains on the sale of bank premises and equipment decreased $259 thousand in 2012 as compared to the same period in 2011 principally due to the sale of our former Aylett branch office during the first quarter of 2011 which generated a gain of $256 thousand;

• Gain on the sale of our credit card loan portfolio was $197 thousand in 2012, while no such sales occurred during 2011. The sale of our credit card loan portfolio was completed to decrease our risk exposure and compliance burdens, and through agreements with a partner bank we will continue offering our customers credit card products with many additional features and benefits in an evolving competitive marketplace; and

• Other operating income was $1.0 million in 2012, a decrease of $148 thousand or 12.6% over the $1.2 million in 2011 and was driven by a 23.4% decrease in loan servicing fees, a 38.1% increase in write downs of our investments in community and housing development funds, and the elimination of mortgage services income and OREO rental income in 2012.

47

Noninterest Expense

Noninterest expense includes all expenses with the exception of those paid for interest on borrowings and deposits. Significant expense items included in this component are salaries and employee benefits, occupancy and other operating expenses.

The following table depicts noninterest expense for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011:

Table 5: Noninterest Expense

	Years Ended December 31,
(dollars in thousands)	2013		2012		2011
Salaries and employee benefits	$	17,156	$	15,770	$	14,978
Occupancy and equipment expenses		5,226		5,165		5,209
Telephone		1,142		945		1,173
FDIC expense		1,765		2,329		2,696
Consultant fees		1,051		754		954
Collection, repossession and other real estate owned		540		1,115		1,697
Marketing and advertising		787		804		726
Loss on sale of other real estate owned		775		227		787
Impairment losses on other real estate owned		585		1,723		1,386
Loss on extinguishment of debt		11,453		—		—
Other operating expenses		4,421		4,514		4,433
Total noninterest expenses	$	44,901	$	33,346	$	34,039

2013 Compared to 2012

Noninterest expense for 2013 was $44.9 million, an increase of $11.6 million or 34.7% over noninterest expense of $33.3 million for 2012. Significant contributors to the increase in these expenses are as follows:

• Loss on the extinguishment of debt was $11.5 million during 2013 and was incurred due to the prepayment of $107.5 million in long-term FHLB advances, while no such losses occurred in 2012. This prepayment penalty is the result of the Company successfully executing one of its previously disclosed strategic initiatives. The Company expects this transaction to improve the Company’s financial position by eliminating an estimated $4.5 million in annualized interest cost in future periods, thereby reducing the Company’s overall future cost of funds;

• Salaries and employee benefits expense was $17.2 million for 2013, an increase of $1.4 million or 8.8% from $15.8 million for 2012. This increase was due to annual merit increases, lower deferred compensation on loan originations and was partially offset by a decrease in group term insurance costs;

• Telephone expense was $1.1 million for 2013, an increase of $197 thousand or 20.9% from $945 thousand for 2012. This increase was primarily due to a credit received during 2012 from the Company’s data and telephone provider for repeated service interruptions including downtime and loss of connectivity that was not repeated during 2013;

• FDIC insurance expense was $1.8 million for 2013, a decrease of $564 thousand or 24.2% from $2.3 million for 2012. This decrease was driven by lower base assessment rates due to the improvement in EVB’s overall composite rating in connection with the termination of the Written Agreement in July 2013;

• Consultant fees were $1.1 million for 2013, an increase of $297 thousand or 39.4% from $754 thousand for 2012. This was primarily due to additional loan review fees and consulting charges incurred related to compliance, loan operations and information technology;

• Collection, repossession and other real estate owned expenses were $540 thousand for 2013, a decrease of $575 thousand or 51.6% from $1.1 million for 2012. This decrease was primarily due to the overall decrease in the carrying balances of OREO, nonperforming loans and classified assets;

48

• Losses on the sale of other real estate owned were $775 thousand for 2013, an increase of $548 thousand from losses of $227 thousand for 2012, and are primarily due to the Company’s strategic initiative to remove risk from its balance sheet by expediting the resolution and disposition of OREO during 2013; and

• Impairment losses related to valuation adjustments on OREO were $585 thousand for 2013, a decrease of $1.1 million from losses of $1.7 million for 2012, as significant impairments on certain assets within the Company’s other real estate owned portfolio during 2012 related to the Company’s asset quality initiatives were not repeated during 2013.

2012 Compared to 2011

Noninterest expense for 2012 was $33.3 million, a decrease of $693 thousand or 2.0% over the noninterest expense of $34.0 million for 2011. Significant contributors to the decrease in these expenses are as follows:

• Salaries and employee benefits was $15.8 million for 2012, an increase of $792 thousand or 5.3% from $15.0 million for 2011. This increase was due to annual merit increases, an increase in group term insurance costs and a decrease in employee-related benefits expense during the same period of 2011 which was the result of the Company taking action to freeze the pension plan with no additional contributions for grandfathered participants;

• Telephone expense was $945 thousand for 2012, a decrease of $228 thousand or 19.4% from $1.2 million for 2011. This decrease was primarily due to a credit received during 2012 from the Company’s data and telephone provider for repeated service interruptions including downtime and loss of connectivity;

• FDIC insurance expense was $2.3 million for 2012, a decrease of $367 thousand or 13.6% from $2.7 million for 2011. This decrease was due to modifications of the risk-based deposit insurance assessment system and the base assessment rates which began in the second quarter of 2011;

• Consultant fees were $754 thousand for 2012, a decrease of $200 thousand or 21.0% from $954 thousand for 2011. The decrease in these expenses was primarily due to the lower costs in addressing weaknesses related to the Written Agreement;

• Collection, repossession and other real estate owned expenses were $1.1 million for 2012, a decrease of $582 thousand or 34.3% from $1.7 million for 2011. The decrease in these expenses was due to the overall decrease in the carrying balance of OREO from 2011 to 2012, and the Company’s efforts to focus resources internally to more efficiently manage collection and repossession activities;

• Losses on the sale of other real estate owned were $227 thousand for 2012, a decrease of $560 thousand or 71.2% from losses of $787 thousand for 2011; and

• Impairment losses related to valuation adjustments on OREO were $1.7 million for 2012, an increase of $337 thousand from losses of $1.4 million for 2011, as real estate values in the Company’s market during the year remained generally depressed and the Company continued to aggressively address OREO as part of its credit quality initiative.

Income Taxes

The Company recorded an income tax benefit of $2.4 million in 2013, compared to income tax expense of $945 thousand in 2012 and an income tax benefit of $211 thousand in 2011. The decrease in income tax expense from 2012 to 2013 was primarily the result of the Company’s pretax income decreasing by approximately $9.4 million due substantially to the $11.5 million prepayment penalty on the long-term FHLB advances prepaid during the third quarter of 2013 and an increase in the amount of tax-exempt income on investment securities during the 2013 as the Company had rebalanced its securities portfolio during the year. The Company’s effective tax rate for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 was 39.1%, 25.5% and 82.8%, respectively. The effective tax rate differs from the statutory income tax rate of 34% due to the Company’s investment in tax-exempt loans and securities, income from bank owned life insurance, and community/housing development tax credits. For further information concerning Income Taxes, refer to Item 8. “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data,” under the heading “Note 10. Income Taxes.”

49

Asset Quality

Provision and Allowance for Loan Losses

The allowance for loan losses is a reserve for estimated credit losses on individually evaluated loans determined to be impaired as well as estimated credit losses inherent in the loan portfolio, and is based on periodic evaluations of the collectability and historical loss experience of loans. A provision for loan losses, which is a charge against earnings, is recorded to bring the allowance for loan losses to a level that, in management’s judgment, is appropriate to absorb probable losses in the loan portfolio. Actual credit losses are deducted from the allowance for loan losses for the difference between the carrying value of the loan and the estimated net realizable value or fair value of the collateral, if collateral dependent. Subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance for loan losses.

The allowance for loan losses is comprised of a specific allowance for identified problem loans and a general allowance representing estimations done pursuant to either FASB ASC Topic 450 “Accounting for Contingencies”, or FASB ASC Topic 310“Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan.”The specific component relates to loans that are classified as impaired, and is established when the discounted cash flows (or collateral value or observable market price) of the impaired loan is lower than the carrying value of that loan. For collateral dependent loans, an updated appraisal will be ordered if a current one is not on file. Appraisals are performed by independent third-party appraisers with relevant industry experience. Adjustments to the appraised value may be made based on recent sales of like properties or general market conditions when deemed appropriate. The general component covers non-classified or performing loans and those loans classified as substandard, doubtful or loss that are not impaired. The general component is based on migration analysis adjusted for qualitative factors, such as economic conditions, interest rates and unemployment rates. The Company uses a risk grading system for real estate (including multifamily residential, construction, farmland and non-farm, non-residential) and commercial loans. Loans are graded on a scale from 1 to 9. Non-impaired real estate and commercial loans are assigned an allowance factor which increases with the severity of risk grading. A general description of the characteristics of the risk grades is as follows:

Pass Grades

• Risk Grade 1 loans have little or no risk and are generally secured by cash or cash equivalents;

• Risk Grade 2 loans have minimal risk to well qualified borrowers and no significant questions as to safety;

• Risk Grade 3 loans are satisfactory loans with strong borrowers and secondary sources of repayment;

• Risk Grade 4 loans are satisfactory loans with borrowers not as strong as risk grade 3 loans but may exhibit a higher degree of financial risk based on the type of business supporting the loan; and

• Risk Grade 5 loans are loans that warrant more than the normal level of supervision and have the possibility of an event occurring that may weaken the borrower’s ability to repay.

Special Mention

• Risk Grade 6 loans have increasing potential weaknesses beyond those at which the loan originally was granted and if not addressed could lead to inadequately protecting the Company’s credit position.

Classified Grades

• Risk Grade 7 loans are substandard loans and are inadequately protected by the current sound worth or paying capacity of the obligor or the collateral pledged. These have well defined weaknesses that jeopardize the liquidation of the debt with the distinct possibility the Company will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected;

• Risk Grade 8 loans are doubtful of collection and the possibility of loss is high but pending specific borrower plans for recovery, its classification as a loss is deferred until its more exact status is determined; and

• Risk Grade 9 loans are loss loans which are considered uncollectable and of such little value that their continuance as a bank asset is not warranted.

50

The Company uses a past due grading system for consumer loans, including one to four family residential first and seconds and home equity lines. The past due status of a loan is based on the contractual due date of the most delinquent payment due. The past due grading of consumer loans is based on the following categories: current, 1 – 29 days past due, 30 – 59 days past due, 60 – 89 days past due and over 90 days past due. The consumer loans are segregated between performing and nonperforming loans. Performing loans are those that have made timely payments in accordance with the terms of the loan agreement and are not past due 90 days or more. Nonperforming loans are those that do not accrue interest or are greater than 90 days past due and accruing interest. Non-impaired consumer loans are assigned an allowance factor which increases with the severity of past due status. This component of the allowance reflects the margin of imprecision inherent in the underlying assumptions used in the methodologies for estimating specific and general losses in the loan portfolio.

The Company’s ALL Committee is responsible for assessing the overall appropriateness of the allowance for loan losses and monitoring the Company’s allowance for loan losses methodology, particularly in the context of current economic conditions and a rapidly changing regulatory environment. The ALL Committee at least annually reviews the Company’s allowance for loan losses methodology.

During 2013, the ALL Committee reviewed, with input from and consultation with independent external parties, the allowance for loan losses methodology with a specific focus on whether the Company should use migration analysis instead of historical loan loss experience on balances collectively evaluated for impairment. Migration analysis tracks the movement of loans through various loan classifications in order to estimate the percentage of losses likely to be incurred in a loan portfolio. In addition to evaluating multiple scenarios using migration analysis over a period of time, the ALL Committee engaged an independent third party to audit the Company’s existing allowance for loan losses methodology and validate its migration analysis. After this review, the ALL Committee determined that the Company should modify its methodology to use migration analysis in the calculation of the allowance for loan losses, effective December 31, 2013.

For prior financial periods ending with the third quarter of 2013, historical loan loss experience was calculated using a rolling three year average of historical loan loss experience. Beginning with the quarter ended December 31, 2013, the Company calculated the allowance for loan losses based on a migration analysis of loans, segmented by an identical risk grading system or past due grading system, depending on type of loan as previously used with the historical loan loss experience methodology. Other adjustments may be made to the allowance for loan losses for pools of loans after an assessment of internal and external factors on credit quality that are not fully reflected in the past due or risk grading data. The Company believes this change in methodology provides a more accurate evaluation of the potential risk in our loan portfolio and establishes a stronger focus on areas of weakness and strength within the portfolio. A tabular presentation comparing the provision for loan losses for the year ended December 31, 2013 calculated using the current methodology, to the provision as would have been calculated for the same period using the former methodology, can be found under Item 8. “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data,” under the heading “Note 3 Loan Portfolio.”

The allocation methodology applied by the Company includes management’s ongoing review and grading of the loan portfolio into criticized loan categories (defined as specific loans warranting either specific allocation, or a classified status of substandard, doubtful or loss). The allocation methodology focuses on evaluation of several factors, including but not limited to: evaluation of facts and issues related to specific loans, management’s ongoing review and grading of the loan portfolio, consideration of migration analysis and delinquency experience on each portfolio category, trends in past due and nonaccrual loans, the level of classified loans, the risk characteristics of the various classifications of loans, changes in the size and character of the loan portfolio, concentrations of loans to specific borrowers or industries, existing economic conditions, the fair value of underlying collateral, and other qualitative and quantitative factors which could affect potential credit losses. Because each of the criteria used is subject to change, the allocation of the allowance for loan losses is made for analytical purposes and is not necessarily indicative of the trend of future loan losses in any particular loan category. The total allowance is available to absorb losses from any segment of the portfolio. In determining the allowance for loan losses, the Company considers its portfolio segments and loan classes to be the same.

Management believes that the level of the allowance for loan losses is appropriate in light of the credit quality and anticipated risk of loss in the loan portfolio. While management uses available information to recognize losses on loans, future additions to the allowance for loan losses may be necessary based on changes in

51

economic conditions. In addition, various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review the Company’s allowance for loan losses. Such agencies may require the Company to recognize additions to the allowance for loan losses through increased provisions for loan losses or may require that certain loan balances be charged-off or downgraded into classified loan categories when their credit evaluations differ from those of management based on their judgments about information available to them at the time of their examinations.

The following table presents the Company’s loan loss experience for the past five years:

Table 6: Allowance for Loan Losses

	Years Ended December 31,
(dollars in thousands)	2013		2012		2011		2010		2009
Average loans outstanding*	$	669,520	$	714,254	$	757,123	$	835,502	$	835,076
Allowance for loan losses, January 1	$	20,338	$	24,102	$	25,288	$	12,155	$	10,542
Charge-offs:
Commercial, industrial and agricultural		635		1,219		1,257		5,608		561
Real estate – one to four family residential:
Closed end first and seconds		1,529		2,664		1,868		2,643		566
Home equity lines		184		1,112		348		458		40
Real estate – construction:
One to four family residential		57		98		309		162		451
Other construction, land development and other land		1,196		1,622		2,987		3,491		163
Real estate – non-farm, non-residential:
Owner occupied		2,370		2,337		2,107		2,178		278
Non-owner occupied		1,944		1,506		1,119		580		—
Consumer		153		391		683		990		935
Other		138		99		113		—		—
Total loans charged-off		8,206		11,048		10,791		16,110		2,994
Recoveries:
Commercial, industrial and agricultural		319		774		303		94		114
Real estate – one to four family residential:
Closed end first and seconds		85		61		162		19		53
Home equity lines		34		11		—		—		—
Real estate – construction:
One to four family residential		61		55		6		13		1
Other construction, land development and other land		69		2		1		2		—
Real estate – non-farm, non-residential:
Owner occupied		1		100		45		8		—
Non-owner occupied		57		409		—		—		—
Consumer		108		179		238		177		239
Other		51		35		50		—		—
Total recoveries		785		1,626		805		313		407
Net charge-offs		7,421		9,422		9,986		15,797		2,587
Provision for loan losses		1,850		5,658		8,800		28,930		4,200
Allowance for loan losses, December 31	$	14,767	$	20,338	$	24,102	$	25,288	$	12,155

52

	Years Ended December 31,
(dollars in thousands)	2013			2012			2011			2010			2009
Ratios:
Ratio of allowance for loan losses to total loans outstanding, end of year		2.25	%		2.97	%		3.28	%		3.26	%		1.42	%
Ratio of net charge-offs to average loans outstanding during the year		1.11	%		1.32	%		1.32	%		1.89	%		0.31	%

* Net of unearned income and includes nonaccrual loans.

As a result of the challenges continuing to face the economy and the real estate and financial markets today, the Company made provisions for loan losses of $1.9 million in 2013 compared to $5.7 million in 2012, $8.8 million in 2011, $28.9 million in 2010 and $4.2 million in 2009. Net charge-offs in 2013 were $7.4 million compared to $9.4 million in 2012, $10.0 million in 2011, $15.8 million in 2010 and $2.6 million in 2009. This represents 1.11% of average loans outstanding in 2013, 1.32% in 2012 and 2011, 1.89% in 2010 and 0.31% in 2009. The contributions to the provision in 2013, 2012, 2011, 2010 and 2009 were made in response to sustained credit quality issues in our loan portfolio as well as current market conditions and the current economic climate, both nationally and in our markets, all of which indicated that credit quality issues may continue to adversely impact our loan portfolio and our earnings in future periods. The provision for loan losses declined during 2013 compared to 2012 in part due to asset quality improvements made during 2012 and 2013. Net charge-offs decreased $2.0 million, or 21.2%, from the year ended December 31, 2012 to the same period of 2013 due to improvements in some of the Company’s credit quality metrics, including continued decreases in nonperforming assets, and other factors, which are reflective of slowly improving economic conditions. However, net charge-offs remain elevated when compared to historical levels as the Company has aggressively focused on credit quality initiatives to improve its asset quality and resolve nonperforming assets.

The allowance for loan losses at December 31, 2013 was $14.8 million, compared with $20.3 million at December 31, 2012, $24.1 million at December 31, 2011, $25.3 million at December 31, 2010 and $12.2 million at December 31, 2009. This represented 2.25% of year end loans at December 31, 2013 compared with 2.97% of year end loans at December 31, 2012, 3.28% of year end loans at December 31, 2011, 3.26% of year end loans at December 31, 2010 and 1.42% of year end loans at December 31, 2009.

53

The following table shows the allocation of the allowance for loan losses at the dates indicated. Notwithstanding these allocations, the entire allowance for loan losses is available to absorb charge-offs in any category of loan.

Table 7: Allocation of Allowance for Loan Losses

At December 31,
	2013					2012					2011					2010					2009
(dollars in thousands)	Allowance		Percent			Allowance		Percent			Allowance		Percent			Allowance		Percent			Allowance		Percent
Commercial, industrial and agricultural	$	1,787		12.10	%	$	2,340		7.58	%	$	4,389		7.76	%	$	5,981		9.39	%	$	2,683		9.68	%
Real estate – one to four family residential:
Closed end first and seconds		2,859		19.36	%		2,876		34.91	%		2,856		34.51	%		3,340		33.62	%		2,533		34.89	%
Home equity lines		1,642		11.12	%		720		14.56	%		278		13.93	%		587		12.05	%		556		10.09	%
Real estate – multifamily residential		79		0.53	%		62		2.31	%		29		1.77	%		23		1.51	%		15		0.95	%
Real estate – construction:
One to four family residential		364		2.46	%		419		2.96	%		382		2.89	%		344		3.29	%		616		4.33	%
Other construction, land development and other land		1,989		13.47	%		3,897		5.04	%		6,861		5.75	%		7,837		6.56	%		3,476		5.96	%
Real estate – farmland		116		0.79	%		41		1.25	%		15		0.80	%		17		1.07	%		27		1.06	%
Real estate – non-farm, non-residential:
Owner occupied		3,236		21.92	%		5,092		17.50	%		4,831		18.42	%		2,546		17.32	%		985		17.60	%
Non-owner occupied		1,770		11.99	%		4,093		10.48	%		3,172		10.11	%		3,072		10.12	%		568		9.91	%
Consumer		387		2.62	%		215		2.94	%		776		3.86	%		905		4.65	%		481		4.97	%
Other		538		3.64	%		583		0.47	%		513		0.20	%		280		0.42	%		215		0.56	%
Total allowance for balance sheet loans		14,767		100.00	%		20,338		100.00	%		24,102		100.00	%		24,932		100.00	%		12,155		100.00	%
Unallocated		—					—					—					356					—
Total allowance for loan losses	$	14,767				$	20,338				$	24,102				$	25,288				$	12,155

(Percent is portfolio loans in category divided by total loans)

The following table presents commercial loans by credit quality indicator at December 31, 2013:

Table 8: Commercial Credit Quality Indicators

(dollars in thousands)	Pass		Special Mention		Substandard		Doubtful		Impaired		Total
Commercial, industrial and agricultural	$	44,571	$	3,851	$	3,229	$	22	$	2,000	$	53,673
Real estate – multifamily residential		18,077		—		—		—		—		18,077
Real estate – construction:
One to four family residential		14,890		235		738		—		306		16,169
Other construction, land development and other land		6,638		7,104		4,634		—		3,314		21,690
Total real estate – construction		21,528		7,339		5,372		—		3,620		37,859
Real estate – farmland		6,288		338		1,068		—		478		8,172
Real estate – non-farm, non-residential:
Owner occupied		87,187		13,341		15,983		—		10,058		126,569
Non-owner occupied		43,406		15,533		7,520		—		8,372		74,831
Total real estate – non-farm, non-residential		130,593		28,874		23,503		—		18,430		201,400
Total commercial loans	$	221,057	$	40,402	$	33,172	$	22	$	24,528	$	319,181

54

The following table presents commercial loans by credit quality indicator at December 31, 2012:

Table 8A: Commercial Credit Quality Indicators

(dollars in thousands)	Pass		Special Mention		Substandard		Doubtful		Impaired		Total
Commercial, industrial and agricultural	$	46,705	$	2,454	$	1,602	$	169	$	951	$	51,881
Real estate – multifamily residential		15,801		—		—		—		—		15,801
Real estate – construction:
One to four family residential		17,976		923		883		—		450		20,232
Other construction, land development and other land		9,167		3,449		3,008		—		18,931		34,555
Total real estate – construction		27,143		4,372		3,891		—		19,381		54,787
Real estate – farmland		7,371		1,146		41		—		—		8,558
Real estate – non-farm, non-residential:
Owner occupied		87,058		16,424		10,669		72		5,601		119,824
Non-owner occupied		44,721		15,090		3,821		—		8,109		71,741
Total real estate – non-farm, non-residential		131,779		31,514		14,490		72		13,710		191,565
Total commercial loans	$	228,799	$	39,486	$	20,024	$	241	$	34,042	$	322,592

The following table presents consumer loans, including one to four family residential first and seconds and home equity lines, by payment activity at December 31, 2013:

Table 9: Consumer Payment Activity

(dollars in thousands)	Performing		Nonperforming		Total
Real estate – one to four family residential:
Closed end first and seconds	$	205,860	$	12,612	$	218,472
Home equity lines		99,311		528		99,839
Total real estate – one to four family residential		305,171		13,140		318,311
Consumer		16,314		468		16,782
Other		2,451		472		2,923
Total consumer loans	$	323,936	$	14,080	$	338,016

The following table presents consumer loans, including one to four family residential first and seconds and home equity lines, by payment activity at December 31, 2012:

Table 9A: Consumer Payment Activity

(dollars in thousands)	Performing		Nonperforming		Total
Real estate – one to four family residential:
Closed end first and seconds	$	229,087	$	9,915	$	239,002
Home equity lines		98,343		1,355		99,698
Total real estate – one to four family residential		327,430		11,270		338,700
Consumer		20,010		163		20,173
Other		2,715		488		3,203
Total consumer loans	$	350,155	$	11,921	$	362,076

55

Nonperforming Assets

The past due status of a loan is based on the contractual due date of the most delinquent payment due. Loans, including impaired loans, are generally classified as nonaccrual if they are past due as to maturity or payment of principal or interest for a period of more than 90 days, unless such loans are well-secured and in the process of collection. Loans greater than 90 days past due may remain on an accrual status if management determines it has adequate collateral to cover the principal and interest. If a loan or a portion of a loan is adversely classified, or is partially charged off, the loan is generally classified as nonaccrual. Additionally, whenever management becomes aware of facts or circumstances that may adversely impact the collectability of principal or interest on loans, it is management’s practice to place such loans on a nonaccrual status immediately, rather than delaying such action until the loans become 90 days past due. As of December 31, 2013, management is not aware of any potential problem loans to place immediately on nonaccrual status.

When a loan is placed on nonaccrual status, previously accrued and uncollected interest is reversed, and the amortization of related deferred loan fees or costs is suspended. While a loan is classified as nonaccrual and the future collectability of the recorded loan balance is doubtful, collections of interest and principal are generally applied as a reduction to principal outstanding. When the future collectability of the recorded loan balance is expected, interest income may be recognized on a cash basis. In the case where a nonaccrual loan has been partially charged off, recognition of interest on a cash basis is limited to that which would have been recognized on the recorded loan balance at the contractual interest rate. Cash interest receipts in excess of that amount are recorded as recoveries to the allowance for loan losses until prior charge-offs have been fully recovered. These policies are applied consistently across the Company’s loan portfolio.

Loans may be returned to accrual status when all principal and interest amounts contractually due (including arrearages) are reasonably assured of repayment within an acceptable period of time, and there is a sustained period of repayment performance by the borrower, in accordance with the contractual terms of interest and principal.

Real estate acquired through, or in lieu of, foreclosure is held for sale and is stated at estimated fair market value of the property, less estimated disposal costs, if any. Cost includes loan principal and accrued interest. Any excess of cost over the estimated fair market value less costs to sell at the time of acquisition is charged to the allowance for loan losses. The estimated fair market value is reviewed periodically by management and any write-downs are charged against current earnings. Development and improvement costs relating to property are capitalized. Net operating income or expenses of such properties are included in collection, repossession and other real estate owned expenses.

The following table presents information concerning nonperforming assets for the periods indicated:

Table 10: Nonperforming Assets

	December 31,
(dollars in thousands)	2013			2012			2011			2010			2009
Nonaccrual loans*	$	11,018		$	11,874		$	30,293		$	25,858		$	19,321
Loans past due 90 days and accruing interest		—			—			168			1,836			3,090
Total nonperforming loans		11,018			11,874			30,461			27,694			22,411
Other real estate owned		800			4,747			7,326			11,617			4,136
Total nonperforming assets	$	11,818		$	16,621		$	37,787		$	39,311		$	26,547
Nonperforming assets to total loans and other real estate owned		1.80	%		2.41	%		5.09	%		5.00	%		3.10	%
Allowance for loan losses to nonaccrual loans		134.03	%		171.29	%		79.56	%		97.80	%		62.91	%
Net charge-offs to average loans for the year		1.11	%		1.32	%		1.32	%		1.89	%		0.31	%
Allowance for loan losses to year end loans		2.25	%		2.97	%		3.28	%		3.26	%		1.42	%
Foregone interest income on nonaccrual loans	$	413		$	335		$	1,347		$	1,583		$	893

* Includes $4.2 million, $5.1 million, $13.4 million and $6.2 million in nonaccrual TDRs at December 31, 2013, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

56

The following table presents the change in the OREO balance for 2013 and 2012:

Table 11: OREO Changes

(dollars in thousands)	2013			2012
Balance at the beginning of year, gross	$	5,558		$	8,729
Transfers from loans		1,921			5,032
Sales proceeds		(4,508	)		(5,661	)
Previously recognized impairment losses on disposition		(1,142	)		(2,315	)
(Loss) on disposition		(775	)		(227	)
Balance at the end of year, gross		1,054			5,558
Less valuation allowance		(254	)		(811	)
Balance at the end of year, net	$	800		$	4,747

The following table presents the change in the valuation allowance for OREO for 2013, 2012 and 2011:

Table 12: OREO Valuation Allowance Changes

(dollars in thousands)	2013			2012			2011
Balance at the beginning of year	$	811		$	1,403		$	928
Valuation allowance		585			1,723			1,386
Charge-offs		(1,142	)		(2,315	)		(911	)
Balance at the end of year	$	254		$	811		$	1,403

Nonperforming assets were $11.8 million or 1.80% of total loans and other real estate owned at December 31, 2013 compared to $16.6 million or 2.41% at December 31, 2012. Nonperforming assets increased from 2007 through 2010 as a result of the continued challenging economic conditions which has significantly increased unemployment, reduced profitability of local businesses, and reduced the ability of many of our customers to keep their loans current. Nonperforming assets began to trend downward during 2011, continued this trend throughout 2012 and decreased by $4.8 million during 2013. The sluggish economic recovery and continuing asset quality issues in the Company’s loan portfolio have prompted the Company to maintain the heightened level of the allowance for loan losses as compared to historical levels, which is 134.03% of nonaccrual loans at December 31, 2013, compared to 171.29% at December 31, 2012. Nonperforming loans have decreased $856 thousand or 7.2% during the year ended December 31, 2013 to $11.0 million.

Nonaccrual loans were $11.0 million at December 31, 2013, a decrease of $856 thousand or 7.2% from $11.9 million at December 31, 2012. Of the current $11.0 million in nonaccrual loans, $10.5 million or 94.9% is secured by real estate in our market area. Of these real estate secured loans, $6.3 million are residential real estate, $455 thousand are real estate construction, $590 thousand are farmland, and $3.1 million are commercial properties.

As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, there were no loans past due 90 days and still accruing interest.

Other real estate owned, net of valuation allowance at December 31, 2013 was $800 thousand, a decrease of $3.9 million or 83.1% from $4.7 million at December 31, 2012. The balance at December 31, 2013 was comprised of thirteen properties of which $402 thousand are residential real estate, $235 thousand are real estate construction and $163 thousand are commercial properties. During the year ended December 31, 2013, new foreclosures included twenty-three properties totaling $1.9 million transferred from loans. Sales of twenty-seven other real estate owned properties for the year ended December 31, 2013 resulted in a net loss of $775 thousand. At December 31, 2013, there were no properties under contract for sale. Subsequent to December 31, 2013, five properties were sold resulting in a net gain of approximately $13 thousand that will be recognized in the first quarter of 2014. The remaining properties are being actively marketed and the Company does not anticipate any material losses associated with these properties. As a direct result of the generally depressed real estate market during 2013, the Company recorded losses of $585 thousand in its consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2013, due to valuation adjustments on other real estate owned properties as compared to $1.7 million in 2012 and $1.4 million in 2011. Asset quality continues to be a top priority for the Company. The Company continues to allocate significant resources to the

57

expedient disposition and collection of nonperforming and other lower quality assets, as demonstrated by the $3.9 million, or 83.1%, decrease in other real estate owned from 2012 to 2013. For more information on asset disposition strategies related to our 2013 Capital Initiative, see “2013 Capital Initiative and Strategic Initiatives” in this Item 7.

As discussed earlier in Item 7, the Company measures impaired loans based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the effective interest rate of the loan or, as a practical expedient, at the loan’s observable market price or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. The Company maintains a valuation allowance to the extent that the measure of the impaired loan is less than the recorded investment. TDRs are considered impaired loans. TDRs occur when we agree to modify the original terms of a loan by granting a concession due to the deterioration in the financial condition of the borrower. These concessions can be temporary and are made in an attempt to avoid foreclosure and with the intent to restore the loan to a performing status once sufficient payment history can be demonstrated. These concessions could include, without limitation, rate reductions to below market rates, payment deferrals, forbearance, and, in some cases, forgiveness of principal or interest.

The following table presents loans individually evaluated for impairment by class of loans as of December 31, 2013:

Table 13: Impaired Loans

(dollars in thousands)	Recorded Investment		Unpaid Principal Balance		Recorded Investment With No Allowance		Recorded Investment With Allowance		Related Allowance		Average Recorded Investment		Interest Income Recognized
Commercial, industrial and agricultural	$	2,000	$	2,000	$	—	$	2,000	$	612	$	1,712	$	97
Real estate – one to four family residential:
Closed end first and seconds		10,048		10,148		2,008		8,040		1,833		8,727		498
Home equity lines		175		175		175		—		—		382		—
Total real estate – one to four family residential		10,223		10,323		2,183		8,040		1,833		9,109		498
Real estate – construction:
One to four family residential		306		306		—		306		180		794		9
Other construction, land development and other land		3,314		5,662		—		3,314		802		8,581		161
Total real estate – construction		3,620		5,968		—		3,620		982		9,375		170
Real estate – farmland		478		478		478		—		—		428		32
Real estate – non-farm, non-residential:
Owner occupied		10,058		11,544		6,730		3,328		1,223		10,472		506
Non-owner occupied		8,372		8,372		4,357		4,015		617		9,353		348
Total real estate – non-farm, non-residential		18,430		19,916		11,087		7,343		1,840		19,825		854
Consumer		302		302		—		302		104		203		22
Other		472		472		9		463		311		504		—
Total loans	$	35,525	$	39,459	$	13,757	$	21,768	$	5,682	$	41,156	$	1,673

58

The following table presents loans individually evaluated for impairment by class of loans as of December 31, 2012:

Table 13A: Impaired Loans

(dollars in thousands)	Recorded Investment		Unpaid Principal Balance		Recorded Investment With No Allowance		Recorded Investment With Allowance		Related Allowance		Average Recorded Investment		Interest Income Recognized
Commercial, industrial and agricultural	$	951	$	1,247	$	408	$	543	$	402	$	907	$	59
Real estate – one to four family residential:
Closed end first and seconds		6,856		7,327		2,127		4,729		923		8,431		386
Home equity lines		315		515		315		—		—		801		9
Total real estate – one to four family residential		7,171		7,842		2,442		4,729		923		9,232		395
Real estate – construction:
One to four family residential		450		450		—		450		268		402		10
Other construction, land development and other land		18,931		18,931		14,071		4,860		928		20,169		814
Total real estate – construction		19,381		19,381		14,071		5,310		1,196		20,571		824
Real estate – non-farm, non-residential:
Owner occupied		5,601		5,748		380		5,221		714		8,753		304
Non-owner occupied		8,109		8,109		626		7,483		1,646		8,434		457
Total real estate – non-farm, non-residential		13,710		13,857		1,006		12,704		2,360		17,187		761
Consumer		25		25		—		25		1		25		2
Other		488		488		—		488		348		496		—
Total loans	$	41,726	$	42,840	$	17,927	$	23,799	$	5,230	$	48,418	$	2,041

At December 31, 2013, the balance of impaired loans was $35.5 million, for which there were specific valuation allowances of $5.7 million. At December 31, 2012, the balance of impaired loans was $41.7 million, for which there were specific valuation allowances of $5.2 million. The average balance of impaired loans was $41.2 million for 2013, compared to $48.4 million for 2012. The Company’s impaired loans have declined when comparing 2013 to 2012, but impaired loans remain elevated since 2008 as a result of the continued challenging economic conditions which have significantly increased unemployment, reduced profitability of local businesses, and reduced the ability of many of our customers to keep their loans current.

The following table presents the balances of TDRs at December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011:

Table 14: Troubled Debt Restructurings (TDRs)

	December 31,
(dollars in thousands)	2013		2012		2011
Performing TDRs	$	16,026	$	4,433	$	5,517
Nonperforming TDRs*		4,188		5,089		13,378
Total TDRs	$	20,214	$	9,522	$	18,895

* Included in nonaccrual loans in Table 10: Nonperforming Assets.

At the time of a TDR, the loan is placed on nonaccrual status. A loan may be returned to accrual status if the borrower has demonstrated a sustained period of repayment performance (typically six months) in accordance with the contractual terms of the loan and there is reasonable assurance the borrower will continue to make payments as agreed.

59

Financial Condition

Summary

Total assets were $1.0 billion at December 31, 2013, a decrease of $48.5 million or 4.5% from $1.1 billion at December 31, 2012. The decrease in total assets was principally the result of broad-based declines in the Company’s asset balances during 2013, including decreases in cash and short-term investments, interest bearing deposits with banks, investment securities, restricted securities, loans, other real estate owned, deposits and borrowings, and partially offset by increases in deferred income taxes, bank owned life insurance and total shareholders’ equity (primarily attributable to the closing of the Private Placements during the second quarter of 2013 and the closing of the Rights Offering during the third quarter of 2013) as detailed in the following schedule.

Table 15: Balance Sheet Changes

(dollars in thousands)	December 31, 2013		December 31, 2012		Change $			Change %
Total assets	$	1,027,074	$	1,075,553	$	(48,479	)		-4.5	%
Cash and short-term investments		13,944		16,762		(2,818	)		-16.8	%
Interest bearing deposits with banks		5,402		29,837		(24,435	)		-81.9	%
Securities available for sale, at fair value		234,935		276,913		(41,978	)		-15.2	%
Securities held to maturity, at carrying value		35,495		—		35,495			100.0	%
Restricted securities, at cost		5,549		9,251		(3,702	)		-40.0	%
Total loans		657,197		684,668		(27,471	)		-4.0	%
Deferred income taxes, net		18,937		10,687		8,250			77.2	%
Other real estate owned, net		800		4,747		(3,947	)		-83.1	%
Bank owned life insurance		21,158		10,678		10,480			98.1	%
Total deposits		834,462		838,373		(3,911	)		-0.5	%
Total borrowings		55,259		130,752		(75,493	)		-57.7	%
Total shareholders’ equity		132,949		99,711		33,238			33.3	%

Loan Portfolio

The Company offers an array of lending and credit services to customers including mortgage, commercial and consumer loans. A substantial portion of the loan portfolio is represented by commercial and residential mortgage loans in our market area. The ability of our debtors to honor their contracts is dependent upon the real estate and general economic conditions in our market area. The loan portfolio is the largest component of earning assets and accounts for the greatest portion of total interest income. Total loans were $657.2 million at December 31, 2013, a decrease of $27.5 million or 4.0% from $684.7 million at December 31, 2012. As previously discussed, our loan portfolio continues to decrease as a result of weak loan demand, increased charge-offs, payment curtailments on outstanding credits and the sale of our credit card loan portfolio during 2012.

60

The following table presents the composition of the loan portfolio at the dates indicated:

Table 16: Summary of Loans

December 31,
	2013						2012						2011						2010						2009
(dollars in thousands)	Amount			Percent			Amount			Percent			Amount			Percent			Amount			Percent			Amount			Percent
Commercial, industrial and agricultural	$	53,673			8.17	%	$	51,881			7.58	%	$	57,021			7.76	%	$	72,790			9.39	%	$	82,563			9.68	%
Real estate – one to four family residential:
Closed end first and seconds		218,472			33.25	%		239,002			34.91	%		253,465			34.51	%		260,442			33.62	%		297,675			34.89	%
Home equity lines		99,839			15.19	%		99,698			14.56	%		102,297			13.93	%		93,387			12.05	%		86,084			10.09	%
Total real estate – one to four family residential		318,311			48.44	%		338,700			49.47	%		355,762			48.44	%		353,829			45.67	%		383,759			44.98	%
Real estate – multifamily residential		18,077			2.75	%		15,801			2.31	%		13,035			1.77	%		11,682			1.51	%		8,141			0.95	%
Real estate – construction:
One to four family residential		16,169			2.46	%		20,232			2.96	%		21,212			2.89	%		25,454			3.29	%		36,930			4.33	%
Other construction, land development and other land		21,690			3.30	%		34,555			5.04	%		42,208			5.75	%		50,841			6.56	%		50,852			5.96	%
Total real estate – construction		37,859			5.76	%		54,787			8.00	%		63,420			8.64	%		76,295			9.85	%		87,782			10.29	%
Real estate – farmland		8,172			1.24	%		8,558			1.25	%		5,860			0.80	%		8,304			1.07	%		8,946			1.06	%
Real estate – non-farm, non-residential:
Owner occupied		126,569			19.26	%		119,824			17.50	%		135,294			18.42	%		134,186			17.32	%		150,119			17.60	%
Non-owner occupied		74,831			11.39	%		71,741			10.48	%		74,231			10.11	%		78,396			10.12	%		84,557			9.91	%
Total real estate – non-farm, non-residential		201,400			30.65	%		191,565			27.98	%		209,525			28.53	%		212,582			27.44	%		234,676			27.51	%
Consumer		16,782			2.55	%		20,173			2.94	%		28,355			3.86	%		36,000			4.65	%		42,416			4.97	%
Other		2,923			0.44	%		3,203			0.47	%		1,553			0.20	%		3,294			0.42	%		4,786			0.56	%
Total loans		657,197			100.00	%		684,668			100.00	%		734,531			100.00	%		774,776			100.00	%		853,069			100.00	%
Less unearned income		—						—						(1	)					(2	)					(6	)
Less allowance for loan losses		(14,767	)					(20,338	)					(24,102	)					(25,288	)					(12,155	)
Loans, net	$	642,430					$	664,330					$	710,428					$	749,486					$	840,908

The following table presents the remaining maturities of loans held in the portfolio at December 31, 2013:

Table 17: Remaining Maturities of Loans

	December 31, 2013
	Variable Rate								Fixed Rate								Total Maturities
(dollars in thousands)	Within 1 year		1 to 5 years		After 5 years		Total		Within 1 year		1 to 5 years		After 5 years		Total
Commercial, industrial and agricultural loans	$	1,110	$	758	$	92	$	1,960	$	24,875	$	12,921	$	13,917	$	51,713	$	53,673
Real estate – one to four family residential:
Closed end first and seconds		26,920		48,546		5,309		80,775		6,578		14,641		116,478		137,697		218,472
Home equity lines		33,354		30		472		33,856		7,002		2,056		56,925		65,983		99,839
Real estate – multifamily residential		—		5,285		—		5,285		—		1,829		10,963		12,792		18,077
Real estate – contruction:
One to four family residential		2,489		2,930		1,408		6,827		4,885		2,107		2,350		9,342		16,169
Other construction, land development and other land		4,701		1,810		—		6,511		10,997		3,154		1,028		15,179		21,690
Real estate – farmland		944		1,261		185		2,390		3,370		26		2,386		5,782		8,172
Real estate – non-farm, non-residential:
Owner occupied		18,031		21,848		—		39,879		9,483		16,101		61,106		86,690		126,569
Non-owner occupied		5,305		17,825		—		23,130		4,877		10,291		36,533		51,701		74,831
Consumer		82		10		—		92		2,767		4,288		9,635		16,690		16,782
Other		—		—		—		—		913		534		1,476		2,923		2,923
Total loans	$	92,936	$	100,303	$	7,466	$	200,705	$	75,747	$	67,948	$	312,797	$	456,492	$	657,197

61

The principal risk associated with each of the categories of loans in our portfolio is the creditworthiness of our borrowers. Within each category, such risk is increased or decreased, depending on various factors. The risks associated with real estate mortgage loans, commercial loans and consumer loans vary based on employment levels, consumer confidence, fluctuations in the value of real estate and other conditions that affect the ability of borrowers to repay indebtedness. The risk associated with real estate construction loans varies based on the supply and demand for the type of real estate under construction. In an effort to manage these risks, we have loan approval limits for individual loan officers based on their position and level of experience.

We have written policies and procedures to help manage credit risk. We use a loan review process that includes a portfolio management strategy, guidelines for underwriting standards and risk assessment, procedures for ongoing identification and management of credit deterioration, and regular independent third party portfolio reviews to establish loss exposure and to monitor compliance with policies. Third party reviews are done on an annual basis by a consulting firm that is comprised of experienced commercial lenders who understand the laws, regulations and critical areas of portfolio management. They provide management with an unbiased opinion of our credits and actions needed to strengthen them or protect the company.

Our loan approval process includes our Management Loan Committee, Directors Loan Committee and, for larger loans, the Board of Directors. Our Chief Credit Officer is responsible for reporting to the Directors Loan Committee monthly on the activities of the Management Loan Committee and on the status of various delinquent and nonperforming loans. The Directors Loan Committee also reviews lending policies proposed by management. Our Board of Directors establishes our total lending limit policy which is less than the legal lending limit.

One to four family residential real estate loans continue to be the largest component of the portfolio. At December 31, 2013 these loans were $318.3 million or 48.4% of the portfolio, a decrease of $20.4 million or 6.0% from $338.7 million or 49.5% of the portfolio at December 31, 2012. Closed end first and seconds were $218.5 million at December 31, 2013, a decrease of $20.5 million or 8.6% from $239.0 million at December 31, 2012. Home equity lines were $99.8 million at December 31, 2013, an increase of $141 thousand or 0.1% from $99.7 million at December 31, 2012. At December 31, 2013, non-farm, non-residential (commercial) real estate loans were $201.4 million or 30.7% of the portfolio, an increase of $9.8 million or 5.1% from $191.6 million or 28.0% of the portfolio at December 31, 2012. Owner occupied loans were $126.6 million at December 31, 2013, an increase of $6.7 million or 5.6% from $119.8 million at December 31, 2012. Non-owner occupied loans were $74.8 million at December 31, 2013, an increase of $3.1 million or 4.3% from $71.7 million at December 31, 2012. At December 31, 2013, real estate construction loans were $37.9 million or 5.8% of the portfolio, a decrease of $16.9 million or 30.9% from $54.8 million or 8.0% of the portfolio at December 31, 2012. One to four family real estate construction loans were $16.2 million at December 31, 2013, a decrease of $4.1 million or 20.1% from $20.2 million at December 31, 2012. Other real estate construction loans were $21.7 million at December 31, 2013, a decrease of $12.9 million or 37.2% from $34.6 million at December 31, 2012. At December 31, 2013, commercial, industrial and agricultural loans were $53.7 million or 8.2% of the portfolio, an increase of $1.8 million or 3.5% from $51.9 million or 7.6% of the portfolio at December 31, 2012. At December 31, 2013, consumer loans were $16.8 million or 2.6% of the portfolio, a decrease of $3.4 million or 16.8% from $20.2 million or 2.9% of the portfolio at December 31, 2012. At December 31, 2013, multifamily residential real estate loans were $18.1 million or 2.8% of the portfolio, an increase of $2.3 million or 14.4% from $15.8 million or 2.3% of the portfolio at December 31, 2012. At December 31, 2013, farmland real estate loans were $8.2 million or 1.2% of the portfolio, a decrease of $386 thousand or 4.5% from $8.6 million or 1.3% of the portfolio at December 31, 2012. At December 31, 2013, other loans were $2.9 million or 0.4% of the portfolio, a decrease of $280 thousand or 8.7% from $3.2 million or 0.5% of the portfolio at December 31, 2012.

At December 31, 2013, loans secured by real estate were $583.8 million or 88.8% of the portfolio, compared to $609.4 million or 89.0% of the portfolio at December 31, 2012.

Consistent with our focus on providing community-based financial services, we generally do not make loans outside of our principal market region. We may, from time to time, invest in high quality loans that were originated by banks outside our core geographic markets. We do not engage in foreign lending activities and consequently the loan portfolio is not exposed to the sometimes volatile risk from foreign credits. We further

62

maintain a policy not to originate or purchase loans classified by regulators as highly leveraged transactions or loans to foreign entities or individuals. Historically, our loan collateral has been primarily real estate because of the nature of our market region; however, in our newer markets at the fringe of our market foot print, we are encountering other collateral options in lieu of real estate, which are booked based on strong credit guidelines and controls to monitor the status of the collateral.

Investment Securities

The investment portfolio plays a primary role in the management of the Company’s interest rate sensitivity. In addition, the portfolio serves as a source of liquidity and is used as needed to meet collateral requirements, such as those related to secure public deposits, balances with the Federal Reserve Bank and repurchase agreements. The investment portfolio consists of held to maturity and available for sale securities. We classify securities as available for sale or held to maturity based on our investment strategy and management’s assessment of our intent and ability to hold the securities until maturity. Management determines the appropriate classification of securities at the time of purchase. If management has the intent and the Company has the ability at the time of purchase to hold the investment securities to maturity, they are classified as investment securities held-to-maturity and are stated at amortized cost, adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts using the interest method. Investment securities which the Company may not hold to maturity are classified as investment securities available-for-sale, as management has the intent and ability to hold such investment securities for an indefinite period of time, but not necessarily to maturity. Securities available for sale may be sold in response to changes in market interest rates, changes in prepayment risk, increases in loan demand, general liquidity needs and other similar factors and are carried at estimated fair value. Total investment securities were $270.4 million at December 31, 2013, reflecting a decrease of approximately $6.5 million or 2.3% from $276.9 million at December 31, 2012. The valuation allowance for the available for sale portfolio had an unrealized (loss), net of tax benefit, of ($7.8) million at December 31, 2013 compared with an unrealized gain, net of tax expense, of $1.9 million at December 31, 2012. These unrealized (losses) as of December 31, 2013 are principally due to current financial market conditions for these types of investments, particularly due to interest rate increases between December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2013 that caused bond prices to decline.

The decrease in the investment portfolio during 2013 was primarily the result of mark-to-market adjustments related to increases to the mid-term to long-term interest rate curve, primarily late in the second quarter of 2013 and into the third quarter of 2013. Unrealized losses on investment securities were $11.8 million at December 31, 2013, compared to unrealized gains of $2.9 million at December 31, 2012. Management continues to restructure the composition of our securities portfolio to strategically deploy excess cash into investment securities as investment opportunities are available; however, due to relatively scarce suitable investment opportunities, a portion of our excess funding remains in lower yielding interest bearing deposits with other banks. During 2013, management continued to allocate a greater portion of the investment portfolio to SBA Pool securities. The SBA Pool securities are modified mortgage pass-through securities that are assembled using the guaranteed portion of SBA loans and as such are unconditionally guaranteed as to principal and accrued interest by the U.S. government. Management continues to invest in these SBA Pool securities because they qualify under current risk-weighting regulations as 0% risk weighted assets, which more efficiently uses capital to produce a reasonable rate of return. Approximately 31.2% of the SBA Pool securities are adjustable rate products which will assist the Company with mitigating interest rate risk. In addition, for liquidity planning purposes, these securities provide an investment that may be pledged as collateral to secure public deposits, balances with the Federal Reserve Bank and repurchase agreements. During 2013, management purchased additional tax exempt investment securities issued by state and political subdivisions, as these securities offered a higher yield over a longer duration than other investment opportunities available in the period. As part of our overall asset/liability management strategy, we are targeting our investment portfolio to be approximately 20% of our total assets. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, our investment portfolio was 26.3% and 25.8%, respectively, of total assets.

There are no securities classified as “Trading” at December 31, 2013 or 2012. During the fourth quarter of 2013, the Company transferred securities with an amortized cost of $35.5 million, previously designated as “Available for Sale”, to “Held to Maturity” classification. The fair value of those securities as of the date of the transfer was $34.5 million, reflecting an unrealized gross loss of $994 thousand. The unrealized loss has

63

been recorded in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income and will be amortized over the remaining life of the securities as an adjustment to interest income, beginning during the fourth quarter of 2013. The Company did not have any securities classified as “Held to Maturity” at December 31, 2012. The Company’s mortgage-backed securities consist entirely of residential mortgage-backed securities. The Company does not hold any commercial mortgage-backed securities. The Company’s mortgage-backed securities are all agency backed and rated Aaa and AA+ by Moody and S&P, respectively, with no subprime issues. The Company follows a policy of not investing in instruments considered to be derivative in nature such as options, futures, swaps or forward commitments. The Company considers derivatives to be speculative in nature and contrary to our historical investment philosophy.

The Company’s pooled trust preferred securities include one senior issue of Preferred Term Securities XXVII which is current on all payments and on which the Company took an impairment charge in the third quarter of 2009 to reduce the Company’s book value to the market value at September 30, 2009. As of December 31, 2013, that security has an estimated fair value that is $282 thousand greater than its amortized cost after impairment. During the second quarter of 2010, the Company recognized an impairment charge in the amount of $77 thousand on the Company’s investment in Preferred Term Securities XXIII mezzanine tranche, thus reducing the book value of this investment to $0. The decision to recognize the other-than-temporary impairment was based upon an analysis of the market value of the discounted cash flow for the security as provided by Moody’s at June 30, 2010, which indicated that the Company was unlikely to recover any of its remaining investment in these securities.

The following tables present the amortized cost or carrying value and estimated fair value of securities at the dates indicated:

Table 18: Investment Securities Available for Sale

	December 31, 2013				December 31, 2012				December 31, 2011
(dollars in thousands)	Amortized Cost		Estimated Fair Value		Amortized Cost		Estimated Fair Value		Amortized Cost		Estimated Fair Value
Available for Sale:
Obligations of U.S. Government agencies	$	14,989	$	13,390	$	13,495	$	13,467	$	—	$	—
SBA Pool securities		89,531		86,035		81,500		82,751		60,873		61,082
Agency mortgage-backed securities		36,261		35,254		31,384		31,714		40,470		41,063
Agency CMO securities		43,277		41,378		61,710		61,936		61,460		61,734
Non agency CMO securities		1,304		1,306		2,200		2,199		10,908		10,820
State and political subdivisions		60,834		56,342		82,536		83,217		59,636		60,732
Pooled trust preferred securities		467		749		506		759		536		602
FNMA and FHLMC preferred stock		22		481		77		276		77		186
Corporate securities		—		—		590		594		594		601
Total	$	246,685	$	234,935	$	273,998	$	276,913	$	234,554	$	236,820

Table 18A: Investment Securities Held to Maturity

	December 31, 2013
(dollars in thousands)	Carrying Value		Estimated Fair Value
Held to Maturity:
Agency CMO securities	$	12,500	$	11,953
State and political subdivisions		22,995		22,568
Total	$	35,495	$	34,521

The Company did not have any securities classified as “Held to Maturity” at December 31, 2012 and 2011.

The Company reviews the investment securities portfolio on a quarterly basis to monitor its exposure to other-than-temporary impairment that may result due to adverse economic conditions and associated credit

64

deterioration. Based on the Company’s evaluation, management does not believe any unrealized loss at December 31, 2013 represents an other-than-temporary impairment as these unrealized losses are primarily attributable to changes in interest rates and current financial market conditions, and are not attributable to credit deterioration. At December 31, 2013, there are 194 debt securities with fair values totaling $239.6 million considered temporarily impaired. Of these debt securities, 159 with fair values totaling $196.7 million were in an unrealized loss position of less than 12 months and 35 with fair values totaling $42.9 million were in an unrealized loss position of 12 months or more. Because the Company intends to hold these investments in debt securities until recovery of the amortized cost basis and it is more likely than not that the Company will not be required to sell these investments before a recovery of unrealized losses, the Company does not consider these investments to be other-than-temporarily impaired at December 31, 2013 and no impairment has been recognized. At December 31, 2013, there are no equity securities in an unrealized loss position.

However, in the event that the Company is required or decides to use its investment securities portfolio in 2014 to manage its liquidity position, the Company may sell a portion of the securities in a temporary unrealized loss position before these securities recover their fair value, which would result in the Company recognizing losses on the sale of investment securities.

The following tables present the maturity and yields of securities at their amortized cost or carrying value at the date indicated:

Table 19: Maturity and Yields of Available for Sale Securities

December 31, 2013
	Maturing within 1 year					Maturing after 1 year, but within 5 years					Maturing after 5 years, but within 10 years					Maturing after 10 years					Total
(dollars in thousands)	Amortized Cost		Weighted Average Yield			Amortized Cost		Weighted Average Yield			Amortized Cost		Weighted Average Yield			Amortized Cost		Weighted Average Yield			Amortized Cost		Weighted Average Yield
Available for Sale:
Obligations of U.S. Government agencies	$	4,500		2.02	%	$	1,494		2.11	%	$	8,995		1.99	%	$	—		0.00	%	$	14,989		2.01	%
SBA Pool securities – Fixed		—		0.00	%		—		0.00	%		61,557		2.28	%		—		0.00	%		61,557		2.28	%
SBA Pool securities – Variable		—		0.00	%		3,882		0.80	%		8,361		1.45	%		15,731		2.18	%		27,974		1.77	%
Agency mortgage-backed securities		—		0.00	%		13,420		2.32	%		21,180		2.27	%		1,661		2.76	%		36,261		2.31	%
Agency and Non agency CMO securities		67		4.91	%		23,083		2.03	%		18,505		2.38	%		2,926		2.85	%		44,581		2.23	%
State and political subdivisions		—		0.00	%		8,402		3.05	%		49,746		2.85	%		2,686		3.62	%		60,834		2.91	%
Pooled trust preferred securities		—		0.00	%		—		0.00	%		—		0.00	%		467		0.54	%		467		0.54	%
FNMA and FHLMC preferred stock		—		0.00	%		—		0.00	%		—		0.00	%		22		20.24	%		22		20.24	%
Total	$	4,567		2.06	%	$	50,281		2.22	%	$	168,344		2.40	%	$	23,493		2.45	%	$	246,685		2.36	%

* Yields on tax-exempt securities have been computed on a taxable-equivalent basis.

Table 19A: Maturity and Yields of Held to Maturity Securities

December 31, 2013
	Maturing within 1 year					Maturing after 1 year, but within 5 years					Maturing after 5 years, but within 10 years					Maturing after 10 years					Total
(dollars in thousands)	Carrying Value		Weighted Average Yield			Carrying Value		Weighted Average Yield			Carrying Value		Weighted Average Yield			Carrying Value		Weighted Average Yield			Carrying Value		Weighted Average Yield
Held to Maturity:
Agency CMO securities	$	—		0.00	%	$	5,889		2.37	%	$	6,611		3.18	%	$	—		0.00	%	$	12,500		2.79	%
State and political subdivisions		—		0.00	%		1,068		3.00	%		21,180		4.47	%		747		5.04	%		22,995		4.42	%
Total	$	—		0.00	%	$	6,957		2.46	%	$	27,791		4.16	%	$	747		5.04	%	$	35,495		3.85	%

* Yields on tax-exempt securities have been computed on a taxable-equivalent basis.

65

Deposits

The Company’s predominant source of funds is depository accounts. The Company’s deposit base, which is provided by individuals and businesses located within the communities served, is comprised of demand deposits, savings and money market accounts, and time deposits. The Company augments its deposit base through conservative use of brokered deposits, including through the Certificate of Deposit Account Registry Service program (“CDARS”). The Company’s balance sheet growth is largely determined by the availability of deposits in its markets, the cost of attracting the deposits and the prospects of profitably utilizing the available deposits by increasing the loan or investment portfolios.

Total deposits were $834.5 million as of December 31, 2013, a decrease of $3.9 million or 0.5% over December 31, 2012. Noninterest-bearing demand deposits increased $10.1 million or 8.6% during 2013 following an increase of $13.1 million or 12.6% during 2012. Interest-bearing demand deposits decreased $14.1 million or 1.9% during 2013 following a decrease of $23.2 million or 10.4% during 2012. Savings deposits increased $2.7 million or 3.1% during 2013 following an increase of $4.3 million or 5.2% during 2012. Money market savings deposits decreased $6.9 million or 5.4% during 2013 following an decrease of $2.7 million or 2.1% during 2012. Time deposits decreased $36.3 million or 13.9% during 2013 following a decrease of $29.5 million or 10.2% during 2012.

During 2013, the Company continued to see a shift from interest-bearing retail time deposits to lower cost non-maturity interest-bearing and noninterest-bearing retail deposits as our consumers are willing to forego the higher yield on longer-term products in order to have more readily available access to their funds. The Company believes the increase in our noninterest-bearing and interest-bearing demand and savings deposits during 2013 is primarily the result of customers seeking the liquidity and safety of deposit accounts in light of the weak economic recovery in our markets and continuing economic uncertainty in general. The Company has observed its customers, including counties and municipalities, maintaining significant liquid cash reserves in order to deleverage and prevent operating shortfalls. While the Company believes that it offers competitive interest rates on all deposit products, the continued weak loan demand, coupled with our ongoing deposit re-pricing strategy, have allowed for some deposit attrition particularly from depositors seeking higher yields at our competitors or from other investment vehicles. Also, included in time deposits at December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 were $21.2 million, $28.6 million and $31.5 million, respectively in brokered certificates of deposits. The interest rates paid on these deposits are consistent, if not lower, than the market rates offered in our local area. Amounts included in these brokered certificates of deposits also include deposits under the CDARS program.

Interest rates paid on specific deposit types are set by management through its Rate Committee and are determined based on (i) the interest rates offered by competitors, (ii) anticipated amount and timing of funding needs, (iii) availability of and cost of alternative sources of funding and (iv) anticipated future economic conditions and interest rates. Customer deposits are attractive sources of liquidity because of their stability, cost and the ability to generate fee income through the cross-sale of other services to the depositors. The Company will continue funding assets with deposit liability accounts and focus upon core deposit growth as its primary source of liquidity and stability.

66

The following table presents average deposit balances and average rates paid for the periods indicated:

Table 20: Average Deposits and Average Rates Paid

	Years Ended December 31,
	2013					2012					2011
(dollars in thousands)	Balance		Rate			Balance		Rate			Balance		Rate
Noninterest-bearing demand deposits	$	127,211				$	114,597				$	104,177
Interest-bearing deposits:
Checking		248,675		0.37	%		229,605		0.52	%		222,149		0.86	%
Savings		90,065		0.16	%		85,476		0.28	%		79,918		0.55	%
Money market savings		123,559		0.42	%		124,724		0.49	%		124,343		1.01	%
Time deposits $100 thousand and over		120,852		1.30	%		131,862		1.62	%		147,647		1.90	%
Other time deposits		129,654		1.17	%		144,975		1.52	%		167,433		1.86	%
Total interest-bearing deposits		712,805		0.66	%		716,642		0.89	%		741,490		1.28	%
Total deposits	$	840,016				$	831,239				$	845,667

The following table presents the maturity schedule of time deposits $100 thousand and over at the date indicated:

Table 21: Maturities of Time Deposits $100 Thousand and Over

(dollars in thousands)	December 31, 2013
3 months or less	$	9,883
3 – 6 months		10,048
6 – 12 months		31,843
Over 12 months		59,067
Total	$	110,841

Borrowings

The Company’s ability to borrow funds through non-deposit sources provides additional flexibility in meeting the liquidity needs of customers while enhancing its cost of funds structure.

In addition to deposits, the Company utilizes short-term borrowings from the FHLB to fund its day to day operations. Short-term borrowings also include repurchase agreements, which are secured transactions with customers and generally mature the day following the day sold, and overnight unsecured fed funds lines with three correspondent banks. Long-term borrowings consist of advances from the FHLB. All FHLB advances are secured by a blanket floating lien on all of the Company’s qualifying closed-end and revolving open-end loans that are secured by 1 – 4 family residential properties. Total borrowings were $55.3 million at December 31, 2013, a decrease of $75.5 million or 57.7% from $130.8 million at December 31, 2012. The significant decrease in borrowings was driven by the prepayment of $107.5 million in higher rate long-term FHLB advances. The long-term advances that were extinguished were fixed rate advances with a weighted average remaining maturity of 3.5 years and a current weighted average interest rate of 4.14%; $94.0 million of the prepaid FHLB advances were callable quarterly by the FHLB. The prepayment of the FHLB advances triggered a prepayment penalty of $11.5 million, all of which was recognized in the third quarter of 2013. The Company also paid off the remaining $10.0 million higher rate long-term FHLB advance at maturity during September 2013. The decrease in long-term FHLB advances was partially offset by the addition of $41.9 million short-term FHLB borrowing during 2013. For further information concerning the Company’s borrowings, refer to Item 8. “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data,” under the heading “Note 7. Borrowings.”

On September 17, 2003, $10 million of trust preferred securities were placed through EVB Statutory Trust I in a pooled underwriting totaling approximately $650 million. The trust issuer has invested the total proceeds from the sale of the trust preferred securities in Floating Rate Junior Subordinated Deferrable Interest

67

Debentures (the “Junior Subordinated Debentures”) issued by the Parent. The trust preferred securities pay cumulative cash distributions quarterly at a variable rate per annum, reset quarterly, equal to the 3-month LIBOR plus 2.95%. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the interest rate was 3.19% and 3.26%, respectively. The dividends paid to holders of the trust preferred securities, which are recorded as interest expense, are deductible for income tax purposes. The trust preferred securities have a mandatory redemption date of September 17, 2033, and became subject to varying call provisions beginning September 17, 2008. The Parent has fully and unconditionally guaranteed the trust preferred securities through the combined operation of the debentures and other related documents. The Parent’s obligation under the guarantee is unsecured and subordinate to senior and subordinated indebtedness of the Parent.

On February 17, 2011, the Parent and the Bank entered into a written agreement with the Reserve Bank and the Bureau. The Written Agreement was terminated on July 30, 2013. Under the terms of this written agreement, the Company could not make payments on its outstanding Junior Subordinated Debentures relating to the trust preferred securities without prior regulatory approval. On September 5, 2013, the Parent and the Bank entered into a memorandum of understanding with the Reserve Bank and the Bureau. The MOU was terminated effective March 13, 2014. Under the terms of the memorandum of understanding, the Company could not make payments on its outstanding Junior Subordinated Debentures relating to the trust preferred securities without prior regulatory approval. For further information concerning the Company’s trust preferred debt, refer to Item 8. “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data,” under the heading “Note 8. Trust Preferred Debt.”

Capital Resources

The assessment of capital adequacy depends on such factors as asset quality, liquidity, earnings performance, and changing competitive conditions and economic forces. The Company regularly reviews the adequacy of the Company’s capital. The Company maintains a structure that it believes will assure an adequate level of capital to support anticipated asset growth and to absorb potential losses.

While the Company will continue to look for opportunities to invest capital in profitable growth, share purchases are another tool that facilitate improving shareholder return, as measured by ROE and earnings per share. However, in connection with the Company entering into the MOU with its regulators, as previously described, certain limitations on the Company’s ability to repurchase its common stock were imposed. The MOU was terminated effective March 13, 2014. For more information on this restriction, see Item 8. “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data,” under the headings “Note 21. Preferred Stock and Warrant” and “Note 24. Common Stock Repurchases.” In addition, the terms of the Series A Preferred Stock and the Junior Subordinated Debentures generally prohibit the purchase by the Company of shares of its capital stock so long as there are owed and unpaid dividends or interest payments, respectively, outstanding.

The Company’s capital position continues to exceed regulatory minimum requirements. The primary indicators relied on by bank regulators in measuring the capital position are the Tier 1 capital, total risk-based capital, and leverage ratios, as previously described in the “Regulation and Supervision” section of Item 1. The Company’s Tier 1 leverage ratio was 12.06% at December 31, 2013, compared with 8.13% at December 31, 2012. The Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets ratio was 18.22% at December 31, 2013, compared with 12.64% at December 31, 2012. The total capital to risk-weighted assets ratio was 19.48% at December 31, 2013, compared with 13.88% at December 31, 2012. These ratios are in excess of the mandated minimum requirements. These ratios include the trust preferred securities issued in September 2003, as well as the $24.0 million of Series A Preferred Stock sold to the Treasury under its Capital Purchase Program in January 2009, in Tier 1 capital for regulatory capital adequacy determination purposes.

Total shareholders’ equity was $132.9 million at December 31, 2013, compared with $99.7 million at December 31, 2012. During 2013, 2012 and 2011, the Company declared no common stock dividends. The dividend payout ratio, based on net income available to common shareholders, was not applicable for 2013, 2012 and 2011 due to the Company not declaring any common stock dividends.

On February 15, 2014, the Company deferred its thirteenth consecutive dividend the Series A Preferred Stock. Deferral of dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock does not constitute an event of default. Dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock are, however, cumulative, and the Company has accumulated the dividends in accordance with the terms of the Series A Preferred Stock and U.S. GAAP and reflected the accumulated

68

dividends as a portion of the effective dividend on the Series A Preferred Stock on the consolidated statements of operations. As of December 31, 2013, the Company had accumulated $3.6 million for dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock. In addition, because dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock have not been paid for more than six quarterly dividend periods or more, the authorized number of directors on the Company’s Board of Directors has increased by two, and the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock have the right, voting as a class, to elect two directors to the Company’s Board of Directors at the next annual meeting (or at a special meeting called for that purpose) and at every subsequent annual meeting until all owed and unpaid dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock have been paid. To date the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock have not yet exercised this right.

In July 2013, the federal bank regulatory agencies adopted rules to implement the Basel III capital framework and for calculating risk-weighted assets, as modified by the U.S. federal bank regulators. The Basel III Capital Rules are effective for the Company and the Bank on January 1, 2015 (subject to a phase-in period for certain portions of the new rules). For further information about these proposed rules, refer to Item 1. “Business” under the heading “Regulation and Supervision — Capital Requirements.”

In addition to Basel III and Standardized Approach Proposals, Dodd-Frank requires or permits the U.S. banking agencies to adopt regulations affecting banking institutions’ capital requirements in a number of respects. Additional requirements to maintain higher levels of capital or to maintain higher levels of liquid assets could adversely impact the Company’s net income and return on equity.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

In the normal course of business, the Company is a party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit, standby letters of credit and guarantees of previously sold credit card accounts and involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess of the amount recognized in the consolidated balance sheet. The contract or notional amounts of these instruments reflect the extent of the Company’s involvement in particular classes of financial instruments.

The Company’s exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the other party to the financial instrument for commitments to extend credit, standby letters of credit and guarantees of previously sold credit card accounts is represented by the contractual notional amount of those instruments. The Company uses the same credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as it does for on-balance sheet instruments.

Unless otherwise noted, the Company does not require collateral or other security to support such financial instruments with credit risk.

Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since many of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. The Company evaluates each customer’s credit worthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary by the Company upon extension of credit, is based on management’s credit evaluation of the counterparty. Collateral held varies but may include property, plant and equipment and income-producing commercial properties. Our unfunded loan commitments, excluding letters of credit, are used in large part to meet seasonal funding needs which are generally higher from spring through fall than at year end.

Unfunded commitments under commercial lines of credit, revolving credit lines and overdraft protection agreements are commitments for possible future extensions of credit to existing customers. These lines of credit are usually uncollateralized and do not always contain a specified maturity date and may not be drawn upon to the total extent to which the Company is committed. The total amount of unused loan commitments was $102.7 million at December 31, 2013 and $98.9 million at December 31, 2012.

Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Company to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loan facilities to customers. The Company has not incurred any losses on its

69

commitments in either 2013 or 2012. The total amount of standby letters of credit was $7.1 million at December 31, 2013 and $6.9 million at December 31, 2012.

In connection with the sale of its credit card loan portfolio, the Company has guaranteed the credit card accounts of certain customers to the bank that issues the cards. At December 31, 2013 and 2012, the guarantees totaled $964 thousand and $731 thousand, of which the outstanding balance of the guarantees was $385 thousand and $327 thousand, respectively. As of December 31, 2013, the Company does not anticipate any significant or material losses as a result of the guaranteed credit card accounts.

Liquidity

Liquidity represents an institution’s ability to meet present and future financial obligations, including through the sale of existing assets or the acquisition of additional funds through short-term borrowings. Our liquidity is provided from cash and due from banks, interest bearing deposits with other banks, federal funds sold, repayments from loans, sales of loans, increases in deposits, lines of credit from the FHLB and three correspondent banks, sales of investments, interest and dividend payments received from investments and maturing investments. Our ability to maintain sufficient liquidity may be affected by numerous factors, including economic conditions nationally and in our markets. Depending on our liquidity levels, our capital position, conditions in the capital markets and other factors, we may from time to time consider the issuance of debt, equity or other securities, or other possible capital market transactions, the proceeds of which could provide additional liquidity for operations.

On June 12, 2013, the Company closed on its previously discussed Private Placements that contributed gross proceeds of approximately $45.0 million to our liquidity. On July 5, 2013, the Company closed on its previously disclosed Rights Offering that contributed gross proceeds of approximately $5.0 million to our liquidity. The Company deployed a portion of these proceeds during the third quarter of 2013 to execute certain of the Company’s strategic initiatives including the prepayment of higher rate long-term FHLB advances and the accelerated resolution and disposition of adversely classified assets. The Company expects to continue deploying a portion of these proceeds to execute the remaining related business initiatives during 2014. For more information on our 2013 Capital Initiative, see “2013 Capital Initiative and Strategic Initiatives” in this Item 7.

As a result of our management of liquid assets and our ability to generate liquidity through liability funding, we believe that we maintain overall liquidity to satisfy our depositors’ requirements and to meet customers’ credit needs. We also take into account any liquidity needs generated by off-balance sheet transactions such as commitments to extend credit, commitments to purchase securities and standby letters of credit.

We monitor and plan our liquidity position for future periods. Liquidity strategies are implemented and monitored by our Asset/Liability Committee (“ALCO”).

Cash, cash equivalents and federal funds sold totaled $19.3 million as of December 31, 2013 compared to $46.6 million as of December 31, 2012. At December 31, 2013, cash, cash equivalents, federal funds sold and unpledged securities available for sale were $203.8 million or 19.8% of total assets, compared to $217.7 million or 20.2% of total assets at December 31, 2012.

As disclosed in the Company’s consolidated statement of cash flows, net cash provided by operating activities was $4.1 million, net cash provided by investing activities was $2.9 million and net cash used in financing activities was $34.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. Combined, this contributed to a $27.3 million decrease in cash and cash equivalents for the year ended December 31, 2013.

The Company maintains access to short-term funding sources as well, including federal funds lines of credit with three correspondent banks up to $40.0 million and the ability to borrow from the FHLB up to $175.7 million. The Company has no reason to believe these arrangements will not be renewed at maturity. Additional loans and securities are available that can be pledged as collateral for future borrowings from the FHLB above the current lendable collateral value.

Certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more, maturing in one year or less, totaled $51.8 million at December 31, 2013. Certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more, maturing in more than one year, totaled $59.1 million at December 31, 2013.

70

The following table presents the Company’s contractual obligations and scheduled payment amounts, excluding interest, due at various intervals over the next five years and beyond as of December 31, 2013:

Table 22: Contractual Obligations

	Payments Due by Period
(dollars in thousands)	Total		Less than 1 year		1 – 3 years		3 – 5 years		Over 5 years
Operating leases	$	1,007	$	282	$	406	$	269	$	50
Federal funds purchased		—		—		—		—		—
Repurchase agreements		3,009		3,009		—		—		—
Short-term borrowings		41,940		41,940		—		—		—
Long-term borrowings		—		—		—		—		—
Trust preferred debt		10,310		—		—		—		10,310
Total	$	56,266	$	45,231	$	406	$	269	$	10,360

As of December 31, 2013, the Company was not aware of any other known trends, events or uncertainties that have or are reasonably likely to have a material impact on our liquidity. As of December 31, 2013, the Company has no material commitments or long-term debt for capital expenditures.

Impact of Inflation and Changing Prices

The Company’s financial statements included herein have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”). U.S. GAAP presently requires the Company to measure financial position and operating results primarily in terms of historic dollars. Changes in the relative value of money due to inflation or recession are generally not considered. The primary effect of inflation on the operations of the Company is reflected in increased operating costs. In management’s opinion, changes in interest rates affect the financial condition of a financial institution to a far greater degree than changes in the inflation rate because virtually all of the assets and liabilities are monetary in nature. While interest rates are greatly influenced by changes in the inflation rate, they do not necessarily change at the same rate or in the same magnitude as the inflation rate. Interest rates are highly sensitive to many factors that are beyond the control of the Company, including changes in the expected rate of inflation, the influence of general and local economic conditions and the monetary and fiscal policies of the United States government, its agencies and various other governmental regulatory authorities.

In financial institutions, unlike most manufacturing companies, virtually all of the assets and liabilities are monetary in nature. As a result, interest rates have a more significant impact on a bank’s performance than the effects of general levels of inflation. Interest rate movement is not necessarily tied to movements in the same direction or with the same magnitude as the prices of goods and services, since such prices are affected by inflation to a larger extent than interest rates.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

For information regarding recent accounting pronouncements and their effect on the Company, see Item 8. “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data,” under the heading “Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies-Recent Significant Accounting Pronouncements.”

71

Item 7A.Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Market risk is the risk of loss arising from adverse changes in the fair value of financial instruments due to changes in interest rates, exchange rates and equity prices. The Company’s primary component of market risk is interest rate volatility. Fluctuations in interest rates will impact the amount of interest income and expense the Company receives or pays on a significant portion of its assets and liabilities and the market value of its interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, excluding those which have a very short-term until maturity. The Company does not subject itself to foreign currency exchange rate risk or commodity price risk due to the current nature of its operations. As of December 31, 2013, the Company does not have any hedging transactions in place such as interest rate swaps or caps. In addition, the Company does not hold or issue financial instruments for trading purposes. The Company does hold in our loan and securities portfolios, investments that adjust or float according to changes in index rates which are not considered speculative, but necessary for good asset/liability management. Management is responsible for reviewing the interest rate sensitivity position of the Company and establishing policies to monitor and limit exposure to interest rate risk. The Board of Directors reviews guidelines for managing the interest rate sensitivity position established by Management.

Asset/Liability Risk Management

The primary goal of asset/liability risk management is to maximize the net interest income and the net value of our future cash flows within the interest rate limits set by our Asset/Liability Committee (“ALCO”). Risks arise when changes in interest rates occur and produce shifts in the Company’s ability to generate earnings (“earnings risk”) and its overall value of equity (“equity risk”). This risk can be measured and monitored by employing management strategies which track the relationship between rate sensitive assets and liabilities so that the net effect of their ability to generate earnings and economic value can be evaluated in a variety of interest rate scenarios.

Interest Rate Risk

Interest rate risk is the risk to earnings or capital as a result of interest rate movement and is monitored through the use of three complementary measures: static gap analysis, earnings simulation modeling and economic value of equity. While each of the interest rate risk measurements has limitations, taken together they represent a reasonably comprehensive view of the magnitude of our interest rate risk, the distribution of risk along the yield curve, the level of risk through time, and the amount of exposure to changes in certain interest rate relationships.

Static Gap Analysis

Interest rate risk is measured and monitored by measuring the rate sensitivity of the balance sheet using static gap analysis. Gap analysis involves analyzing the dollar volume of interest rate sensitive assets and liabilities that will re-price during specific periods of time in the future. The “gap” refers to the difference from the total dollar volume of assets that re-price (or mature, prepay, or amortize) over a given period of time minus the total dollar volume of liabilities that re-price (or mature, prepay or amortize) during the same time period. At December 31, 2013, we are asset sensitive, which means our rate sensitive assets re-price faster than our rate sensitive liabilities, and our cumulative one year gap is 17.6%. An asset-sensitive company generally will be impacted favorably by increasing interest rates while a liability-sensitive company’s net interest margin and net interest income generally will be impacted favorably by declining interest rates.

72

Earnings Simulation

The earnings simulation model forecasts one-year net income under a variety of scenarios that incorporate changes in interest rates, changes in the shape of the yield curve and changes in interest rate relationships. Management evaluates the effects on income of alternative interest rate scenarios against earnings in a stable interest rate environment. This type of analysis is also most useful in determining the short-run earnings exposures to changes in customer behavior involving loan payments and deposit additions and withdrawals. The following table represents the interest rate sensitivity on net interest income for the Company for the twelve months following each of the years ended December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, using different rate scenarios:

(dollars in thousands) Change in interest rate	Change in Net Interest Income
	2013						2012
	$			%			$			%
+ 200 basis points	$	(415	)		-1.10	%	$	2,088			5.80	%
+ 100 basis points		(317	)		-0.80	%		1,179			3.30	%
- 100 basis points		151			4.00	%		(1,293	)		-3.60	%

Internally we also evaluate on a quarterly basis the impact of an increase in interest rates by 300 basis points and 400 basis points, as well as a decrease in rates by 200 basis points and 300 basis points. However with the current fed funds rate at 25 basis points, we consider a rate decrease by more than 100 basis points to be very unlikely. This dynamic simulation model includes assumptions about how the balance sheet is likely to evolve through time, in different interest rate environments. Loan and deposit growth rate assumptions are derived from historical analysis and management’s outlook, as are the assumptions used to project yields and rates for new loans and deposits. All maturities, calls and prepayments in the securities portfolio are assumed to be reinvested in like instruments. Mortgage loan prepayment assumptions are developed from industry median estimates of prepayment speeds for portfolios with similar coupon ranges and seasoning. The sensitivities of key assumptions are analyzed at least annually and reviewed by management.

Economic Value of Equity

Economic value simulation is used to calculate the estimated fair value of assets and liabilities in different interest rate environments. Economic values are calculated based on discounted cash flow analysis. The net economic value of equity is the economic value of all assets minus the economic value of all liabilities. Economic value-based methodologies measure the degree to which the economic values of the Company’s positions change under different interest rate scenarios. The economic-value approach focuses on a longer-term time horizon, captures all future cash flows expected from existing assets and liabilities, and is more effective in considering embedded options in a typical institution’s portfolio. The following table reflects the change in economic value of equity for the Company for each of the years ended December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, using different rate scenarios:

(dollars in thousands) Change in interest rate	Change in Economic Value of Equity
	2013						2012
	$			%			$			%
+ 200 basis points	$	(8,966	)		-3.30	%	$	(9,687	)		-9.90	%
+ 100 basis points		(4,949	)		-1.80	%		(4,949	)		-5.10	%
- 100 basis points		(18,407	)		-6.70	%		(14,518	)		-14.90	%

The Company believes that our current interest rate exposure is manageable and does not indicate any significant exposure to interest rate changes.

Item 8.Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

The following financial statements are filed as a part of this report following Item 15:

• Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

• Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2013 and 2012

• Consolidated Statements of Operations for the three years ended December 31, 2013

73

• Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the three years ended December 31, 2013

• Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity for the three years ended December 31, 2013

• Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the three years ended December 31, 2013

• Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Item 9.Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.

Item 9A.Controls and Procedures

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

The Company’s management, with the participation of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer, has evaluated the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Exchange Act) as of the end of the period covered by this report. Based on that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer have concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of December 31, 2013 to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Company in reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in SEC rules and forms and that such information is accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management, including the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures will detect or uncover every situation involving the failure of persons within the Company or its subsidiary to disclose material information required to be set forth in the Company’s periodic reports.

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Management of the Company is also responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Exchange Act). Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Therefore, even those systems determined to be effective can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and presentation.

Management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013. In making this assessment, management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission inInternal Control — Integrated Framework (1992). Based on our assessment, we believe that, as of December 31, 2013, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective based on those criteria.

The effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013 has been audited by Yount, Hyde & Barbour, P.C., the independent registered public accounting firm who also audited the Company’s consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Yount, Hyde & Barbour, P.C.’s attestation report on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting, which states an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013, is incorporated by reference in Item 8 above, under the heading “Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.”

Changes in Internal Control

There were no changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting during the Company’s quarter ended December 31, 2013 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

74

Item 9B.Other Information

None.

PART III

Item 10.Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

The response to this Item is incorporated by reference to the information under the captions “Proposal One — Election of Directors”, “Corporate Governance and the Board of Directors” and “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” in the Company’s Proxy Statement for the 2014 annual meeting of shareholders, and the biographical information of executive officers is listed in Part I of this Form 10-K.

The Board of Directors has approved a Code of Ethics for all directors, officers and staff of our Company and its subsidiaries. The Code of Ethics is designed to promote honest and ethical conduct, proper disclosure of financial information in our periodic reports, and compliance with applicable laws, rules, and regulations by our senior officers who have financial responsibilities. The Code of Ethics is available on our web page atwww.evb.org. The Company intends to provide any required disclosure of any amendment to or waiver from the Code that applies to its principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions, onwww.evb.org promptly following the amendment or waiver. The Company may elect to disclose any such amendment or waiver in a report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC either in addition to or in lieu of the website disclosure. The information contained on or connected to our Internet website is not incorporated by reference into this report and should not be considered part of this or any other report that we file with or furnish to the SEC.

Item 11.Executive Compensation

The response to this Item is incorporated by reference to the information under the captions “Executive Compensation” and “Director Compensation” in the Company’s Proxy Statement for the 2014 annual meeting of shareholders.

Item 12.Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

The response to this Item is incorporated by reference to the information under the captions “Ownership of Stock” and “Executive Compensation-Equity Compensation Plans” in the Company’s Proxy Statement for the 2014 annual meeting of shareholders.

Item 13.Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

The response to this Item is incorporated by reference to the information under the captions “Corporate Governance and the Board of Directors-Independence of the Directors” and “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions” in the Company’s Proxy Statement for the 2014 annual meeting of shareholders.

Item 14.Principal Accountant Fees and Services

The response to this Item is incorporated by reference to the information under the captions “Fees of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” and “Pre-Approved Services” in the Company’s Proxy Statement for the 2014 annual meeting of shareholders.

75

PART IV

Item 15.Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

(a)(1) The response to this portion of Item 15 is included in Item 8 above.

(a)(2) The response to this portion of Item 15 is included in Item 8 above.

(a)(3) Exhibits.

The following exhibits are filed as part of this Form 10-K and this list includes the Exhibit Index.

Exhibit Number
3.1	Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of Eastern Virginia Bankshares, Inc., effective December 29, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed March 10, 2009).
3.1.1	Articles of Amendment to the Articles of Incorporation of Eastern Virginia Bankshares, Inc., effective January 6, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed January 13, 2009).
3.1.2	Articles of Amendment to the Articles of Incorporation of Eastern Virginia Bankshares, Inc., effective June 10, 2013 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed June 14, 2013).
3.2	Bylaws of Eastern Virginia Bankshares, Inc., as amended June 4, 2013 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed June 14, 2013).
4.1	Form of Certificate for Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed January 13, 2009).
4.2	Warrant to Purchase Shares of Common Stock, dated January 9, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed January 13, 2009).
	Certain instruments relating to long-term debt as to which the total amount of securities authorized there under does not exceed 10% of the total assets of Eastern Virginia Bankshares, Inc. have been omitted in accordance with Item 601(b)(4)(iii) of Regulation S-K. The registrant will furnish a copy of any such instrument to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon its request.
10.1	Eastern Virginia Bankshares, Inc. 2003 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit A to the Company’s 2003 Proxy Statement filed March 24, 2003).*
10.2	Eastern Virginia Bankshares, Inc. 2007 Equity Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit A to the Company’s 2007 Proxy Statement filed March 21, 2007.*
10.3 ��	Amended and Restated Employment Agreement dated as of January 1, 2008 between Eastern Virginia Bankshares, Inc. and Joe A. Shearin (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed March 10, 2009).*
10.5	Amended and Restated Employment Agreement dated as of January 1, 2008 between Eastern Virginia Bankshares, Inc. and Joseph H. James, Jr. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed March 10, 2009).*
10.6	Amended and Restated Employment Agreement dated as of January 10, 2008, between Eastern Virginia Bankshares, Inc. and James S. Thomas (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed March 10, 2009).*
10.8	Form of Waiver of the Senior Executive Officers of Eastern Virginia Bankshares, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed January 13, 2009).*
10.9	Form of Letter Agreement by and between the Senior Executive Officers of Eastern Virginia Bankshares, Inc. and Eastern Virginia Bankshares, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed January 13, 2009).*

76

Exhibit Number
10.10	Form of TARP-compliant Restricted Stock Agreement under Eastern Virginia Bankshares, Inc. Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed November 19, 2010).*
10.13	Form of TARP-compliant Restricted Stock Agreement under Eastern Virginia Bankshares, Inc. 2007 Equity Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed July 6, 2012).*
10.14	Securities Purchase Agreement, dated as of March 26, 2013, between Eastern Virginia Bankshares, Inc. and Castle Creek Capital Partners IV, LP (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed March 28, 2013).
10.15	Securities Purchase Agreement, dated as of March 26, 2013, between Eastern Virginia Bankshares, Inc. and GCP III EVB LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed March 28, 2013).
10.16	Form of Securities Purchase Agreement between Eastern Virginia Bankshares, Inc. and certain institutional investors (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed March 28, 2013).
10.17	Memorandum of Understanding, dated September 5, 2013, by and among Eastern Virginia Bankshares, Inc., EVB, the Federal Reserve Bank of Richmond, and Virginia State Corporation Commission Bureau of Financial Institutions (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed September 10, 2013).
10.18	Base salaries for executive officers of Eastern Virginia Bankshares, Inc.#*
10.19	Non-employee directors’ annual compensation for Eastern Virginia Bankshares, Inc.#*
21.1	Subsidiaries of Eastern Virginia Bankshares, Inc.#
23.1	Consent of Yount, Hyde & Barbour, P.C.#
31.1	Rule 13a-14(a) Certification of Chief Executive Officer.#
31.2	Rule 13a-14(a) Certification of Chief Financial Officer.#
32.1	Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350.#
32.2	Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350.#
99.1	Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 31 C.F.R. Section 30.15.#
99.2	Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 31 C.F.R. Section 30.15.#
101	The following materials from Eastern Virginia Bankshares, Inc. Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013, formatted in XBRL (Extensible Business Reporting Language), furnished herewith: (i) Consolidated Balance Sheets, (ii) Consolidated Statements of Operations, (iii) Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss), (iv) Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity, (v) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, and (vi) Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.#

* Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

# Filed herewith.

(b) Exhibits — See exhibit index included in Item 15(a)(3) above.

(c) Financial Statement Schedules — See Item 15(a)(2) above.

77

Signatures

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

EASTERN VIRGINIA BANKSHARES, INC.
(Registrant)

By: /s/ Joe A. Shearin Joe A. Shearin President and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)	Date:March 31, 2014

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities indicated on March 31, 2014.

/s/ W. Rand Cook W. Rand Cook, Chairman, Director
/s/ Joe A. Shearin Joe A. Shearin President and Chief Executive Officer, Director (Principal Executive Officer)
/s/ J. Adam Sothen Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
/s/ F.L. Garrett, III F.L. Garrett, III, Vice Chairman, Director
/s/ W. Gerald Cox W. Gerald Cox, Director
/s/ Michael E. Fiore Michael E. Fiore, Director
/s/ Boris M. Gutin Boris M. Gutin, Director
/s/ Ira C. Harris Ira C. Harris, Director
/s/ Eric A. Johnson Eric A. Johnson, Director
/s/ W. Leslie Kilduff, Jr. W. Leslie Kilduff, Jr., Director
/s/ William L. Lewis William L. Lewis, Director
/s/ Charles R. Revere Charles R. Revere, Director
/s/ Leslie E. Taylor Leslie E. Taylor, Director
/s/ Jay T. Thompson Jay T. Thompson, Director

78

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Shareholders and Board of Directors
Eastern Virginia Bankshares, Inc.
Tappahannock, Virginia

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Eastern Virginia Bankshares, Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), changes in shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Eastern Virginia Bankshares, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), Eastern Virginia Bankshares, Inc. and subsidiaries’ internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013, based on criteria established inInternal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in 1992, and our report dated March 31, 2014 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of Eastern Virginia Bankshares, Inc. and subsidiaries’ internal control over financial reporting.

Winchester, Virginia
March 31, 2014

79

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Shareholders and Board of Directors
Eastern Virginia Bankshares, Inc.
Tappahannock, Virginia

We have audited Eastern Virginia Bankshares, Inc. and subsidiaries’ (the Company) internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013, based on criteria established inInternal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in 1992. The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included inManagement’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that(a) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company;(b) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and(c) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013, based on criteria established inInternal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in 1992.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), changes in shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013 of Eastern Virginia Bankshares, Inc. and subsidiaries, and our report dated March 31, 2014 expressed an unqualified opinion.

Winchester, Virginia
March 31, 2014

80

Eastern Virginia Bankshares, Inc. and Subsidiaries
 
Consolidated Balance Sheets
December 31, 2013 and 2012
(dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

	2013			2012
Assets:
Cash and due from banks	$	13,944		$	16,687
Interest bearing deposits with banks		5,402			29,837
Federal funds sold		—			75
Securities available for sale, at fair value		234,935			276,913
Securities held to maturity, at carrying value (fair value of $34,521 and $0, respectively)		35,495			—
Restricted securities, at cost		5,549			9,251
Loans, net of allowance for loan losses of $14,767 and $20,338, respectively		642,430			664,330
Deferred income taxes, net		18,937			10,687
Bank premises and equipment, net		21,446			21,656
Accrued interest receivable		3,893			4,223
Other real estate owned, net of valuation allowance of $254 and $811, respectively		800			4,747
Goodwill		15,970			15,970
Bank owned life insurance		21,158			10,678
Other assets		7,115			10,499
Total assets	$	1,027,074		$	1,075,553
Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity:
Liabilities
Noninterest-bearing demand accounts	$	126,861		$	116,717
Interest-bearing deposits		707,601			721,656
Total deposits		834,462			838,373
Federal funds purchased and repurchase agreements		3,009			2,942
Short-term borrowings		41,940			—
Long-term borrowings		—			117,500
Trust preferred debt		10,310			10,310
Accrued interest payable		1,324			1,673
Other liabilities		3,080			5,044
Total liabilities		894,125			975,842
Shareholders' Equity
Preferred stock, $2 par value per share, authorized 10,000,000 shares, issued and outstanding:
Series A; $1,000 stated value per share, 24,000 shares fixed rate cumulative perpetual preferred		24,000			24,000
Series B; 5,240,192 shares non-voting mandatorily convertible non-cumulative preferred		10,480			—
Common stock, $2 par value per share, authorized 50,000,000 shares, issued and outstanding 11,862,367 and 6,069,551 including 73,500 and 39,400 nonvested shares in 2013 and 2012, respectively		23,578			12,060
Surplus		42,697			19,521
Retained earnings		39,581			42,517
Warrant		1,481			1,481
Discount on preferred stock		—			(304	)
Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income, net		(8,868	)		436
Total shareholders' equity		132,949			99,711
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity	$	1,027,074		$	1,075,553

 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

81

Eastern Virginia Bankshares, Inc. and Subsidiaries
 
Consolidated Statements of Operations
Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011
(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

	2013			2012			2011
Interest and Dividend Income
Interest and fees on loans	$	35,487		$	39,561		$	42,984
Interest on investments:
Taxable interest income		5,443			4,656			5,107
Tax exempt interest income		666			465			1,147
Dividends		323			333			246
Interest on deposits with banks		105			56			54
Total interest and dividend income		42,024			45,071			49,538
Interest Expense
Deposits		4,676			6,399			9,515
Federal funds purchased and repurchase agreements		21			32			35
Short-term borrowings		38			1			8
Long-term borrowings		2,958			4,775			4,761
Trust preferred debt		352			361			332
Total interest expense		8,045			11,568			14,651
Net interest income		33,979			33,503			34,887
Provision for Loan Losses		1,850			5,658			8,800
Net interest income after provision for loan losses		32,129			27,845			26,087
Noninterest Income
Service charges and fees on deposit accounts		3,286			3,239			3,443
Debit/credit card fees		1,469			1,557			1,452
Gain on sale of available for sale securities, net		1,507			3,875			3,186
Gain (loss) on sale of bank premises and equipment		249			(1	)		258
Gain on sale of loans		—			197			—
Other operating income		1,237			1,031			1,179
Total noninterest income		7,748			9,898			9,518
Noninterest Expenses
Salaries and employee benefits		17,156			15,770			14,978
Occupancy and equipment expenses		5,226			5,165			5,209
Telephone		1,142			945			1,173
FDIC expense		1,765			2,329			2,696
Consultant fees		1,051			754			954
Collection, repossession and other real estate owned		540			1,115			1,697
Marketing and advertising		787			804			726
Loss on sale of other real estate owned		775			227			787
Impairment losses on other real estate owned		585			1,723			1,386
Loss on extinguishment of debt		11,453			—			—
Other operating expenses		4,421			4,514			4,433
Total noninterest expenses		44,901			33,346			34,039
Income (loss) before income taxes		(5,024	)		4,397			1,566
Income Tax Expense (Benefit)		(2,392	)		945			(211	)
Net Income (Loss)	$	(2,632	)	$	3,452		$	1,777
Effective dividend on Series A Preferred Stock		1,504			1,500			1,496
Net income (loss) available to common shareholders	$	(4,136	)	$	1,952		$	281
Income (loss) per common share: basic and diluted	$	(0.45	)	$	0.32		$	0.05

 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

82

Eastern Virginia Bankshares, Inc. and Subsidiaries
 
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)
For the Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011
(dollars in thousands)

	2013			2012			2011
Net income (loss)	$	(2,632	)	$	3,452		$	1,777
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:
Unrealized securities (losses) gains arising during period (net of tax, $4,473, $1,537 and $2,967, respectively)		(8,685	)		2,987			5,759
Unrealized losses on securities transferred from available for sale to held to maturity (net of tax, $338, $0 and $0, respectively)		(656	)		—			—
Amortization of unrealized losses on securities transferred from available for sale to held to maturity (net of tax, $8, $0 and $0, respectively)		16			—			—
Less: reclassification adjustment for securities gains included in net income (loss) (net of tax, $512, $1,317 and $1,083, respectively)		(995	)		(2,558	)		(2,103	)
Change in unfunded pension liability (net of tax, $523, $307 and $1,000, respectively)		1,016			594			(1,940	)
Other comprehensive income (loss)		(9,304	)		1,023			1,716
Comprehensive income (loss)	$	(11,936	)	$	4,475		$	3,493

 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

83

Eastern Virginia Bankshares, Inc. and Subsidiaries
 
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity
For the Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011
(dollars in thousands)

	Common Stock		Preferred Stock Series A(1)		Preferred Stock Series B		Surplus			Retained Earnings			Accumulated Other Comprehensive (Loss) Income			Total
Balance, December 31, 2010	$	11,954	$	24,581	$	—	$	19,302		$	37,884		$	(2,303	)	$	91,418
Net income											1,777						1,777
Other comprehensive income														1,716			1,716
Preferred stock discount				296							(296	)					—
Stock based compensation								110									110
Director stock grant		13						9									22
Restricted common stock vested		3						(3	)								—
Issuance of common stock under dividend reinvestment and employee stock plans		52		—		—		28			—			—			80
Balance, December 31, 2011	$	12,022	$	24,877	$	—	$	19,446		$	39,365		$	(587	)	$	95,123
Net income											3,452						3,452
Other comprehensive income														1,023			1,023
Preferred stock discount				300							(300	)					—
Stock based compensation								53									53
Director stock grant		12						11									23
Restricted common stock vested		3						(3	)								—
Issuance of common stock under dividend reinvestment and employee stock plans		23		—		—		14			—			—			37
Balance, December 31, 2012	$	12,060	$	25,177	$	—	$	19,521		$	42,517		$	436		$	99,711
Net (loss)											(2,632	)					(2,632	)
Other comprehensive (loss)														(9,304	)		(9,304	)
Preferred stock discount				304							(304	)					—
Stock based compensation								32									32
Director stock grant		12						20									32
Restricted common stock vested		8						(8	)								—
Issuance of common stock in private placements and rights offering		11,498						12,052									23,550
Issuance of preferred stock in private placements		—		—		10,480		11,080			—			—			21,560
Balance, December 31, 2013	$	23,578	$	25,481	$	10,480	$	42,697		$	39,581		$	(8,868	)	$	132,949

(1) For the purposes of this table, Preferred Stock Series A includes the effect of the warrant issued in connection with the sale of the Series A Preferred Stock and the discount on such preferred stock.

 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

84

Eastern Virginia Bankshares, Inc. and Subsidiaries
 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011
(dollars in thousands)

	2013			2012			2011
Operating Activities:
Net income (loss)	$	(2,632	)	$	3,452		$	1,777
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:
Provision for loan losses		1,850			5,658			8,800
Depreciation and amortization		2,124			2,092			2,326
Stock based compensation		32			53			110
Net amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts on investment securities, net		4,087			4,920			2,415
(Gain) realized on securities available for sale transactions, net		(1,507	)		(3,875	)		(3,186	)
(Gain) on sale of loans		—			(197	)		—
(Gain) loss on sale of bank premises and equipment		(249	)		1			(258	)
Loss on sale of other real estate owned		775			227			787
Impairment losses on other real estate owned		585			1,723			1,386
Loss on LLC investments		121			165			119
Deferred income taxes		(3,457	)		945			(444	)
Net change in:
Accrued interest receivable		330			(462	)		520
Other assets		2,783			846			3,018
Accrued interest payable		(349	)		190			32
Other liabilities		(425	)		1,280			(1,317	)
Net cash provided by operating activities		4,068			17,018			16,085
Investing Activities:
Purchase of securities available for sale		(78,661	)		(299,001	)		(179,462	)
Purchase of securities held to maturity		(1,069	)		—			—
Purchase of restricted securities		(3,572	)		(325	)		(331	)
Purchases of bank premises and equipment		(1,961	)		(3,698	)		(1,666	)
Purchases of bank owned life insurance		(10,000	)		—			—
Improvements to other real estate owned		—			—			(346	)
Net change in loans		18,129			32,559			26,078
Proceeds from:
Maturities, calls, and paydowns of securities available for sale		26,322			52,976			48,939
Sales of securities available for sale		41,675			205,537			146,134
Sale of restricted securities		7,274			836			913
Sale of loans		—			3,046			—
Sale of bank premises and equipment		296			3			301
Sale of other real estate owned		4,508			5,661			6,644
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities		2,941			(2,406	)		47,204
Financing Activities:
Net change in:
Demand, interest-bearing demand and savings deposits		32,416			37,874			5,032
Time deposits		(36,327	)		(29,452	)		(43,227	)
Federal funds purchased and repurchase agreements		67			(1,061	)		1,539
Short-term borrowings		41,940			—			(25,000	)
Long-term borrowings		(117,500	)		—			—
Issuance of common stock under dividend reinvestment and employee stock plans		—			37			80
Director stock grant		32			23			22

 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

85

Eastern Virginia Bankshares, Inc. and Subsidiaries
 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows – (continued)
Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011
(dollars in thousands)

	2013			2012			2011
Net proceeds from issuance of common stock in private placements and rights offering		23,550			—			—
Net proceeds from issuance of preferred stock in private placements		21,560			—			—
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities		(34,262	)		7,421			(61,554	)
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents		(27,253	)		22,033			1,735
Cash and cash equivalents, January 1		46,599			24,566			22,831
Cash and cash equivalents, December 31	$	19,346		$	46,599		$	24,566
Supplemental disclosure:
Interest paid	$	8,394		$	11,378		$	14,619
Income taxes received	$	(1,507	)	$	(1,328	)	$	—
Supplemental disclosure of noncash investing and financing activities:
Unrealized (losses) gains on securities available for sale	$	(14,665	)	$	649		$	5,540
Loans transferred to other real estate owned	$	(1,921	)	$	(5,032	)	$	(4,180	)
Minimum pension liability adjustment	$	1,539		$	901		$	(2,940	)
Transfers from available for sale securities to held to maturity	$	34,547		$	—		$	—

 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

86

Eastern Virginia Bankshares, Inc. and Subsidiaries
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

The accounting and reporting policies of Eastern Virginia Bankshares, Inc. (the “Parent”) and its subsidiaries, EVB Statutory Trust I (the “Trust”), and EVB (the “Bank”) and its subsidiaries, are in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”) and conform to accepted practices within the banking industry. A summary of significant accounting policies is briefly described below.

Principles of Consolidation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Parent, the Bank and its subsidiaries, collectively referred to as the “Company.” All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. In addition, the Parent owns the Trust which is an unconsolidated subsidiary. The subordinated debt owed to this trust is reported as a liability of the Parent.

Nature of Operations

Eastern Virginia Bankshares, Inc. is a bank holding company headquartered in Tappahannock, Virginia that was organized and chartered under the laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia on September 5, 1997 and commenced operations on December 29, 1997. The Company conducts its primary operations through its wholly-owned bank subsidiary, EVB. Two of EVB’s three predecessor banks, Bank of Northumberland, Inc. and Southside Bank, were established in 1910. The third bank, Hanover Bank, was established as a de novo bank in 2000. In April 2006, these three banks were merged and the surviving bank was re-branded as EVB. The Bank provides a full range of banking and related financial services to individuals and businesses through its network of retail branches. With twenty-one retail branches, the Bank serves diverse markets that primarily are in the counties of Essex, Gloucester, Hanover, Henrico, King and Queen, King William, Lancaster, Middlesex, New Kent, Richmond, Northumberland, Southampton, Surry, Sussex and the City of Colonial Heights. During October 2013, the Bank closed its Old Church branch located in Hanover County. The decision to close this branch was based on several factors including declining branch activity and an absence of community or business initiatives for economic expansion in or around the area in the near future. The Bank operates under a state bank charter and as such is subject to regulation by the Virginia State Corporation Commission Bureau of Financial Institutions (the “Bureau”) and the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve”).

The Bank owns EVB Financial Services, Inc., which in turn has a 100% ownership interest in EVB Investments, Inc. and through March 31, 2011 a 50% ownership interest in EVB Mortgage, LLC. EVB Investments, Inc. is a full-service brokerage firm offering a comprehensive range of investment services. EVB Mortgage, LLC was formed to originate and sell residential mortgages. Due to the uncertainties surrounding potential regulatory pressures regarding the origination and funding of mortgage loans on one to four family residences, the Company decided in March 2011 to cease the operations of EVB Mortgage, LLC as a joint venture with Southern Trust Mortgage, LLC. On April 1, 2011, the Company entered into an independent contractor agreement with Southern Trust Mortgage, LLC. Under the terms of this agreement, the Company advises and consults with Southern Trust Mortgage, LLC and facilitates the marketing and brand recognition of their mortgage business. In addition, the Company provides Southern Trust Mortgage, LLC with offices at five retail branches in the Company’s market area and access to office equipment at those locations during normal working hours. For its services, the Company receives fixed monthly compensation from Southern Trust Mortgage, LLC in the amount of $1 thousand, which is adjustable on a quarterly basis. The Bank has a 75% ownership interest in EVB Title, LLC, which primarily sold title insurance to the mortgage loan customers of the Bank and EVB Mortgage, LLC. Effective January 2014, the Bank has ceased operations of EVB Title, LLC due to low volume and profitability. The Bank has a 2.33% ownership in Bankers Insurance, LLC, which primarily sells insurance products to customers of the Bank, and other financial institutions that have an equity interest in the agency. The Bank also has a 100% ownership interest in Dunston Hall LLC, POS LLC, Tartan Holdings LLC and ECU-RE LLC which were formed to hold the

87

Eastern Virginia Bankshares, Inc. and Subsidiaries
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies  – (continued)

title to real estate acquired by the Bank upon foreclosure on property of real estate secured loans. The financial position and operating results of all of these subsidiaries are not significant to the Company as a whole and are not considered principal activities of the Company at this time. The Company’s common stock trades on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “EVBS.”

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Material estimates that are particularly susceptible to significant change in the near term relate to the determination of the allowance for loan losses, impairment of loans, impairment of securities, the valuation of other real estate owned, the projected benefit obligation under the defined benefit pension plan, the valuation of deferred taxes, goodwill impairment and fair value of financial instruments. In the opinion of management, all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, which are necessary for a fair presentation of the results of operations in these financial statements, have been made.

Reclassifications

Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform to the 2013 presentation. Specifically, Bank owned life insurance was previously included as a component of Other assets on the consolidated balance sheets. This reclassification had no effect on previously reported net income (loss).

Significant Group Concentrations of Credit Risk

Substantially all of the Company’s lending activities are with customers located in Virginia. At December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, 48.4% and 49.5% of the Company’s loan portfolio consisted of real estate loans secured by one to four family residential properties, which includes closed end first and second mortgages as well as home equity lines. In addition, at December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company had $23.5 million and $26.1 million of loans to the hospitality industry (hotels, motels, inns, etc.). These amounts represent 9.7% and 10.8% of the Company’s total commercial real estate loans and 25.5% and 29.2% of the Bank’s total risk-based capital at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. This concentration of loans exceeds established supervisory guidelines of 25% of the Bank’s total risk-based capital. The Company does not have any significant loan concentrations to any one customer. Note 3 discusses the Company’s lending activities.

The Company invests in a variety of securities and does not have any significant securities concentrations in any one industry or to any one issuer. Note 2 discusses the Company’s investment activities.

At December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company’s cash and due from banks included three commercial bank deposit accounts that were in excess of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) insured limit of $250,000 per institution by approximately $6.9 million and $9.9 million, respectively.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

For purposes of the consolidated statements of cash flows, cash and cash equivalents includes cash and due from banks, interest bearing deposits with banks and federal funds sold, which all mature within ninety days.

Restrictions on Cash and Due from Bank Accounts

The Company is required to maintain average reserve balances in cash with the Federal Reserve Bank of Richmond (the “Reserve Bank”). The Company had a reserve requirement with the Reserve Bank for December 31, 2013 and 2012 but it was covered by internal holdings.

88

Eastern Virginia Bankshares, Inc. and Subsidiaries
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies  – (continued)

Investment Securities

The accounting and measurement framework for our investment securities differs depending on the security classification. We classify investment securities as available for sale or held to maturity based on our investment strategy and management’s assessment of our intent and ability to hold the securities until maturity. Management determines the appropriate classification of investment securities at the time of purchase. If management has the intent and the Company has the ability at the time of purchase to hold the investment securities to maturity, they are classified as investment securities held to maturity and are stated at amortized cost, adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts using the interest method. Investment securities which the Company may not hold to maturity are classified as investment securities available for sale, as management has the intent and ability to hold such investment securities for an indefinite period of time, but not necessarily to maturity. Any decision to sell investment securities available for sale would be based on various factors, including, but not limited to, asset/liability management strategies, changes in interest rates or prepayment risks, liquidity needs, or regulatory capital considerations. Investment securities available for sale are carried at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses, net of related deferred income taxes, included in shareholders’ equity as a separate component of other comprehensive income. Gains or losses are recognized in earnings on the trade date using the amortized cost of the specific security sold. Premiums and discounts are amortized or accreted into interest income using the interest method over the terms of the securities.

Impairment of securities occurs when the fair value of a security is less than its amortized cost. For debt securities, impairment is considered other-than-temporary and recognized in its entirety in net income if either (i) the Company intends to sell the security or (ii) it is more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis. If, however, the Company does not intend to sell the security and it is not more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the security before recovery, the Company must determine what portion of the impairment is attributable to a credit loss, which occurs when the amortized cost basis of the security exceeds the present value of the cash flows expected to be collected from the security. If there is no credit loss, there is no other-than-temporary impairment. If there is a credit loss, other-than-temporary impairment exists, and the credit loss must be recognized in net income and the remaining portion of impairment must be recognized in other comprehensive income.

For equity securities, impairment is considered to be other-than-temporary based on the Company’s ability and intent to hold the investment until a recovery of fair value. Other-than-temporary impairment of an equity security results in a write-down that must be included in net income. The Company regularly reviews each investment security for other-than-temporary impairment based on criteria that include the extent to which cost exceeds market price, the duration of that market decline, the financial health of and specific prospects for the issuer, the Company’s best estimate of the present value of cash flows expected to be collected from debt securities, the Company’s intention with regard to holding the security to maturity and the likelihood that the Company would be required to sell the security before recovery.

Restricted Securities

As a requirement for membership, the Company invests in the stock of the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) of Atlanta, Community Bankers Bank (“CBB”), and the Reserve Bank. These investments are carried at cost.

Loans

The Company offers an array of lending and credit services to customers including mortgage, commercial and consumer loans. A substantial portion of the loan portfolio is represented by mortgage loans in the Company’s market area. The ability of the Company’s debtors to honor their contracts is dependent upon the real estate and general economic conditions in the Company’s market area. Loans that management has both the intent

89

Eastern Virginia Bankshares, Inc. and Subsidiaries
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies  – (continued)

and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity or pay-off generally are stated at their outstanding unpaid principal balances adjusted for charge-offs, the allowance for loan losses, and net of any deferred fees or costs on originated loans. Interest income is accrued on the unpaid principal balance. Loan origination fees, net of certain direct origination costs, are deferred and recognized as an adjustment to the yield (interest income) of the related loans. The Company is amortizing these amounts over the contractual life of the related loans.

The past due status of a loan is based on the contractual due date of the most delinquent payment due. Loans, including impaired loans, are generally classified as nonaccrual if they are past due as to maturity or payment of principal or interest for a period of more than 90 days, unless such loans are well-secured and in the process of collection. Loans greater than 90 days past due may remain on an accrual status if management determines it has adequate collateral to cover the principal and interest. If a loan or a portion of a loan is adversely classified, or is partially charged off, the loan is generally classified as nonaccrual. Additionally, whenever management becomes aware of facts or circumstances that may adversely impact the collectability of principal or interest on loans, it is management’s practice to place such loans on a nonaccrual status immediately, rather than delaying such action until the loans become 90 days past due.

When a loan is placed on nonaccrual status, previously accrued and uncollected interest is reversed, and the amortization of related deferred loan fees or costs is suspended. While a loan is classified as nonaccrual and the future collectability of the recorded loan balance is doubtful, collections of interest and principal are generally applied as a reduction to principal outstanding. When the future collectability of the recorded loan balance is expected, interest income may be recognized on a cash basis. In the case where a nonaccrual loan has been partially charged off, recognition of interest on a cash basis is limited to that which would have been recognized on the recorded loan balance at the contractual interest rate. Cash interest receipts in excess of that amount are recorded as recoveries to the allowance for loan losses until prior charge-offs have been fully recovered. These policies are applied consistently across the Company’s loan portfolio.

Loans may be returned to accrual status when all principal and interest amounts contractually due (including arrearages) are reasonably assured of repayment within an acceptable period of time, and there is a sustained period of repayment performance by the borrower, in accordance with the contractual terms of interest and principal.

A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due, according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Impaired loans are stated at their outstanding unpaid principal balances adjusted for charge-offs, the allowance for loan losses, and net of any deferred fees or costs on originated loans (recorded investment). Factors considered by management in determining impairment include payment status, collateral value, and the probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due. Loans that experience insignificant payment shortfalls generally are not classified as impaired. The Company determines the significance of payment delays and payment shortfalls on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration all of the circumstances surrounding the loan and the borrower, including the length of the delay, the reasons for the delay, the borrower’s prior payment record, and the amount of the shortfall in relation to the principal and interest owed. Impairment is measured on a loan-by-loan basis for real estate (including multifamily residential, construction, farmland and non-farm, non-residential) and commercial loans, by either the present value of expected cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, the loan’s obtainable market price, or the fair value of collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. Large groups of smaller balance homogeneous loans, representing consumer, one to four family residential first and seconds and home equity lines, are collectively evaluated for impairment. Accordingly, the Company does not separately identify the individual consumer and one to four family residential loans for impairment disclosures, except for troubled debt restructurings (“TDR”) as noted below.

90

Eastern Virginia Bankshares, Inc. and Subsidiaries
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies  – (continued)

A loan is accounted for as a TDR if the Company, for economic or legal reasons related to the borrower’s financial condition, grants a concession to the borrower that it would not otherwise consider. TDRs are considered impaired loans. A TDR may involve the receipt of assets from the debtor in partial or full satisfaction of the loan, or a modification of terms such as a reduction of the stated interest rate, the forbearance of principal and interest payments for a specified period, the conversion from an amortizing loan to an interest-only loan for a specified period, or some combination of these concessions. These concessions can be temporary and are done in an attempt to avoid foreclosure and are made with the intent to restore the loan to a performing status once sufficient payment history can be demonstrated. TDRs generally remain on nonaccrual status until a six-month payment history is sustained. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company had $20.2 million and $9.5 million of loans classified as TDRs.

Allowance for Loan Losses

The allowance for loan losses is a reserve for estimated credit losses on individually evaluated loans determined to be impaired as well as estimated credit losses inherent in the loan portfolio, and is based on periodic evaluations of the collectability and historical loss experience of loans. A provision for loan losses, which is a charge against earnings, is recorded to bring the allowance for loan losses to a level that, in management’s judgment, is appropriate to absorb probable losses in the loan portfolio. Actual credit losses are deducted from the allowance for loan losses for the difference between the carrying value of the loan and the estimated net realizable value or fair value of the collateral, if collateral dependent. The following general charge-off guidelines apply:

• Management believes that the collectability of the principal is unlikely regardless of delinquency status.

• If unsecured, the loan will be charged-off in full no later than 120 days after its payment due date if a closed-end credit.

• If unsecured, the loan will be charged-off in full no later than 180 days after its payment due date if an open-ended credit.

• If secured, the outstanding principal balance of the loan will be charged-off generally after the collateral has been liquidated and sale proceeds applied to the balance.

Subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance for loan losses.

The Company's ALL Committee is responsible for assessing the overall appropriateness of the allowance for loan losses and monitoring the Company's allowance for loan losses methodology, particularly in the context of current economic conditions and a rapidly changing regulatory environment. The ALL Committee at least annually reviews the Company's allowance for loan losses methodology.

During 2013, the ALL Committee reviewed, with input from and consultation with independent external parties, the allowance for loan losses methodology with a specific focus on whether the Company should use migration analysis instead of historical loan loss experience on balances collectively evaluated for impairment. Migration analysis tracks the movement of loans through various loan classifications in order to estimate the percentage of losses likely to be incurred in a loan portfolio. In addition to evaluating multiple scenarios using migration analysis over a period of time, the ALL Committee engaged an independent third party to audit the Company’s existing allowance for loan losses methodology and validate its migration analysis. After this review, the ALL Committee determined that the Company should modify its methodology to use migration analysis in the calculation of the allowance for loan losses, effective December 31, 2013.

For prior financial periods ending with the third quarter of 2013, historical loan loss experience was calculated using a rolling three year average of historical loan loss experience. Beginning with the quarter ended December 31, 2013, the Company calculated the allowance for loan losses based on a migration analysis of

91

Eastern Virginia Bankshares, Inc. and Subsidiaries
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies  – (continued)

loans, segmented by an identical risk grading system or past due grading system, depending on type of loan as previously used with the historical loan loss experience methodology. Other adjustments may be made to the allowance for loan losses for pools of loans after an assessment of internal and external factors on credit quality that are not fully reflected in the past due or risk grading data. The Company believes this change in methodology provides a more accurate evaluation of the potential risk in our loan portfolio and establishes a stronger focus on areas of weakness and strength within the portfolio. A tabular presentation comparing the provision for loan losses for the year ended December 31, 2013 calculated using the current methodology, to the provision as would have been calculated for the same period using the former methodology, can be found in Note 3.

The allocation methodology applied by the Company includes management’s ongoing review and grading of the loan portfolio into criticized loan categories (defined as specific loans warranting either specific allocation, or a classified status of substandard, doubtful or loss). The allocation methodology focuses on evaluation of several factors, including but not limited to: evaluation of facts and issues related to specific loans, management’s ongoing review and grading of the loan portfolio, consideration of migration analysis and delinquency experience on each portfolio category, trends in past due and nonaccrual loans, the level of classified loans, the risk characteristics of the various classifications of loans, changes in the size and character of the loan portfolio, concentrations of loans to specific borrowers or industries, existing economic conditions, the fair value of underlying collateral, and other qualitative and quantitative factors which could affect potential credit losses. Because each of the criteria used is subject to change, the allocation of the allowance for loan losses is made for analytical purposes and is not necessarily indicative of the trend of future loan losses in any particular loan category. The total allowance is available to absorb losses from any segment of the portfolio. In determining the allowance for loan losses, the Company considers its portfolio segments and loan classes to be the same.

The allowance for loan losses is comprised of a specific allowance for identified problem loans and a general allowance representing estimations done pursuant to either Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) ASC Topic 450“Accounting for Contingencies”, or FASB ASC Topic 310“Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan.”The specific component relates to loans that are classified as impaired, and is established when the discounted cash flows (or collateral value or observable market price) of the impaired loan is lower than the carrying value of that loan. For collateral dependent loans, an updated appraisal will be ordered if a current one is not on file. Appraisals are performed by independent third-party appraisers with relevant industry experience. Adjustments to the appraised value may be made based on recent sales of like properties or general market conditions when deemed appropriate. The general component covers non-classified or performing loans and those loans classified as substandard, doubtful or loss that are not impaired. The general component is based on migration analysis adjusted for qualitative factors, such as economic conditions, interest rates and unemployment rates. The Company uses a risk grading system for real estate (including multifamily residential, construction, farmland and non-farm, non-residential) and commercial loans. Loans are graded on a scale from 1 to 9. Non-impaired real estate and commercial loans are assigned an allowance factor which increases with the severity of risk grading. A general description of the characteristics of the risk grades is as follows:

Pass Grades

• Risk Grade 1 loans have little or no risk and are generally secured by cash or cash equivalents;

• Risk Grade 2 loans have minimal risk to well qualified borrowers and no significant questions as to safety;

• Risk Grade 3 loans are satisfactory loans with strong borrowers and secondary sources of repayment;

92

Eastern Virginia Bankshares, Inc. and Subsidiaries
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies  – (continued)

• Risk Grade 4 loans are satisfactory loans with borrowers not as strong as risk grade 3 loans but may exhibit a higher degree of financial risk based on the type of business supporting the loan; and

• Risk Grade 5 loans are loans that warrant more than the normal level of supervision and have the possibility of an event occurring that may weaken the borrower’s ability to repay.

Special Mention

• Risk Grade 6 loans have increasing potential weaknesses beyond those at which the loan originally was granted and if not addressed could lead to inadequately protecting the Company’s credit position.

Classified Grades

• Risk Grade 7 loans are substandard loans and are inadequately protected by the current sound worth or paying capacity of the obligor or the collateral pledged. These have well defined weaknesses that jeopardize the liquidation of the debt with the distinct possibility the Company will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected;

• Risk Grade 8 loans are doubtful of collection and the possibility of loss is high but pending specific borrower plans for recovery, its classification as a loss is deferred until its more exact status is determined; and

• Risk Grade 9 loans are loss loans which are considered uncollectable and of such little value that their continuance as a bank asset is not warranted.

The Company uses a past due grading system for consumer loans, including one to four family residential first and seconds and home equity lines. The past due status of a loan is based on the contractual due date of the most delinquent payment due. The past due grading of consumer loans is based on the following categories: current, 1 – 29 days past due, 30 – 59 days past due, 60 – 89 days past due and over 90 days past due. The consumer loans are segregated between performing and nonperforming loans. Performing loans are those that have made timely payments in accordance with the terms of the loan agreement and are not past due 90 days or more. Nonperforming loans are those that do not accrue interest or are greater than 90 days past due and accruing interest. Non-impaired consumer loans are assigned an allowance factor which increases with the severity of past due status. This component of the allowance reflects the margin of imprecision inherent in the underlying assumptions used in the methodologies for estimating specific and general losses in the loan portfolio.

Management believes that the level of the allowance for loan losses is appropriate in light of the credit quality and anticipated risk of loss in the loan portfolio. While management uses available information to recognize losses on loans, future additions to the allowance for loan losses may be necessary based on changes in economic conditions. In addition, various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review the Company’s allowance for loan losses. Such agencies may require the Company to recognize additions to the allowance for loan losses through increased provisions for loan losses or may require that certain loan balances be charged-off or downgraded into classified loan categories when their credit evaluations differ from those of management based on their judgments about information available to them at the time of their examinations.

Transfers of Financial Assets

Transfers of financial assets are accounted for as sales when control over the assets has been surrendered. Control over financial assets is deemed to be surrendered when: 1) the assets have been isolated from the Company, so as to be presumptively beyond reach of the Company and its creditors, even in bankruptcy or other receivership; 2) the transferee obtains the right (free of conditions that constrain it from taking advantage of that right) to pledge or exchange the transferred assets; and 3) the Company does not maintain

93

Eastern Virginia Bankshares, Inc. and Subsidiaries
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies  – (continued)

effective control over the transferred assets through an agreement to repurchase them before their maturity or the ability to unilaterally cause the holder to return specific assets.

Off-Balance Sheet Financial Instruments

In the ordinary course of business, the Company has entered into off-balance sheet financial instruments consisting of commitments to extend credit, commercial letters of credit, standby letters of credit and guarantees of previously sold credit card accounts. Such financial instruments are recorded in the financial statements when they become payable.

Other Real Estate Owned

Real estate acquired through, or in lieu of, foreclosure is held for sale and is stated at the estimated fair market value of the property, less estimated disposal costs, if any. Cost includes loan principal and accrued interest. Any excess of cost over the estimated fair market value less costs to sell at the time of acquisition is charged to the allowance for loan losses. The estimated fair market value is reviewed periodically by management and any write-downs are charged against current earnings. Development and improvement costs relating to property are capitalized. Net operating income or expenses of such properties are included in collection, repossession and other real estate owned expenses.

Bank Premises and Equipment

Land is carried at cost with no depreciation. Premises and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is computed generally by the straight-line method for financial reporting purposes. Depreciation for tax purposes is computed based on accelerated methods. It is the Company’s policy for maintenance and repairs to be charged to expense as incurred and to capitalize major additions and improvements and depreciate the cost thereof over the estimated useful lives.

Upon sale or retirement of depreciable properties, the cost and related accumulated depreciation are netted against proceeds and any resulting gain or loss is reflected in income.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

The excess of the cost of an acquisition over the fair value of the net assets acquired consists primarily of goodwill, core deposit intangibles, and other identifiable intangibles.Acquired intangible assets (such as core deposit intangibles) are separately recognized if the benefit of the asset can be sold, transferred, licensed, rented or exchanged, and are amortized over their useful life. Goodwill is not amortized but is subject to impairment tests on at least an annual basis or earlier whenever an event occurs indicating that goodwill may be impaired. In assessing the recoverability of the Company’s goodwill, all of which was recognized in connection with the acquisition of branches in 2003 and 2008, the Company must make assumptions in order to determine the fair value of the respective assets. Any impairment of goodwill will be recognized as an expense in the period of impairment and such impairment could be material. Accounting guidance permits preliminary assessment of qualitative factors to determine whether more substantial impairment testing is required. The Company chose to bypass the preliminary assessment and conduct a full goodwill impairment analysis on an annual basis. The Company completes the annual goodwill impairment test during the fourth quarter of each year. Based on annual testing, there were no impairment charges in 2013, 2012 or 2011.

During the third quarter of 2010, the Company sold certain 1-4 family residential mortgage loans and retained the right to service the loans sold. Upon sale, a mortgage servicing rights asset was capitalized in the amount of $214 thousand, which represents the then current fair value of future net cash flows expected to be realized for performing servicing activities. Mortgage servicing rights are amortized in proportion to and over the period of estimated net servicing income, which is 4 years. Mortgage servicing rights, net of accumulated amortization, amounted to $40 thousand and $94 thousand at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, and

94

Eastern Virginia Bankshares, Inc. and Subsidiaries
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies  – (continued)

are included in other assets in the consolidated balance sheets. The Company earns fees for servicing these residential mortgage loans. These fees are generally calculated on the outstanding principal balance of the loans serviced and are recorded as income when earned. Loan servicing income amounted to $35 thousand, $44 thousand and $58 thousand for the years ended December 31, 2013 2012 and 2011, respectively and is included in other operating income in the consolidated statements of operations.

Income Taxes

The Company determines deferred income tax assets and liabilities using the liability (or balance sheet) method. Under this method, the net deferred tax asset or liability is determined annually for differences between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities that will result in taxable or deductible amounts in the future based on enacted tax laws and rates applicable to the periods in which the differences are expected to affect taxable income. Income tax expense is the tax payable or refundable for the period plus or minus the change during the period in deferred tax assets and liabilities. Deferred taxes are reduced by a valuation allowance when, in the opinion of management, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.

When tax returns are filed, it is highly certain that some positions taken would be sustained upon examination by the taxing authorities, while others are subject to uncertainty about the merits of the position taken or the amount of the position that would be ultimately sustained. The benefit of a tax position is recognized in the financial statements in the period during which, based on all available evidence, management believes it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon examination, including the resolution of appeals or litigation processes, if any. Tax positions taken are not offset or aggregated with other positions. Tax positions that meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold are measured as the largest amount of tax benefit that is more than 50 percent likely of being realized upon settlement with the applicable taxing authority. The portion of the benefits associated with tax positions taken that exceeds the amount measured as described above is reflected as a liability for unrecognized tax benefits in the consolidated balance sheets along with any associated interest and penalties that would be payable to the taxing authorities upon examination. Interest and penalties associated with unrecognized tax benefits are classified as additional income taxes in the consolidated statements of operations. The Company did not have any uncertain tax positions for the periods ending December 31, 2013, 2012 or 2011.

Retirement Plan

The Company has historically maintained a defined benefit pension plan. Effective January 28, 2008, the Company took action to freeze the plan with no additional contributions for a majority of participants. Employees age 55 or greater or with 10 years of credited service were grandfathered in the plan. No additional participants have been added to the plan. The plan was again amended on February 28, 2011, to freeze the plan with no additional contributions for grandfathered participants. Benefits for all participants have remained frozen in the plan since such action was taken. Effective January 1, 2012, the plan was amended and restated as a cash balance plan. Under a cash balance plan, participant benefits are stated as an account balance. An opening account balance was established for each participant based on the lump sum value of his or her accrued benefit as of December 31, 2011 in the original defined benefit pension plan. Each participant’s account will be credited with an “interest” credit each year. The interest rate for each year is determined as the average annual interest rate on the 2 year U.S. Treasury securities for the month of December preceding the plan year. See Note 9 — Employee Benefit Plans.

Stock Compensation Plans

At December 31, 2013, the Company had two stock based compensation plans. The Company accounts for these plans under the provisions of FASB ASC Topic 718“Compensation — Stock Compensation.” Compensation expense for grants of restricted shares is accounted for using the fair market value of the

95

Eastern Virginia Bankshares, Inc. and Subsidiaries
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies  – (continued)

Company’s common stock on the date the restricted shares are awarded. Compensation expense for grants of stock options is accounted for at fair value as determined using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. Compensation expense for restricted shares and stock options is charged to income ratably over the vesting period. Compensation expense recognized is included in salaries and employee benefits expense in the consolidated statements of operations. See Note 13 — Stock Based Compensation Plans.

Fair Value Measurements

The Company follows the provisions of FASB ASC Topic 820“Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures,” for financial assets and financial liabilities. FASB ASC Topic 820 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in generally accepted accounting principles, and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. See Note 19 — Fair Value Measurements.

Segment Reporting

Public business enterprises are required to report information about operating segments in annual financial statements and selected information about operating segments in financial reports issued to shareholders. Operating segments are components of an enterprise about which separate financial information is available that is evaluated regularly by management in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing their performance. Generally, financial information is required to be reported on the basis that is used internally for evaluating segment performance and deciding how to allocate resources to segments. The Company has determined that it has one significant operating segment, the providing of general commercial financial services to customers located in the geographic areas of the Company’s retail branch network.

Earnings (Loss) Per Common Share

Basic earnings (loss) per common share represents income (loss) available to common shareholders divided by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings (loss) per common share reflects additional common shares that would have been outstanding if dilutive potential common shares had been issued, as well as any adjustment to income (loss) that would result from the assumed issuance. Potential common shares that may be issued by the Company relate to outstanding stock options and restricted stock awards, and as applicable common stock purchase warrants and the Company’s Series B Preferred Stock, and are determined using the treasury method. Earnings (loss) per common share calculations are presented in Note 11.

Advertising Costs

The Company practices the policy of charging advertising costs to expense as incurred. Advertising expense totaled $602 thousand, $658 thousand and $576 thousand for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Comprehensive Income

FASB ASC Topic 220“Comprehensive Income” establishes standards for the reporting and presentation of comprehensive income and its components (revenues, expenses, gains and losses) within the Company’s consolidated financial statements. Although certain changes in assets and liabilities, such as unrealized gains and losses on available for sale securities and pension liability adjustments, are reported as a separate component of the equity section of the consolidated balance sheet, such items, along with net income (loss), are components of comprehensive income (loss).

Recent Significant Accounting Pronouncements:

Adoption of New Accounting Standards:

In December 2011, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2011-11,“Balance Sheet (Topic 210) — Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities.” This ASU requires entities to disclose both gross

96

Eastern Virginia Bankshares, Inc. and Subsidiaries
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies  – (continued)

information and net information about both instruments and transactions eligible for offset in the balance sheet and instruments and transactions subject to an agreement similar to a master netting arrangement. An entity is required to apply the amendments for annual reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013, and interim periods within those annual periods. An entity should provide the disclosures required by those amendments retrospectively for all comparative periods presented. The adoption of the new guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In July 2012, the FASB issued ASU 2012-02,“Intangibles — Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Testing Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets for Impairment.” The amendments in this ASU apply to all entities that have indefinite-lived intangible assets, other than goodwill, reported in their financial statements. The amendments in this ASU provide an entity with the option to make a qualitative assessment about the likelihood that an indefinite-lived intangible asset is impaired to determine whether it should perform a quantitative impairment test. The amendments also enhance the consistency of impairment testing guidance among long-lived asset categories by permitting an entity to assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is necessary to calculate the asset’s fair value when testing an indefinite-lived intangible asset for impairment. The amendments are effective for annual and interim impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning after September 15, 2012. The adoption of the new guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In January 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-01,“Balance Sheet (Topic 210): Clarifying the Scope of Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities.” The amendments in this ASU clarify the scope for derivatives accounted for in accordance with Topic 815,“Derivatives and Hedging,” including bifurcated embedded derivatives, repurchase agreements and reverse repurchase agreements and securities borrowing and securities lending transactions that are either offset or subject to netting arrangements. An entity is required to apply the amendments for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning on or after January 1, 2013. The adoption of the new guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In February 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-02,“Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Reporting of Amounts Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income.” The amendments in this ASU require an entity to present (either on the face of the statement where net income is presented or in the notes) the effects on the line items of net income of significant amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income. In addition, the amendments require a cross-reference to other disclosures currently required for other reclassification items to be reclassified directly to net income in their entirety in the same reporting period. Companies should apply these amendments for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning on or after December 15, 2012. The Company has included the required disclosures from ASU 2013-02 in the consolidated financial statements.

In July 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-10,“Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815): Inclusion of the Fed Funds Effective Swap Rate (or Overnight Index Swap Rate) as a Benchmark Interest Rate for Hedge Accounting Purposes.”The amendments in this ASU permit the Fed Funds Effective Swap Rate (also referred to as the Overnight Index Swap Rate) to be used as a U.S. benchmark interest rate for hedge accounting purposes under Topic 815, in addition to interest rates on direct Treasury obligations of the U.S. government and the London Interbank Offered Rate or LIBOR. The amendments also remove the restriction on using different benchmark rates for similar hedges. The amendments apply to all entities that elect to apply hedge accounting of the benchmark interest rate under Topic 815. The amendments are effective prospectively for qualifying new or redesignated hedging relationships entered into on or after July 17, 2013. The adoption of the new guidance did not have a material impact on the Company's consolidated financial statements.

97

Eastern Virginia Bankshares, Inc. and Subsidiaries
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies  – (continued)

In July 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-11,“Income Taxes (Topic 740): Presentation of an Unrecognized Tax Benefit When a Net Operating Loss Carryforward, a Similar Tax Loss, or a Tax Credit Carryforward Exists.” The amendments in this ASU provide guidance on the financial statement presentation of an unrecognized tax benefit when a net operating loss carryforward, similar tax loss, or tax credit carryforward exists. An unrecognized tax benefit, or a portion of an unrecognized tax benefit, should be presented in the financial statements as a reduction to a deferred tax asset for a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward, except as follows. To the extent a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward is not available at the reporting date under the tax law of the applicable jurisdiction to settle any additional income taxes that would result from the disallowance of a tax position or the tax law of the applicable jurisdiction does not require the entity to use, and the entity does not intend to use, the deferred tax asset for such purpose, the unrecognized tax benefit should be presented in the financial statements as a liability and should not be combined with deferred tax assets. The amendments in this ASU are effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2013. Early adoption is permitted. The amendments should be applied prospectively to all unrecognized tax benefits that exist at the effective date. Retrospective application is permitted. The adoption of the new guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

New Accounting Standards Not Yet Adopted:

In January 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-01,“Investments — Equity Method and Joint Ventures (Topic 323): Accounting for Investments in Qualified Affordable Housing Projects (a consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force).” The amendments in this ASU permit reporting entities to make an accounting policy election to account for their investments in qualified affordable housing projects using the proportional amortization method if certain conditions are met. Under the proportional amortization method, an entity amortizes the initial cost of the investment in proportion to the tax credits and other tax benefits received and recognizes the net investment performance in the income statement as a component of income tax expense (benefit). The amendments in this ASU should be applied retrospectively to all periods presented. A reporting entity that uses the effective yield method to account for its investments in qualified affordable housing projects before the date of adoption may continue to apply the effective yield method for those preexisting investments. The amendments in this ASU are effective for public business entities for annual periods and interim reporting periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2014. Early adoption is permitted. The Company does not expect the adoption of ASU 2014-01 to have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

In January 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-04,“Receivables — Troubled Debt Restructurings by Creditors (Subtopic 310-40): Reclassification of Residential Real Estate Collateralized Consumer Mortgage Loans upon Foreclosure (a consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force).” The amendments in this ASU clarify that an in substance repossession or foreclosure occurs, and a creditor is considered to have received physical possession of residential real estate property collateralizing a consumer mortgage loan, upon either (1) the creditor obtaining legal title to the residential real estate property upon completion of a foreclosure or (2) the borrower conveying all interest in the residential real estate property to the creditor to satisfy that loan through completion of a deed in lieu of foreclosure or through a similar legal agreement. Additionally, the amendments require interim and annual disclosure of both (1) the amount of foreclosed residential real estate property held by the creditor and (2) the recorded investment in consumer mortgage loans collateralized by residential real estate property that are in the process of foreclosure according to local requirements of the applicable jurisdiction. The amendments in this ASU are effective for public business entities for annual periods, and interim periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2014. The Company does not expect the adoption of ASU 2014-04 to have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

98

Eastern Virginia Bankshares, Inc. and Subsidiaries
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

Note 2. Investment Securities

The amortized cost and estimated fair value, with gross unrealized gains and losses, of securities at December 31, 2013 and 2012 were as follows:

	December 31, 2013
(dollars in thousands)	Amortized Cost		Gross Unrealized Gains		Gross Unrealized Losses		Estimated Fair Value
Available for Sale:
Obligations of U.S. Government agencies	$	14,989	$	—	$	1,599	$	13,390
SBA Pool securities		89,531		35		3,531		86,035
Agency mortgage-backed securities		36,261		104		1,111		35,254
Agency CMO securities		43,277		62		1,961		41,378
Non agency CMO securities*		1,304		2		—		1,306
State and political subdivisions		60,834		177		4,669		56,342
Pooled trust preferred securities		467		282		—		749
FNMA and FHLMC preferred stock		22		459		—		481
Total	$	246,685	$	1,121	$	12,871	$	234,935

* The combined unrealized loss on these securities was less than $1.

	December 31, 2012
(dollars in thousands)	Amortized Cost		Gross Unrealized Gains		Gross Unrealized Losses		Estimated Fair Value
Available for Sale:
Obligations of U.S. Government agencies	$	13,495	$	10	$	38	$	13,467
SBA Pool securities		81,500		1,515		264		82,751
Agency mortgage-backed securities		31,384		349		19		31,714
Agency CMO securities		61,710		583		357		61,936
Non agency CMO securities		2,200		1		2		2,199
State and political subdivisions		82,536		1,229		548		83,217
Pooled trust preferred securities		506		253		—		759
FNMA and FHLMC preferred stock		77		199		—		276
Corporate securities		590		4		—		594
Total	$	273,998	$	4,143	$	1,228	$	276,913

	December 31, 2013
(dollars in thousands)	Amortized Cost		Unrealized Losses Recorded in AOCI*		Carrying Value		Gross Unrealized Gains		Gross Unrealized Losses		Estimated Fair Value
Held to Maturity:
Agency CMO securities	$	12,598	$	98	$	12,500	$	—	$	547	$	11,953
State and political subdivisions		23,867		872		22,995		4		431		22,568
Total	$	36,465	$	970	$	35,495	$	4	$	978	$	34,521

* Represents the unrealized holding gain or loss at the date of transfer from available for sale to held to maturity, net of any accretion.

As of December 31, 2012, the Company had no securities classified as “Held to Maturity”.

99

Eastern Virginia Bankshares, Inc. and Subsidiaries
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

Note 2. Investment Securities  – (continued)

There are no securities classified as “Trading” at December 31, 2013 or 2012. During the fourth quarter of 2013, the Company transferred securities with an amortized cost of $35.5 million, previously designated as “Available for Sale”, to “Held to Maturity” classification. The fair value of those securities as of the date of the transfer was $34.5 million, reflecting a gross unrealized loss of $994 thousand. The gross unrealized loss has been recorded in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income and will be amortized over the remaining life of the securities as an adjustment to interest income, beginning with the fourth quarter of 2013. The Company’s mortgage-backed securities consist entirely of residential mortgage-backed securities. The Company does not hold any commercial mortgage-backed securities. The Company’s mortgage-backed securities are all agency backed and rated Aaa and AA+ by Moody and S&P, respectively, with no subprime issues.

The Company’s pooled trust preferred securities include one senior issue of Preferred Term Securities XXVII which is current on all payments and on which the Company took an impairment charge in the third quarter of 2009 to reduce the Company’s book value to the market value at September 30, 2009. As of December 31, 2013, that security has an estimated fair value that is $282 thousand greater than its amortized cost after impairment. During the second quarter of 2010, the Company recognized an impairment charge in the amount of $77 thousand on the Company’s investment in Preferred Term Securities XXIII mezzanine tranche, thus reducing the book value of this investment to $0. The decision to recognize the other-than-temporary impairment was based upon an analysis of the market value of the discounted cash flow for the security as provided by Moody’s at June 30, 2010, which indicated that the Company was unlikely to recover any of its remaining investment in these securities.

The amortized cost, carrying value and estimated fair values of securities at December 31, 2013, by the earlier of contractual maturity or expected maturity, are shown below. Expected maturities may differ from contractual maturities because issuers may have the right to call or prepay obligations without penalties.

	December 31, 2013
(dollars in thousands)	Amortized Cost		Estimated Fair Value
Available for Sale:
Due in one year or less	$	4,567	$	4,102
Due after one year through five years		50,281		49,617
Due after five years through ten years		168,344		157,876
Due after ten years		23,493		23,340
Total	$	246,685	$	234,935

	December 31, 2013
(dollars in thousands)	Carrying Value		Estimated Fair Value
Held to Maturity:
Due in one year or less	$	—	$	—
Due after one year through five years		6,957		6,725
Due after five years through ten years		27,791		27,067
Due after ten years		747		729
Total	$	35,495	$	34,521

100

Eastern Virginia Bankshares, Inc. and Subsidiaries
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

Note 2. Investment Securities  – (continued)

Proceeds from the sales of securities available for sale for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 were $41.7 million, $205.5 million and $146.1 million, respectively. Net realized gains on the sales of securities available for sale for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 were $1.5 million, $3.9 million and $3.2 million, respectively. Proceeds from maturities, calls and paydowns of securities available for sale for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 were $26.3 million, $53.0 million and $48.9 million, respectively.

The Company pledges securities to secure public deposits, balances with the Reserve Bank and repurchase agreements. Securities with an aggregate book value of $88.8 million and an aggregate fair value of $85.0 million were pledged at December 31, 2013. Securities with an aggregate book value of $104.3 million and an aggregate fair value of $105.8 million were pledged at December 31, 2012.

Securities in an unrealized loss position at December 31, 2013, by duration of the period of the unrealized loss, are shown below:

	December 31, 2013
	Less than 12 months				12 months or more				Total
(dollars in thousands)	Fair Value		Unrealized Loss		Fair Value		Unrealized Loss		Fair Value		Unrealized Loss
Description of Securities
Obligations of U.S. Government agencies	$	5,436	$	558	$	7,954	$	1,041	$	13,390	$	1,599
SBA Pool securities		68,163		3,131		11,156		400		79,319		3,531
Agency mortgage-backed securities		21,834		863		4,172		248		26,006		1,111
Agency CMO securities		39,860		1,962		7,788		546		47,648		2,508
Non agency CMO securities*		67		—		—		—		67		—
State and political subdivisions		61,316		3,455		11,855		1,645		73,171		5,100
Total	$	196,676	$	9,969	$	42,925	$	3,880	$	239,601	$	13,849

* The combined unrealized loss on these securities was less than $1.

The Company reviews the investment securities portfolio on a quarterly basis to monitor its exposure to other-than-temporary impairment that may result due to adverse economic conditions and associated credit deterioration. A determination as to whether a security’s decline in market value is other-than-temporary takes into consideration numerous factors and the relative significance of any single factor can vary by security. Some factors the Company may consider in the other-than-temporary impairment analysis include the length of time the security has been in an unrealized loss position, changes in security ratings, financial condition of the issuer, as well as security and industry specific economic conditions. In addition, the Company may also evaluate payment structure, whether there are defaulted payments or expected defaults, prepayment speeds, and the value of any underlying collateral. For certain securities in unrealized loss positions, the Company will enlist independent third-party firms to prepare cash flow analyses to compare the present value of cash flows expected to be collected from the security with the amortized cost basis of the security.

Based on the Company’s evaluation, management does not believe any unrealized loss at December 31, 2013, represents an other-than-temporary impairment as these unrealized losses are primarily attributable to current financial market conditions for these types of investments, particularly changes in interest rates, which rose between December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2013 causing bond prices to decline, and are not attributable to credit deterioration. At December 31, 2013, there are 194 debt securities with fair values totaling $239.6 million considered temporarily impaired. Of these debt securities, 159 with fair values totaling

101

Eastern Virginia Bankshares, Inc. and Subsidiaries
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

Note 2. Investment Securities  – (continued)

$196.7 million were in an unrealized loss position of less than 12 months and 35 with fair values totaling $42.9 million were in an unrealized loss position of 12 months or more. Because the Company intends to hold these investments in debt securities until recovery of the amortized cost basis and it is more likely than not that the Company will not be required to sell these investments before a recovery of unrealized losses, the Company does not consider these investments to be other-than-temporarily impaired at December 31, 2013 and no impairment has been recognized. At December 31, 2013, there are no equity securities in an unrealized loss position.

Securities in an unrealized loss position at December 31, 2012, by duration of the period of the unrealized loss, are shown below:

	December 31, 2012
	Less than 12 months				12 months or more				Total
(dollars in thousands)	Fair Value		Unrealized Loss		Fair Value		Unrealized Loss		Fair Value		Unrealized Loss
Description of Securities
Obligations of U.S. Government agencies	$	8,957	$	38	$	—	$	—	$	8,957	$	38
SBA Pool securities		16,782		264		—		—		16,782		264
Agency mortgage-backed securities		4,268		19		—		—		4,268		19
Agency CMO securities		21,767		357		—		—		21,767		357
Non agency CMO securities		750		2		—		—		750		2
State and political subdivisions		27,241		548		—		—		27,241		548
Total	$	79,765	$	1,228	$	—	$	—	$	79,765	$	1,228

As of December 31, 2012, there were no corporate securities in an unrealized loss position.

The table below presents a roll forward of the credit loss component recognized in earnings (referred to as “credit-impaired debt securities”) on debt securities held by the Company for which a portion of an other-than-temporary impairment was recognized in other comprehensive income during 2009. Changes in the credit loss component of credit-impaired debt securities were:

(dollars in thousands)	Year Ended December 31, 2013
Balance, beginning of period	$	339
Additions
Initial credit impairments		—
Subsequent credit impairments		—
Reductions
Subsequent chargeoff of previously impaired credits		—
Balance, end of period	$	339

The Company’s investment in FHLB stock totaled $3.2 million and $6.9 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. FHLB stock is generally viewed as a long-term investment and as a restricted investment security, which is carried at cost, because there is no market for the stock other than the FHLBs or member institutions. Therefore, when evaluating FHLB stock for impairment, its value is based on the ultimate recoverability of the par value rather than by recognizing temporary declines in value. Because the FHLB generated positive net income for each quarterly period beginning January 1, 2010, and ending December 31,

102

Eastern Virginia Bankshares, Inc. and Subsidiaries
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

Note 2. Investment Securities  – (continued)

2013, the Company does not consider this investment to be other-than-temporarily impaired at December 31, 2013 and no impairment has been recognized. FHLB stock is included in a separate line item on the consolidated balance sheets (Restricted securities, at cost) and is not part of the Company’s securities available for sale portfolio.

Note 3. Loan Portfolio

The following table sets forth the composition of the Company’s loan portfolio in dollar amounts and as a percentage of the Company’s total gross loans at the dates indicated:

	December 31, 2013						December 31, 2012
(dollars in thousands)	Amount			Percent			Amount			Percent
Commercial, industrial and agricultural	$	53,673			8.17	%	$	51,881			7.58	%
Real estate – one to four family residential:
Closed end first and seconds		218,472			33.25	%		239,002			34.91	%
Home equity lines		99,839			15.19	%		99,698			14.56	%
Total real estate – one to four family residential		318,311			48.44	%		338,700			49.47	%
Real estate – multifamily residential		18,077			2.75	%		15,801			2.31	%
Real estate – construction:
One to four family residential		16,169			2.46	%		20,232			2.96	%
Other construction, land development and other land		21,690			3.30	%		34,555			5.04	%
Total real estate – construction		37,859			5.76	%		54,787			8.00	%
Real estate – farmland		8,172			1.24	%		8,558			1.25	%
Real estate – non-farm, non-residential:
Owner occupied		126,569			19.26	%		119,824			17.50	%
Non-owner occupied		74,831			11.39	%		71,741			10.48	%
Total real estate – non-farm, non-residential		201,400			30.65	%		191,565			27.98	%
Consumer		16,782			2.55	%		20,173			2.94	%
Other		2,923			0.44	%		3,203			0.47	%
Total loans		657,197			100.00	%		684,668			100.00	%
Less allowance for loan losses		(14,767	)					(20,338	)
Loans, net	$	642,430					$	664,330

103

Eastern Virginia Bankshares, Inc. and Subsidiaries
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

Note 3. Loan Portfolio  – (continued)

The following table presents the aging of the recorded investment in past due loans as of December 31, 2013 by class of loans:

(dollars in thousands)	30 – 59 Days Past Due		60 – 89 Days Past Due		Over 90 Days Past Due		Total Past Due		Total Current*		Total Loans
Commercial, industrial and agricultural	$	2,083	$	170	$	383	$	2,636	$	51,037	$	53,673
Real estate – one to four family residential:
Closed end first and seconds		6,217		1,513		2,564		10,294		208,178		218,472
Home equity lines		700		303		353		1,356		98,483		99,839
Total real estate – one to four family residential		6,917		1,816		2,917		11,650		306,661		318,311
Real estate – multifamily residential		—		—		—		—		18,077		18,077
Real estate – construction:
One to four family residential		112		176		132		420		15,749		16,169
Other construction, land development and other land		167		—		137		304		21,386		21,690
Total real estate – construction		279		176		269		724		37,135		37,859
Real estate – farmland		808		—		590		1,398		6,774		8,172
Real estate – non-farm, non-residential:
Owner occupied		2,933		—		3,074		6,007		120,562		126,569
Non-owner occupied		1,779		—		23		1,802		73,029		74,831
Total real estate – non-farm, non-residential		4,712		—		3,097		7,809		193,591		201,400
Consumer		283		21		166		470		16,312		16,782
Other		7		—		—		7		2,916		2,923
Total loans	$	15,089	$	2,183	$	7,422	$	24,694	$	632,503	$	657,197

* For purposes of this table only, the “Total Current” column includes loans that are 1 – 29 days past due.

104

Eastern Virginia Bankshares, Inc. and Subsidiaries
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

Note 3. Loan Portfolio  – (continued)

The following table presents the aging of the recorded investment in past due loans as of December 31, 2012 by class of loans:

(dollars in thousands)	30 – 59 Days Past Due		60 – 89 Days Past Due		Over 90 Days Past Due		Total Past Due		Total Current*		Total Loans
Commercial, industrial and agricultural	$	352	$	253	$	187	$	792	$	51,089	$	51,881
Real estate – one to four family residential:
Closed end first and seconds		6,169		870		3,904		10,943		228,059		239,002
Home equity lines		604		239		195		1,038		98,660		99,698
Total real estate – one to four family residential		6,773		1,109		4,099		11,981		326,719		338,700
Real estate – multifamily residential		—		—		—		—		15,801		15,801
Real estate – construction:
One to four family residential		164		11		706		881		19,351		20,232
Other construction, land development and other land		23		—		439		462		34,093		34,555
Total real estate – construction		187		11		1,145		1,343		53,444		54,787
Real estate – farmland		—		—		40		40		8,518		8,558
Real estate – non-farm, non-residential:
Owner occupied		619		—		1,177		1,796		118,028		119,824
Non-owner occupied		395		—		855		1,250		70,491		71,741
Total real estate – non-farm, non-residential		1,014		—		2,032		3,046		188,519		191,565
Consumer		328		9		138		475		19,698		20,173
Other		21		—		—		21		3,182		3,203
Total loans	$	8,675	$	1,382	$	7,641	$	17,698	$	666,970	$	684,668

* For purposes of this table only, the “Total Current” column includes loans that are 1 – 29 days past due.

The following table presents nonaccrual loans, loans past due 90 days and accruing interest, and restructured loans at December 31:

(dollars in thousands)	2013		2012
Nonaccrual loans	$	11,018	$	11,874
Loans past due 90 days and accruing interest		—		—
Restructured loans (accruing)		16,026		4,433

At December 31, 2013 and 2012, there were approximately $4.2 million and $5.1 million, respectively, in troubled debt restructurings (“TDRs”) included in nonaccrual loans.

105

Eastern Virginia Bankshares, Inc. and Subsidiaries
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

Note 3. Loan Portfolio  – (continued)

The following table presents the recorded investment in nonaccrual loans by class at December 31, 2013 and 2012:

	Nonaccrual
(dollars in thousands)	2013		2012
Commercial, industrial and agricultural	$	383	$	391
Real estate – one to four family residential:
Closed end first and seconds		5,630		6,127
Home equity lines		688		445
Total real estate – one to four family residential		6,318		6,572
Real estate – construction:
One to four family residential		318		900
Other construction, land development and other land		137		439
Total real estate – construction		455		1,339
Real estate – farmland		590		40
Real estate – non-farm, non-residential:
Owner occupied		3,074		2,526
Non-owner occupied		23		855
Total real estate – non-farm, non-residential		3,097		3,381
Consumer		175		151
Total loans	$	11,018	$	11,874

At December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company did not have any loans past due 90 days and accruing interest.

If interest income had been recognized on nonaccrual loans at their stated rates during years 2013, 2012 and 2011, interest income would have increased by approximately $413 thousand, $335 thousand and $1.3 million, respectively.

The following table presents commercial loans by credit quality indicator at December 31, 2013:

(dollars in thousands)	Pass		Special Mention		Substandard		Doubtful		Impaired		Total
Commercial, industrial and agricultural	$	44,571	$	3,851	$	3,229	$	22	$	2,000	$	53,673
Real estate – multifamily residential		18,077		—		—		—		—		18,077
Real estate – construction:
One to four family residential		14,890		235		738		—		306		16,169
Other construction, land development and other land		6,638		7,104		4,634		—		3,314		21,690
Total real estate – construction		21,528		7,339		5,372		—		3,620		37,859
Real estate – farmland		6,288		338		1,068		—		478		8,172
Real estate – non-farm, non-residential:
Owner occupied		87,187		13,341		15,983		—		10,058		126,569
Non-owner occupied		43,406		15,533		7,520		—		8,372		74,831
Total real estate – non-farm, non-residential		130,593		28,874		23,503		—		18,430		201,400
Total commercial loans	$	221,057	$	40,402	$	33,172	$	22	$	24,528	$	319,181

106

Eastern Virginia Bankshares, Inc. and Subsidiaries
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

Note 3. Loan Portfolio  – (continued)

The following table presents commercial loans by credit quality indicator at December 31, 2012:

(dollars in thousands)	Pass		Special Mention		Substandard		Doubtful		Impaired		Total
Commercial, industrial and agricultural	$	46,705	$	2,454	$	1,602	$	169	$	951	$	51,881
Real estate – multifamily residential		15,801		—		—		—		—		15,801
Real estate – construction:
One to four family residential		17,976		923		883		—		450		20,232
Other construction, land development and other land		9,167		3,449		3,008		—		18,931		34,555
Total real estate – construction		27,143		4,372		3,891		—		19,381		54,787
Real estate – farmland		7,371		1,146		41		—		—		8,558
Real estate – non-farm, non-residential:
Owner occupied		87,058		16,424		10,669		72		5,601		119,824
Non-owner occupied		44,721		15,090		3,821		—		8,109		71,741
Total real estate – non-farm, non-residential		131,779		31,514		14,490		72		13,710		191,565
Total commercial loans	$	228,799	$	39,486	$	20,024	$	241	$	34,042	$	322,592

At December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company did not have any loans classified as Loss.

The following table presents consumer loans, including one to four family residential first and seconds and home equity lines, by payment activity at December 31, 2013:

(dollars in thousands)	Performing		Nonperforming		Total
Real estate – one to four family residential:
Closed end first and seconds	$	205,860	$	12,612	$	218,472
Home equity lines		99,311		528		99,839
Total real estate – one to four family residential		305,171		13,140		318,311
Consumer		16,314		468		16,782
Other		2,451		472		2,923
Total consumer loans	$	323,936	$	14,080	$	338,016

The following table presents consumer loans, including one to four family residential first and seconds and home equity lines, by payment activity at December 31, 2012:

(dollars in thousands)	Performing		Nonperforming		Total
Real estate – one to four family residential:
Closed end first and seconds	$	229,087	$	9,915	$	239,002
Home equity lines		98,343		1,355		99,698
Total real estate – one to four family residential		327,430		11,270		338,700
Consumer		20,010		163		20,173
Other		2,715		488		3,203
Total consumer loans	$	350,155	$	11,921	$	362,076

107

Eastern Virginia Bankshares, Inc. and Subsidiaries
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

Note 3. Loan Portfolio  – (continued)

On December 31, 2013, the Company transitioned the analysis of the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses from a historical loan loss experience to a migration analysis. This was accomplished by converting to a more automated process using information downloaded from the loan subledger to a software program. This program streamlines the reserve estimation with a consistent and defensible methodology, automates a manual process and ensures better and more accurate calculations. The automation of the data is primarily used to input and aggregate information and to provide the analysis regarding migration trends. This process enhances but does not replace management’s subjective analysis of historical loan loss experience, credit risk and qualitative factors.

The change in the allowance for loan losses calculation is in the methodology by which the historical loan loss experience on balances collectively evaluated for impairment is determined. Prior to December 31, 2013, the Company pooled each loan type by either a risk grading system for real estate (including multifamily residential, construction, farmland and non-farm, non-residential) and commercial loans or a past due grading system for consumer loans, including one to four family residential first and seconds and home equity lines and applied a historic loss percentage based on the rolling three year average to determine the balance of the allowance for loan losses for each loan type in the loan portfolio. Beginning with December 31, 2013, the Company uses migration analysis of loans, segmented by an identical risk grading system or past due grading system, depending on type of loan as previously described above. The current methodology, which uses migration analysis, tracks the movement of loans through various loan classifications in order to estimate the percentage of losses likely to be incurred in the Company’s current portfolio.

Management believes, going forward, this change in methodology provides a more accurate evaluation of the potential risk in our loan portfolio and establishes a stronger focus on areas of weakness and strength within the portfolio.

The following table represents the effect on the current period provision of the changes in methodology from that used in prior periods.

Year Ended December 31, 2013 (dollars in thousands)	Provision Based on New Methodology			Provision Based on Prior Methodology			Difference
Commercial, industrial and agricultural	$	(237	)	$	(444	)	$	207
Real estate – one to four family residential:
Closed end first and seconds		1,427			1,984			(557	)
Home equity lines		1,072			58			1,014
Total real estate – one to four family residential		2,499			2,042			457
Real estate – multifamily residential		17			10			7
Real estate – construction:
One to four family residential		(59	)		(154	)		95
Other construction, land development and other land		(781	)		(835	)		54
Total real estate – construction		(840	)		(989	)		149
Real estate – farmland		75			(3	)		78
Real estate – non-farm, non-residential:
Owner occupied		513			1,432			(919	)
Non-owner occupied		(436	)		(133	)		(303	)
Total real estate – non-farm, non-residential		77			1,299			(1,222	)
Consumer		217			74			143
Other		42			12			30
Total provision for loan losses	$	1,850		$	2,001		$	(151	)

108

Eastern Virginia Bankshares, Inc. and Subsidiaries
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

Note 3. Loan Portfolio  – (continued)

The following table presents a rollforward of the Company’s allowance for loan losses for the year ended December 31, 2013:

(dollars in thousands)	Beginning Balance January 1, 2013		Charge-offs			Recoveries		Provision			Ending Balance December 31, 2013
Commercial, industrial and agricultural	$	2,340	$	(635	)	$	319	$	(237	)	$	1,787
Real estate – one to four family residential:
Closed end first and seconds		2,876		(1,529	)		85		1,427			2,859
Home equity lines		720		(184	)		34		1,072			1,642
Total real estate – one to four family residential		3,596		(1,713	)		119		2,499			4,501
Real estate – multifamily residential		62		—			—		17			79
Real estate – construction:
One to four family residential		419		(57	)		61		(59	)		364
Other construction, land development and other land		3,897		(1,196	)		69		(781	)		1,989
Total real estate – construction		4,316		(1,253	)		130		(840	)		2,353
Real estate – farmland		41		—			—		75			116
Real estate – non-farm, non-residential:
Owner occupied		5,092		(2,370	)		1		513			3,236
Non-owner occupied		4,093		(1,944	)		57		(436	)		1,770
Total real estate – non-farm, non-residential		9,185		(4,314	)		58		77			5,006
Consumer		215		(153	)		108		217			387
Other		583		(138	)		51		42			538
Total	$	20,338	$	(8,206	)	$	785	$	1,850		$	14,767

109

Eastern Virginia Bankshares, Inc. and Subsidiaries
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

Note 3. Loan Portfolio  – (continued)

The following table presents a rollforward of the Company’s allowance for loan losses for the year ended December 31, 2012:

(dollars in thousands)	Beginning Balance January 1, 2012		Charge-offs			Recoveries		Provision			Ending Balance December 31, 2012
Commercial, industrial and agricultural	$	4,389	$	(1,219	)	$	774	$	(1,604	)	$	2,340
Real estate – one to four family residential:
Closed end first and seconds		2,856		(2,664	)		61		2,623			2,876
Home equity lines		278		(1,112	)		11		1,543			720
Total real estate – one to four family residential		3,134		(3,776	)		72		4,166			3,596
Real estate – multifamily residential		29		—			—		33			62
Real estate – construction:
One to four family residential		382		(98	)		55		80			419
Other construction, land development and other land		6,861		(1,622	)		2		(1,344	)		3,897
Total real estate – construction		7,243		(1,720	)		57		(1,264	)		4,316
Real estate – farmland		15		—			—		26			41
Real estate – non-farm, non-residential:
Owner occupied		4,831		(2,337	)		100		2,498			5,092
Non-owner occupied		3,172		(1,506	)		409		2,018			4,093
Total real estate – non-farm, non-residential		8,003		(3,843	)		509		4,516			9,185
Consumer		776		(391	)		179		(349	)		215
Other		513		(99	)		35		134			583
Total	$	24,102	$	(11,048	)	$	1,626	$	5,658		$	20,338

110

Eastern Virginia Bankshares, Inc. and Subsidiaries
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

Note 3. Loan Portfolio  – (continued)

The following table presents the balance in the allowance for loan losses and the recorded investment in loans by portfolio class based on impairment method as of December 31, 2013:

	Allowance allocated to loans:						Total Loans:
(dollars in thousands)	Individually evaluated for impairment		Collectively evaluated for impairment		Total		Individually evaluated for impairment		Collectively evaluated for impairment		Total
Commercial, industrial and agricultural	$	612	$	1,175	$	1,787	$	2,000	$	51,673	$	53,673
Real estate – one to four family residential:
Closed end first and seconds		1,833		1,026		2,859		10,048		208,424		218,472
Home equity lines		—		1,642		1,642		175		99,664		99,839
Total real estate – one to four family residential		1,833		2,668		4,501		10,223		308,088		318,311
Real estate – multifamily residential		—		79		79		—		18,077		18,077
Real estate – construction:
One to four family residential		180		184		364		306		15,863		16,169
Other construction, land development and other land		802		1,187		1,989		3,314		18,376		21,690
Total real estate –  construction		982		1,371		2,353		3,620		34,239		37,859
Real estate – farmland		—		116		116		478		7,694		8,172
Real estate – non-farm, non-residential:
Owner occupied		1,223		2,013		3,236		10,058		116,511		126,569
Non-owner occupied		617		1,153		1,770		8,372		66,459		74,831
Total real estate – non-farm, non-residential		1,840		3,166		5,006		18,430		182,970		201,400
Consumer		104		283		387		302		16,480		16,782
Other		311		227		538		472		2,451		2,923
Total	$	5,682	$	9,085	$	14,767	$	35,525	$	621,672	$	657,197

111

Eastern Virginia Bankshares, Inc. and Subsidiaries
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

Note 3. Loan Portfolio  – (continued)

The following table presents the balance in the allowance for loan losses and the recorded investment in loans by portfolio class based on impairment method as of December 31, 2012:

	Allowance allocated to loans:						Total Loans:
(dollars in thousands)	Individually evaluated for impairment		Collectively evaluated for impairment		Total		Individually evaluated for impairment		Collectively evaluated for impairment		Total
Commercial, industrial and agricultural	$	402	$	1,938	$	2,340	$	951	$	50,930	$	51,881
Real estate – one to four family residential:
Closed end first and seconds		923		1,953		2,876		6,856		232,146		239,002
Home equity lines		—		720		720		315		99,383		99,698
Total real estate – one to four family residential		923		2,673		3,596		7,171		331,529		338,700
Real estate – multifamily residential		—		62		62		—		15,801		15,801
Real estate – construction:
One to four family residential		268		151		419		450		19,782		20,232
Other construction, land development and other land		928		2,969		3,897		18,931		15,624		34,555
Total real estate –  construction		1,196		3,120		4,316		19,381		35,406		54,787
Real estate – farmland		—		41		41		—		8,558		8,558
Real estate – non-farm, non-residential:
Owner occupied		714		4,378		5,092		5,601		114,223		119,824
Non-owner occupied		1,646		2,447		4,093		8,109		63,632		71,741
Total real estate – non-farm, non-residential		2,360		6,825		9,185		13,710		177,855		191,565
Consumer		1		214		215		25		20,148		20,173
Other		348		235		583		488		2,715		3,203
Total	$	5,230	$	15,108	$	20,338	$	41,726	$	642,942	$	684,668

112

Eastern Virginia Bankshares, Inc. and Subsidiaries
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

Note 3. Loan Portfolio  – (continued)

The following table presents loans individually evaluated for impairment by class of loans as of December 31, 2013:

(dollars in thousands)	Recorded Investment		Unpaid Principal Balance		Recorded Investment With No Allowance		Recorded Investment With Allowance		Related Allowance			Average Recorded Investment		Interest Income Recognized
Commercial, industrial and agricultural	$	2,000	$	2,000	$	—	$	2,000	$	612		$	1,712	$	97
Real estate – one to four family residential:
Closed end first and seconds		10,048		10,148		2,008		8,040		1,833			8,727		498
Home equity lines		175		175		175		—		—			382		—
Total real estate – one to four family residential		10,223		10,323		2,183		8,040		1,833			9,109		498
Real estate – construction:
One to four family residential		306		306		—		306		180			794		9
Other construction, land development and other land		3,314		5,662		—		3,314		802			8,581		161
Total real estate –  construction		3,620		5,968		—		3,620		982			9,375		170
Real estate – farmland		478		478		478		—		—			428		32
Real estate – non-farm, non-residential:
Owner occupied		10,058		11,544		6,730		3,328		1,223			10,472		506
Non-owner occupied		8,372		8,372		4,357		4,015		617			9,353		348
Total real estate – non-farm, non-residential		18,430		19,916		11,087		7,343		1,840			19,825		854
Consumer		302		302		—		302		104			203		22
Other		472		472		9		463		311	��		504		—
Total loans	$	35,525	$	39,459	$	13,757	$	21,768	$	5,682		$	41,156	$	1,673

113

Eastern Virginia Bankshares, Inc. and Subsidiaries
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

Note 3. Loan Portfolio  – (continued)

The following table presents loans individually evaluated for impairment by class of loans as of December 31, 2012:

(dollars in thousands)	Recorded Investment		Unpaid Principal Balance		Recorded Investment With No Allowance		Recorded Investment With Allowance		Related Allowance		Average Recorded Investment		Interest Income Recognized
Commercial, industrial and agricultural	$	951	$	1,247	$	408	$	543	$	402	$	907	$	59
Real estate – one to four family residential:
Closed end first and seconds		6,856		7,327		2,127		4,729		923		8,431		386
Home equity lines		315		515		315		—		—		801		9
Total real estate – one to four family residential		7,171		7,842		2,442		4,729		923		9,232		395
Real estate – construction:
One to four family residential		450		450		—		450		268		402		10
Other construction, land development and other land		18,931		18,931		14,071		4,860		928		20,169		814
Total real estate –  construction		19,381		19,381		14,071		5,310		1,196		20,571		824
Real estate – non-farm, non-residential:
Owner occupied		5,601		5,748		380		5,221		714		8,753		304
Non-owner occupied		8,109		8,109		626		7,483		1,646		8,434		457
Total real estate – non-farm, non-residential		13,710		13,857		1,006		12,704		2,360		17,187		761
Consumer		25		25		—		25		1		25		2
Other		488		488		—		488		348		496		—
Total loans	$	41,726	$	42,840	$	17,927	$	23,799	$	5,230	$	48,418	$	2,041

114

Eastern Virginia Bankshares, Inc. and Subsidiaries
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

Note 3. Loan Portfolio  – (continued)

The following table presents, by class of loans, information related to loans modified as TDRs during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012:

	Year Ended December 31, 2013						Year Ended December 31, 2012
(dollars in thousands)	Number of Loans		Pre- Modification Recorded Balance		Post- Modification Recorded Balance*		Number of Loans		Pre- Modification Recorded Balance		Post- Modification Recorded Balance*
Commercial, industrial and agricultural		—	$	—	$	—		1	$	66	$	66
Real estate – one to four family residential:
Closed end first and seconds		11		4,834		3,600		4		965		964
Real estate – construction:
One to four family residential		—		—		—		3		434		434
Other construction, land development and other land		—		—		—		2		164		163
Total real estate – construction		—		—		—		5		598		597
Real estate – non-farm, non-residential:
Owner occupied		4		7,955		6,355		—		—		—
Non-owner occupied		2		8,403		6,015		—		—		—
Total real estate – non-farm, non-residential		6		16,358		12,370		—		—		—
Total		17	$	21,192	$	15,970		10	$	1,629	$	1,627

* The period end balances are inclusive of all partial paydowns and charge-offs since the modification date. Loans modified as TDRs that were fully paid down, charged-off, or foreclosed upon by period end are not reported.

TDRs increased during 2013 due to the Company utilizing a workout strategy involving an “A/B note” structure, in which the A note component is structured at a market interest rate and the debt service is typically covered by the in-place property operations and the B note component is fully charged off. All loans that underwent this A/B note restructuring during 2013 are considered TDRs. These A/B notes are part of our efforts to focus on asset quality, strengthen the balance sheet and reduce classified assets.

115

Eastern Virginia Bankshares, Inc. and Subsidiaries
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

Note 3. Loan Portfolio  – (continued)

The following table presents, by class of loans, information related to loans modified as TDRs that subsequently defaulted (i.e., 90 days or more past due following a modification) during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 and were modified as TDRs within the 12 months prior to default:

	Year Ended December 31, 2013				Year Ended December 31, 2012
(dollars in thousands)	Number of Loans		Recorded Balance		Number of Loans		Recorded Balance
Commercial, industrial and agricultural		—	$	—		1	$	66
Real estate – one to four family residential:
Closed end first and seconds		10		1,846		3		878
Real estate – construction:
One to four family residential		—		—		2		374
Other construction, land development and other land		—		—		1		29
Total real estate – construction		—		—		3		403
Real estate – non-farm, non-residential:
Owner occupied		2		1,019		—		—
Total		12	$	2,865		7	$	1,347

Note 4. Bank Premises and Equipment

Bank premises and equipment are summarized as follows:

	December 31,
(dollars in thousands)	2013			2012
Land and improvements	$	6,421		$	6,409
Buildings and leasehold improvements		22,678			21,688
Furniture, fixtures and equipment		19,765			18,416
Construction in progress		212			949
		49,076			47,462
Less accumulated depreciation		(27,630	)		(25,806	)
Net balance	$	21,446		$	21,656

Depreciation and amortization of bank premises and equipment for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 amounted to $2.1 million, $2.1 million and $2.3 million, respectively.

Note 5. Other Real Estate Owned (OREO)

At December 31, 2013 and 2012, OREO was $800 thousand and $4.7 million, respectively. OREO is primarily comprised of residential properties, residential lots, raw land and non-residential properties associated with commercial relationships, and is located primarily in the Commonwealth of Virginia.

116

Eastern Virginia Bankshares, Inc. and Subsidiaries
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

Note 5. Other Real Estate Owned (OREO)  – (continued)

Changes in the balance for OREO for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 are as follows:

	December 31,
(dollars in thousands)	2013			2012
Balance at the beginning of year, gross	$	5,558		$	8,729
Transfers from loans		1,921			5,032
Sales proceeds		(4,508	)		(5,661	)
Previously recognized impairment losses on disposition		(1,142	)		(2,315	)
(Loss) on disposition		(775	)		(227	)
Balance at the end of year, gross		1,054			5,558
Less valuation allowance		(254	)		(811	)
Balance at the end of year, net	$	800		$	4,747

Changes in the valuation allowance for OREO for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 are as follows:

	December 31,
(dollars in thousands)	2013			2012			2011
Balance at the beginning of year	$	811		$	1,403		$	928
Valuation allowance		585			1,723			1,386
Charge-offs		(1,142	)		(2,315	)		(911	)
Balance at the end of year	$	254		$	811		$	1,403

Expenses applicable to OREO, other than the valuation allowance, were $218 thousand, $421 thousand and $769 thousand for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Note 6. Deposits

Interest-bearing deposits consist of the following:

	December 31,
(dollars in thousands)	2013		2012
Demand deposits	$	272,343	$	245,833
Money market deposits		121,491		128,438
Savings deposits		89,577		86,868
Time deposits:
Time deposits $100 and over		110,841		130,285
Other time deposits		113,349		130,232
Total interest-bearing deposits	$	707,601	$	721,656

A summary of interest expense by deposit category for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 is as follows:

	December 31,
(dollars in thousands)	2013		2012		2011
Demand deposits	$	929	$	1,205	$	1,908
Money market deposits		516		613		1,254
Savings deposits		142		239		441
Time deposits		3,089		4,342		5,912
Total	$	4,676	$	6,399	$	9,515

117

Eastern Virginia Bankshares, Inc. and Subsidiaries
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

Note 6. Deposits  – (continued)

At December 31, 2013, the scheduled maturities of time deposits are as follows:

(dollars in thousands)
2014	$	110,204
2015		56,756
2016		19,005
2017		21,193
2018		17,032
	$	224,190

Overdrawn demand deposit accounts totaling $135 thousand at December 31, 2013 and $154 thousand at December 31, 2012 were reclassified from deposits to loans.

Note 7. Borrowings

Federal funds purchased and repurchase agreements.  The Company has unsecured lines of credit with SunTrust Bank, Community Bankers Bank and Pacific Coast Bankers Bank for the purchase of federal funds in the amount of $20.0 million, $15.0 million and $5.0 million, respectively. These lines of credit have a variable rate based on the lending bank’s daily federal funds sold rate and are due on demand. Repurchase agreements are secured transactions and generally mature the day following the day sold. Customer repurchases are standard transactions that involve a Bank customer instead of a wholesale bank or broker. The Company offers this product as an accommodation to larger retail and commercial customers that request safety for their funds beyond the FDIC deposit insurance limits. The Company does not use or have any open repurchase agreements with broker-dealers.

The tables below present selected information on federal funds purchased and repurchase agreements:

Federal funds purchased (dollars in thousands)	December 31, 2013			December 31, 2012
Balance outstanding at year end	$	—		$	—
Maximum balance at any month end during the year	$	—		$	2
Average balance for the year	$	14		$	163
Weighted average rate for the year		0.79	%		0.75	%
Weighted average rate at year end		0.00	%		0.00	%

Repurchase agreements (dollars in thousands)	December 31, 2013			December 31, 2012
Balance outstanding at year end	$	3,009		$	2,942
Maximum balance at any month end during the year	$	3,770		$	6,292
Average balance for the year	$	3,475		$	3,486
Weighted average rate for the year		0.60	%		0.89	%
Weighted average rate at year end		0.60	%		0.60	%

Short-term borrowings.  Short-term borrowings consist of advances from the FHLB, which are secured by a blanket floating lien on all qualifying closed-end and revolving open-end loans that are secured by 1-4 family residential properties. Short-term advances from the FHLB at December 31, 2013 consisted of $18.9 million using a daily rate credit, which is due on demand, and a $23.0 million fixed rate one month advance. There were no short-term advances outstanding with the FHLB at December 31, 2012.

118

Eastern Virginia Bankshares, Inc. and Subsidiaries
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

Note 7. Borrowings  – (continued)

The table below presents selected information on short-term borrowings:

Short-term borrowings (dollars in thousands)	December 31, 2013			December 31, 2012
Balance outstanding at year end	$	41,940		$	—
Maximum balance at any month end during the year	$	62,124		$	—
Average balance for the year	$	16,963		$	318
Weighted average rate for the year		0.22	%		0.31	%
Weighted average rate at year end		0.23	%		0.00	%

Long-term borrowings.  Long-term borrowings consist of advances from the FHLB, which are secured by a blanket floating lien on all qualifying closed-end and revolving open-end loans that are secured by 1-4 family residential properties. During August 2013, the Company restructured its FHLB advances with the prepayment of $107.5 million in higher rate long-term advances. The long-term advances that were extinguished were fixed rate advances with a weighted average remaining maturity of 3.5 years and a current weighted average interest rate of 4.14%; $94.0 million of the prepaid FHLB advances were callable quarterly by the FHLB. The prepayment of the FHLB advances triggered a prepayment penalty of $11.5 million, or $0.67 per fully diluted share at September 30, 2013, all of which was recognized in the third quarter of 2013. The Company also paid off the remaining $10.0 million higher rate long-term FHLB advance at maturity during September 2013. At December 31, 2013, the Company had no long-term FHLB advances outstanding. Long-term advances from the FHLB at December 31, 2012 consisted of $107.5 million in convertible advances and a $10.0 million fixed rate hybrid advance. The convertible advances had fixed rates of interest unless the FHLB would have exercised its option to convert the interest on these advances from fixed rate to variable rate.

The Company’s line of credit with the FHLB can equal up to 25% of the Company’s gross assets or approximately $256.9 million at December 31, 2013. This line of credit totaled $175.7 million with approximately $120.4 million available at December 31, 2013. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, loans with a carrying value of $285.6 million and $297.7 million, respectively, are pledged to the FHLB as collateral for borrowings. Additional loans are available that can be pledged as collateral for future borrowings from the FHLB above the current lendable collateral value. Combined short-term and long-term borrowings outstanding under the FHLB line of credit were $41.9 million and $117.5 million as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Note 8. Trust Preferred Debt

On September 17, 2003, $10 million of trust preferred securities were placed through EVB Statutory Trust I in a pooled underwriting totaling approximately $650 million. The trust issuer has invested the total proceeds from the sale of the trust preferred securities in Floating Rate Junior Subordinated Deferrable Interest Debentures (the “Junior Subordinated Debentures”) issued by the Parent. The trust preferred securities pay cumulative cash distributions quarterly at a variable rate per annum, reset quarterly, equal to the 3-month LIBOR plus 2.95%. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the interest rate was 3.19% and 3.26%, respectively. The dividends paid to holders of the trust preferred securities, which are recorded as interest expense, are deductible for income tax purposes. The trust preferred securities have a mandatory redemption date of September 17, 2033, and became subject to varying call provisions beginning September 17, 2008. The Parent has fully and unconditionally guaranteed the trust preferred securities through the combined operation of the debentures and other related documents. The Parent’s obligation under the guarantee is unsecured and subordinate to senior and subordinated indebtedness of the Parent.

119

Eastern Virginia Bankshares, Inc. and Subsidiaries
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

Note 8. Trust Preferred Debt  – (continued)

The trust preferred securities may be included in Tier 1 capital for regulatory capital adequacy determination purposes up to 25% of Tier 1 capital after its inclusion. The portion of the securities not considered as Tier 1 capital will be included in Tier 2 capital. At December 31, 2013 and 2012, all of the trust preferred securities qualified as Tier 1 capital.

Subject to certain exceptions and limitations, the Company is permitted to elect from time to time to defer regularly scheduled interest payments on its outstanding Junior Subordinated Debentures relating to its trust preferred securities. If the Company defers interest payments on the Junior Subordinated Debentures for more than 20 consecutive quarters, the Company would be in default under the governing agreements for such notes and the amount due under such agreements would be immediately due and payable.

On February 17, 2011, the Parent and the Bank entered into a written agreement (the “Written Agreement”) with the Reserve Bank and the Bureau. The Written Agreement was terminated on July 30, 2013. Under the terms of this written agreement, the Company could not make payments on its outstanding Junior Subordinated Debentures relating to the trust preferred securities without prior regulatory approval. See Note 26 — Regulatory Agreements.

On September 5, 2013, the Parent and the Bank entered into a Memorandum of Understanding (the “MOU”) with the Reserve Bank and the Bureau. The MOU was terminated effective March 13, 2014. Under the terms of the MOU, the Company could not make payments on its outstanding Junior Subordinated Debentures relating to the trust preferred securities without prior regulatory approval. See Note 26 — Regulatory Agreements.

In June 2011, the Company began deferring its regularly scheduled interest payments on its outstanding Junior Subordinated Debentures relating to its trust preferred securities. As of December 31, 2013, the Company had deferred eleven quarterly interest payments on its Junior Subordinated Notes.

Note 9. Employee Benefit Plans

Pension Plan

The Company has historically maintained a defined benefit pension plan covering substantially all of the Company’s employees. Benefits are based on years of service and the employee’s compensation during the last five years of employment. The Company’s funding policy has been to contribute annually the maximum amount that can be deducted for federal income tax purposes. Contributions are intended to provide not only for benefits attributable to service to date but also for those expected to be earned in the future.

The plan was amended January 28, 2008 to freeze the plan with no additional contributions for a majority of participants. Employees age 55 or greater or with 10 years of credited service were grandfathered in the plan. No additional participants have been added to the plan. The plan was again amended February 28, 2011 to freeze the plan with no additional contributions for grandfathered participants. Benefits for all participants have remained frozen in the plan since such action was taken. Effective January 1, 2012, the plan was amended and restated as a cash balance plan. Under a cash balance plan, participant benefits are stated as an account balance. An opening account balance was established for each participant based on the lump sum value of his or her accrued benefit as of December 31, 2011 in the original defined benefit pension plan. Each participant’s account will be credited with an “interest” credit each year. The interest rate for each year is determined as the average annual interest rate on the 2 year U.S. Treasury securities for the month of December preceding the plan year.

120

Eastern Virginia Bankshares, Inc. and Subsidiaries
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

Note 9. Employee Benefit Plans  – (continued)

Information pertaining to the activity in the plan, using a measurement date of December 31, is as follows:

(dollars in thousands)	2013			2012			2011
Change in benefit obligation
Benefit obligation at beginning of year	$	11,205		$	11,554		$	11,127
Interest cost		459			492			606
Actuarial loss (gain)		81			(62	)		1,703
Benefits paid		(1,464	)		(774	)		(2,057	)
Change in obligation due to plan change		—			—			135
Settlement (gain) loss		(18	)		(5	)		40
Benefit obligation at end of year	$	10,263		$	11,205		$	11,554
Change in plan assets
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year	$	9,513		$	9,047		$	11,306
Actual return on plan assets		1,951			1,240			(202	)
Benefits paid		(1,464	)		(774	)		(2,057	)
Fair value of plan assets at end of year	$	10,000		$	9,513		$	9,047
Funded status at the end of year	$	(263	)	$	(1,692	)	$	(2,507	)
Amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheets at December 31,
Other liability	$	(263	)	$	(1,692	)	$	(2,507	)
Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
Net loss	$	583		$	2,122		$	3,008
Prior service cost		100			121			135
Deferred income tax benefit		(232	)		(755	)		(1,061	)
Amount recognized	$	451		$	1,488		$	2,082
Components of net periodic benefit cost
Interest cost	$	459		$	492		$	606
Expected return on plan assets		(703	)		(675	)		(895	)
Amortization of prior service cost due to curtailment		21			15			—
Recognized net loss due to settlement		208			132			34
Recognized net actuarial loss		124			122			—
Net periodic benefit cost	$	109		$	86		$	(255	)
Other changes in plan assets and benefit obligations recognized in other comprehensive income (loss)
Net (gain) loss	$	(1,518	)	$	(886	)	$	2,805
Prior service cost		—			—			135
Amortization of prior service cost		(21	)		(15	)		—
Total recognized in other comprehensive income (loss)	$	(1,539	)	$	(901	)	$	2,940
Total recognized in net periodic benefit cost and other comprehensive income (loss)	$	(1,430	)	$	(815	)	$	2,685

121

Eastern Virginia Bankshares, Inc. and Subsidiaries
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

Note 9. Employee Benefit Plans  – (continued)

(dollars in thousands)	2013			2012			2011
Weighted average assumptions for benefit obligation at end of year
Discount rate		4.35	%		4.00	%		4.50	%
Rate of compensation increase		N/A			N/A			N/A
Weighted average assumptions for net periodic pension cost at end of year
Discount rate		4.00	%		4.50	%		5.50	%
Expected return on plan assets		8.00	%		8.00	%		8.00	%
Rate of compensation increase		N/A			N/A			4.00	%
Expected future interest crediting rate		3.00	%		3.00	%		3.00	%
Accumulated Benefit Obligation	$	10,263		$	11,205		$	11,554

Expected Long-Term Rate of Return on Assets

In consultation with its investment advisors and actuary, the Company’s plan sponsor selects the expected long-term rate of return on assets assumption. This rate is intended to reflect the average rate of earnings expected to be earned on the funds invested or to be invested to provide plan benefits. Historical performance is reviewed, especially with respect to real rates of return (net of inflation), for the major asset classes held or anticipated to be held by the trust, and for the trust itself. Undue weight is not given to recent experience that may not continue over the measurement period, with higher significance placed on current forecasts of future long-term economic conditions. The discount rate used to calculate funding requirements and benefit expense was 4.00%, 4.50% and 5.50% in 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Because assets are held in a qualified trust, anticipated returns are not reduced for taxes. Further, solely for this purpose, the plan is assumed to continue in force and not terminate during the period during which the assets are invested. However, consideration is given to the potential impact of current and future investment policy, cash flow into and out of the trust, and expenses (both investment and non-investment) typically paid from plan assets (to the extent such expenses are not explicitly estimated with periodic cost). The Company made no contributions to the pension plan during 2013, 2012 and 2011. The Company has not determined at this time how much, if any, contributions to the plan will be for the year ending December 31, 2014.

Fair value is discussed in detail in Note 19. The fair value of the Company’s pension plan assets at December 31, 2013 and 2012, by asset category are as follows:

Assets Measured at Fair Value at December 31, 2013 Using
	Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1)		Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2)		Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)		Balance at December 31, 2013
	(dollars in thousands)
Assets
Cash and due from broker	$	21	$	—	$	—	$	21
Equity mutual funds(1)		7,573		—		—		7,573
Fixed income mutual funds(2)		2,406		—		—		2,406
Total assets at fair value	$	10,000	$	—	$	—	$	10,000

122

Eastern Virginia Bankshares, Inc. and Subsidiaries
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

Note 9. Employee Benefit Plans  – (continued)

Assets Measured at Fair Value at December 31, 2012 Using
	Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1)		Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2)		Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)		Balance at December 31, 2012
	(dollars in thousands)
Assets
Cash and due from broker	$	18	$	—	$	—	$	18
Equity mutual funds(1)		7,106		—		—		7,106
Fixed income mutual funds(2)		2,389		—		—		2,389
Total assets at fair value	$	9,513	$	—	$	—	$	9,513

(1) This category includes investments in mutual funds focused on equity securities with a diversified portfolio and includes investments in large cap and small cap funds, growth funds, international focused funds and value funds. The funds are valued using the net asset value method in which an average of the market prices for the underlying investments is used to value the funds.

(2) This category includes investments in mutual funds focused on fixed income securities with both short-term and long-term investments. The funds are valued using the net asset value method in which an average of the market prices for the underlying investments is used to value the funds.

The pension plan’s weighted-average asset allocations as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, by asset category are as follows:

	Plan Assets as of December 31,
	2013			2012
Asset Category
Mutual Funds – Fixed Income		24	%		25	%
Mutual Funds – Equity		76	%		75	%
Total		100	%		100	%

The Company believes that the trust fund is sufficiently diversified to maintain a reasonable level of risk without imprudently sacrificing return, with a targeted asset allocation of 25% fixed income and 75% equities. The Investment Manager selects investment fund managers with demonstrated experience and expertise, and funds with demonstrated historical performance, for the implementation of the Plan’s investment strategy. The Investment Manager will consider both actively and passively managed investment strategies and will allocate funds across the asset classes to develop an efficient investment structure.

It is the responsibility of the Company’s Trustee to administer the investments of the Trust within reasonable costs, being careful to avoid sacrificing quality. These costs include, but are not limited to, management and custodial fees, consulting fees, transaction costs and other administrative costs chargeable to the Trust. There is no Company common stock included in the Plan assets.

123

Eastern Virginia Bankshares, Inc. and Subsidiaries
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

Note 9. Employee Benefit Plans  – (continued)

Estimated future benefit payments, which reflect expected future service, as appropriate, are as follows:

(dollars in thousands)
2014	$	455
2015		641
2016		854
2017		1,127
2018		1,022
Years 2019 – 2023		3,195
Total	$	7,294

401(k) Plan

The Company maintains a defined contribution 401(k) profit sharing plan (the “401(k) Plan”). The 401(k) Plan allows for a maximum voluntary salary deferral up to the statutory limitations. All employees who have completed three calendar months of employment with the Company are eligible to participate on the first day of the fourth month following hire, after meeting eligibility requirements. The 401(k) Plan provides for a matching contribution, which equals 100% of the first 3% of the employee’s contributions and 50% of the next 3% of the employee’s contributions. At the option of the Compensation Committee, the Company may make an additional discretionary contribution after the end of each year to employees not previously grandfathered in the Pension Plan in an amount equal to 3% of the employee’s compensation (as described in plan documents). For matching and discretionary employer contributions, an employee is 100% vested after two years of service. The amounts charged to expense under the 401(k) Plan were $445 thousand, $411 thousand and $399 thousand for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The Company does not offer its stock as an investment option under the 401(k) Plan.

Deferred Compensation Plan

The Company has a Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan which is unfunded and maintained primarily for the purpose of providing deferred compensation for a select group of management or highly compensated employees. As of December 31, 2013, the Company has entered into a deferred supplemental compensation agreement with only its Chief Executive Officer. Full vesting of benefits under the supplemental agreement occurs only at age 67, with partial vesting of approximately 5% for each year of service after age 52. Under the supplemental agreement, benefits are to be paid in equal monthly installments over a 15 year period. There is no pre-retirement benefit, but a beneficiary can be named to receive the remaining payments for the 15 year period after benefits have commenced. The deferred compensation expense for 2013, 2012 and 2011, based on the present value of the retirement benefits, was $105 thousand, $91 thousand and $68 thousand, respectively.

Note 10. Income Taxes

The current and deferred components of income tax expense (benefit) are as follows:

	December 31,
(dollars in thousands)	2013			2012		2011
Current	$	1,065		$	—	$	233
Deferred		(3,457	)		945		(444	)
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes	$	(2,392	)	$	945	$	(211	)

124

Eastern Virginia Bankshares, Inc. and Subsidiaries
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

Note 10. Income Taxes  – (continued)

A reconciliation between the provision for (benefit from) income taxes and the amount computed by multiplying income by the current statutory federal income tax rate, for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively, is as follows:

	December 31,
(dollars in thousands)	2013			2012			2011
Income tax expense (benefit) at statutory rates	$	(1,708	)	$	1,495		$	533
Decrease due to:
Tax exempt income		(400	)		(285	)		(497	)
Other		(284	)		(265	)		(247	)
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes	$	(2,392	)	$	945		$	(211	)

Deferred income taxes result from timing differences between taxable income and the income for financial reporting purposes. The most significant timing difference relates to the net operating loss carryforward.

Cumulative net deferred tax assets consist of the following components at December 31, 2013 and 2012:

	December 31,
	2013			2012
Deferred tax assets:
Allowance for loan losses	$	5,021		$	6,915
Net operating loss carryforward		7,361			1,548
Net unrealized loss on securities available for sale		4,325			—
Tax credit carryforward		2,400			994
Impairment on securities		702			1,696
Interest on nonaccrual loans		140			114
Accrued benefit cost		232			755
Depreciation and amortization		361			167
Home equity line closing cost		103			120
Defined benefit plan		266			229
Deferred compensation		143			107
Accrued compensated absences		66			65
Other real estate owned		275			1,116
Other		191			133
Total deferred tax assets		21,586			13,959
Deferred tax liabilities:
FHLB dividend		(8	)		(8	)
Goodwill and other intangible assets		(2,532	)		(2,150	)
Net unrealized gain on securities available for sale		—			(991	)
Other		(109	)		(123	)
Total deferred tax liabilities		(2,649	)		(3,272	)
Net deferred tax asset	$	18,937		$	10,687

The realization of deferred income tax assets is assessed and a valuation allowance is recorded if it is “more likely than not” that all or a portion of the deferred tax asset will not be realized. “More likely than not” is defined as greater than a 50% chance. Management considers all available evidence, both positive and negative, to determine whether, based on the weight of that evidence, a valuation allowance is needed. Management’s assessment is primarily dependent on historical taxable income and projections of future

125

Eastern Virginia Bankshares, Inc. and Subsidiaries
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

Note 10. Income Taxes  – (continued)

taxable income, which are directly related to the Company’s core earnings capacity and its prospects to generate core earnings in the future. Projections of core earnings and taxable income are inherently subject to uncertainty and estimates that may change given the uncertain economic outlook, banking industry conditions and other factors. Further, management has considered future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences and limited, prudent and feasible tax-planning strategies, such as changes in investment security income (tax-exempt to taxable), additional sales of loans and sales of branches/buildings with an appreciated asset value over the tax basis. Based upon an analysis of available evidence, management has determined that it is “more likely than not” that the Company’s deferred income tax assets as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 will be fully realized and therefore no valuation allowance to the Company’s deferred income tax assets was recorded. However, the Company can give no assurance that in the future its deferred income tax assets will not be impaired because such determination is based on projections of future earnings and the possible effect of certain transactions which are subject to uncertainty and based on estimates that may change due to changing economic conditions and other factors. Due to the uncertainty of estimates and projections, it is possible that the Company will be required to record adjustments to the valuation allowance in future reporting periods.

The Company’s ability to realize its deferred income tax assets may be limited if the Company experiences an ownership change as defined by Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). For additional information see Part I, Item 1A. “Risk Factors” in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Due primarily to the net operating loss incurred for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Company has recorded income taxes receivable, which have been carried back to prior years, of approximately $0 and $2.6 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, which are included in other assets on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

The Company files income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction and the Commonwealth of Virginia. With few exceptions, the Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal, state and local income tax examinations by tax authorities for years prior to 2010.

Note 11. Earnings (Loss) Per Common Share

The following table shows the weighted average number of common shares used in computing earnings (loss) per common share and the effect on the weighted average number of shares of potential dilutive common stock. Potential dilutive common stock had no effect on earnings (loss) per common share otherwise available to common shareholders for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011.

	Years Ended December 31,
	2013			2012		2011
Weighted average common shares outstanding for basic earnings (loss) per common share		9,204,847			6,050,969		6,007,743
Effect of dilutive securities, stock options		—			—		—
Effect of dilutive securities, Series B Preferred Stock		—			—		—
Weighted average common shares outstanding for diluted earnings (loss) per common share		9,204,847			6,050,969		6,007,743
Basic (loss) earnings per common share	$	(0.45	)	$	0.32	$	0.05
Diluted (loss) earnings per common share	$	(0.45	)	$	0.32	$	0.05

Options to acquire 152,287, 182,362 and 218,442 shares of common stock were not included in computing diluted earnings (loss) per common share for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively, because their effects were anti-dilutive.

126

Eastern Virginia Bankshares, Inc. and Subsidiaries
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

Note 11. Earnings (Loss) Per Common Share  – (continued)

On June 12, 2013, the Company issued 5,240,192 shares of a new series of non-voting mandatorily convertible non-cumulative preferred stock (the “Series B Preferred Stock”) through private placements to certain investors. For more information related to the conversion rights on these preferred shares, see Note 21  — Preferred Stock and Warrant. For the year ended December 31, 2013, the weighted average dilutive effect of the Series B Preferred Stock would have been 2,914,408 shares, however, these shares were not included in computing diluted earnings (loss) per common share because their effects were anti-dilutive. There was no weighted average dilutive effect of the Series B Preferred Stock for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Note 12. Related Party Transactions

During the year, officers, directors, principal stockholders, and their affiliates (related parties) were customers of and had transactions with the Company in the ordinary course of business. In management’s opinion, these transactions were made on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable loans to non-related customers and did not involve more than the normal risk of collectability or present other unfavorable features.

Loan activity to related parties is as follows:

(dollars in thousands)	2013			2012
Balance at beginning of year	$	9,344		$	11,353
Additional borrowings		1,280			1,544
Curtailments		(805	)		(3,553	)
Balance at end of year	$	9,819		$	9,344

At both December 31, 2013 and 2012, there was approximately $3.1 million in available credit that the related parties could draw upon.

Deposits from related parties held by the Company at December 31, 2013 and 2012 amounted to $6.2 million and $6.6 million, respectively.

Note 13. Stock Based Compensation Plans

On September 21, 2000, the Company adopted the Eastern Virginia Bankshares, Inc. 2000 Stock Option Plan (the “2000 Plan”) to provide a means for selected key employees and directors to increase their personal financial interest in the Company, thereby stimulating their efforts and strengthening their desire to remain with the Company. Under the 2000 Plan, up to 400,000 shares of Company common stock could be granted in the form of stock options. On April 17, 2003, the shareholders approved the Eastern Virginia Bankshares, Inc. 2003 Stock Incentive Plan, amending and restating the 2000 Plan (the “2003 Plan”) still authorizing the issuance of up to 400,000 shares of common stock under the plan, but expanding the award types available under the plan to include stock options, stock appreciation rights, common stock, restricted stock and phantom stock. Under the terms of the 2003 Plan document, after April 17, 2013 no awards of shares of common stock may be granted under the 2003 Plan. Any awards previously granted under the 2003 Plan that were outstanding as of April 17, 2013 remain outstanding and will vest, etc. in accordance with their regular terms.

On April 19, 2007, the Company’s shareholders approved the Eastern Virginia Bankshares, Inc. 2007 Equity Compensation Plan (the “2007 Plan”) to enhance the Company’s ability to recruit and retain officers, directors, employees, consultants and advisors with ability and initiative and to encourage such persons to have a greater financial interest in the Company. The 2007 Plan authorizes the Company to issue up to 400,000 additional shares of common stock pursuant to grants of stock options, stock appreciation rights, common stock, restricted stock, performance shares, incentive awards and stock units. There were 322,000 shares still available to be granted as awards under the 2007 Plan as of December 31, 2013.

127

Eastern Virginia Bankshares, Inc. and Subsidiaries
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

Note 13. Stock Based Compensation Plans  – (continued)

Accounting standards require companies to recognize the cost of employee services received in exchange for awards of equity instruments, such as stock options, based on the fair value of those awards at the date of grant.

Accounting standards also require that new awards to employees eligible for retirement prior to the awards becoming fully vested be recognized as compensation cost over the period through the date that the employee first becomes eligible to retire and is no longer required to provide service to earn the award. The Company’s stock options granted to eligible participants are being recognized, as required, as compensation cost over the vesting period except in the instance where a participant reaches normal retirement age of 65 prior to the normal vesting date. For the year ended December 31, 2013 there was no stock option compensation expense, compared to stock option compensation expense of $31 thousand and $92 thousand for the same period of 2012 and 2011, respectively, and was included in salaries and employee benefits expense in the consolidated statements of operations.

Stock option compensation expense is the estimated fair value of options granted, amortized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for each stock option award. There were no stock options granted or exercised in 2013, 2012 or 2011.

A summary of the Company’s stock option activity and related information is as follows:

	Options Outstanding			Weighted Average Exercise Price		Remaining Contractual Life (in years)		Aggregate Intrinsic Value (in thousands)
Stock options outstanding at January 1, 2011		251,137		$	19.68
Forfeited		(32,695	)		18.51
Stock options outstanding at December 31, 2011		218,442			19.86
Forfeited		(36,080	)		18.61
Stock options outstanding at December 31, 2012		182,362			20.08
Forfeited		(10,750	)		18.74
Expired		(19,325	)		28.60
Stock options outstanding at December 31, 2013		152,287		$	19.09		2.54	$	—
Stock options exercisable at December 31, 2013		152,287		$	19.09		2.54	$	—

* Intrinsic value is the amount by which the fair value of the underlying common stock exceeds the exercise price of a stock option on exercise date.

As of December 31, 2013, there was no remaining unrecognized compensation expense related to stock options.

The table below summarizes information concerning stock options outstanding and exercisable at December 31, 2013:

Stock Options Outstanding					Stock Options Exercisable
Exercise Price	Number Outstanding		Weighted Average Remaining Term		Exercise Price		Number Exercisable
$19.92		27,300		0.50 years		$ 19.92		27,300
$20.57		36,162		1.50 years		$ 20.57		36,162
$21.16		38,325		2.75 years		$ 21.16		38,325
$19.25		26,750		3.75 years		$ 19.25		26,750
$12.36		23,750		4.75 years		$ 12.36		23,750
$19.09		152,287		2.54 years		$ 19.09		152,287

128

Eastern Virginia Bankshares, Inc. and Subsidiaries
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

Note 13. Stock Based Compensation Plans  – (continued)

On November 18, 2013, the Company granted 38,000 shares of restricted stock under the 2007 Plan to its executive officers in the form of Troubled Asset Relief Program (“TARP”) compliant restricted stock awards. All of these shares are subject to time vesting over a five year period, and generally vest 40% on the second anniversary of the grant date and 20% on each of the third, fourth and fifth anniversaries of the grant date. On June 29, 2012, the Company granted 34,000 shares of restricted stock under the 2007 Plan to its executive officers in connection with TARP compliant restricted stock awards. All of these shares are subject to time vesting over a five year period, and generally vest 40% on the second anniversary of the grant date and 20% on each of the third, fourth and fifth anniversaries of the grant date. The Company issued no restricted stock in 2011. On July 1, 2009, the Company awarded 18,000 shares of restricted stock to employees. One half of these shares are subject to time vesting at 20% per year over a five year period. The other half of the 18,000 restricted shares granted on July 1, 2009 were performance based. On December 16, 2010, the Company cancelled 8,000 shares of restricted stock previously awarded to its Chief Executive Officer on July 1, 2009 as the award did not contain the terms necessary to comply with the TARP executive compensation restrictions and therefore prevented the employee from accruing or vesting in any portion of the award while the TARP executive compensation restrictions applied. In conjunction with this cancellation, the Company granted a TARP compliant restricted stock award to its Chief Executive Officer in an equal amount of shares and in substantially the same form as previously awarded. On June 30, 2012, any of these performance based shares that had not previously been forfeited for other reasons were forfeited because the Company’s financial achievements for the year ended December 31, 2011 did not meet pre-specified targets for earnings per share or return on equity compared to a defined peer group.

For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, restricted stock compensation expense was $32 thousand, $22 thousand and $18 thousand, respectively, and was included in salaries and employee benefits expense in the consolidated statements of operations. Restricted stock compensation expense is accounted for using the fair market value of the Company’s common stock on the date the restricted shares were awarded, which was $6.70 per share for the 2013 award, $3.72 per share for the 2012 award, $3.75 per share for the 2010 award and $8.31 per share for the 2009 awards.

A summary of the status of the Company’s nonvested shares in relation to the Company’s restricted stock awards as of December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, and changes during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, is presented below; the weighted average price is the weighted average fair value at the date of grant:

	Shares			Weighted- Average Price
Nonvested as of January 1, 2011		16,500		$	7.29
Vested		(1,600	)		13.34
Forfeited		(400	)		17.25
Nonvested as of December 31, 2011		14,500			6.35
Granted		34,000			3.72
Vested		(1,600	)		13.34
Forfeited		(7,500	)		5.88
Nonvested as of December 31, 2012		39,400			3.89
Granted		38,000			6.70
Vested		(3,900	)		4.57
Nonvested as of December 31, 2013		73,500		$	5.30

129

Eastern Virginia Bankshares, Inc. and Subsidiaries
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

Note 13. Stock Based Compensation Plans  – (continued)

At December 31, 2013, there was $339 thousand of total unrecognized compensation expense related to restricted stock awards. This unearned compensation is being amortized over the remaining vesting period for the time based shares. The total fair value of restricted stock awards vested during 2013, 2012 and 2011 was $24 thousand, $7 thousand and $4 thousand, respectively.

Note 14. Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

The balances in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) are shown in the following table:

	Unrealized Securities Gains (Losses)			Adjustments Related to Pension Plan			Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)
	(dollars in thousands)
Balance at December 31, 2010	$	(2,161	)	$	(142	)	$	(2,303	)
Unrealized securities gains (net of tax, $2,967)		5,759			—			5,759
Securities gains included in net income (net of tax, $1,083)		(2,103	)		—			(2,103	)
Change in unfunded pension liability (net of tax, $1,000)		—			(1,940	)		(1,940	)
Balance at December 31, 2011		1,495			(2,082	)		(587	)
Unrealized securities gains (net of tax, $1,537)		2,987			—			2,987
Securities gains included in net income (net of tax, $1,317)		(2,558	)		—			(2,558	)
Change in unfunded pension liability (net of tax, $307)		—			594			594
Balance at December 31, 2012		1,924			(1,488	)		436
Unrealized securities losses (net of tax, $4,803)		(9,325	)		—			(9,325	)
Securities gains included in net loss (net of tax, $512)		(995	)		—			(995	)
Change in unfunded pension liability (net of tax, $523)		—			1,016			1,016
Balance at December 31, 2013	$	(8,396	)	$	(472	)	$	(8,868	)

Reclassifications of gains on securities available for sale are reported in the consolidated statements of operations as “Gain on sale of available for sale securities, net” with the corresponding income tax effect being reflected as a component of income tax expense (benefit). During 2013, the Company reported a gain on the sale of available for sale securities of $1.5 million, compared to a gain of $3.9 million in 2012 and a gain of $3.2 million in 2011; the tax effect of these transactions during 2013, 2012 and 2011 was $512 thousand, $1.3 million and $1.1 million, respectively, which was included as a component of income tax expense (benefit).

Note 15. Commitments and Contingent Liabilities

In the normal course of business there are various outstanding commitments and contingent liabilities, which are not reflected in the accompanying financial statements. The Company does not anticipate any material losses as a result of these transactions. See Note 20 — Financial Instruments with Off-Balance Sheet Risk.

130

Eastern Virginia Bankshares, Inc. and Subsidiaries
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

Note 16. Dividend Limitations

Dividends may be paid to the Parent by the Bank under formulas established by the appropriate regulatory authorities. Generally, the amount of dividends the Bank may pay to the Parent at any time, without prior approval, is limited to current year to date earnings as of the dividend date plus earnings retained for the two preceding years.

On February 17, 2011, the Parent and the Bank entered into a written agreement with the Reserve Bank and the Bureau. The Written Agreement was terminated on July 30, 2013. Under the terms of this written agreement, the Parent and the Bank were subject to additional limitations and regulatory restrictions and could not declare or pay dividends to its shareholders (including payments by the Parent on its trust preferred securities or preferred stock) and could not purchase or redeem shares of its stock without prior regulatory approval. See Note 26 — Regulatory Agreements.

On September 5, 2013, the Parent and the Bank entered into a memorandum of understanding with the Reserve Bank and the Bureau. The MOU was terminated effective March 13, 2014. Under the terms of this MOU, the Parent and the Bank were subject to additional limitations and regulatory restrictions and could not declare or pay dividends to its shareholders (including payments by the Parent on its trust preferred securities or preferred stock) and could not purchase or redeem shares of its stock without prior regulatory approval. See Note 26 — Regulatory Agreements.

Note 17. Regulatory Matters

The Company and the Bank are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company’s and the Bank’s financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Company and the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of their assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components (such as interest rate risk), risk weightings and other factors. Prompt corrective action provisions are not applicable to bank holding companies.

Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Company and the Bank to maintain minimum amounts and ratios (set forth in the following table) of total and Tier 1 Capital (as defined in the regulations) to risk-weighted assets (as defined) and of Tier 1 capital (as defined) to average assets (as defined). For the Company, Tier 1 Capital consists of shareholders’ equity and qualifying trust preferred securities, excluding any net unrealized gain (loss) on securities available for sale, disallowed deferred tax assets, goodwill and intangible assets. For the Bank, Tier 1 Capital consists of shareholders’ equity excluding any net unrealized gain (loss) on securities available for sale, disallowed deferred tax assets, goodwill and intangible assets. For the Company and the Bank, total capital consists of Tier 1 Capital and the allowable portion of the allowance for loan losses, excluding any investments in unconsolidated subsidiaries. Risk-weighted assets for the Company and the Bank were $658.9 million and $658.6 million, respectively at December 31, 2013 and $673.1 million and $671.6 million, respectively at December 31, 2012. Management believes, as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, that the Company and the Bank met all capital adequacy requirements to which they are subject.

For information concerning the Written Agreement and the MOU, see Note 26 — Regulatory Agreements.

During 2013, the federal bank regulatory agencies adopted rules to implement the Basel III capital framework and a revised risk weighting framework, and other related changes to the prompt corrective action framework. For a summary of these regulatory changes, see Part I, Item 1 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, under “Regulation and Supervision — Capital Requirements.”

131

Eastern Virginia Bankshares, Inc. and Subsidiaries
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

Note 17. Regulatory Matters  – (continued)

As of December 31, 2013, the most recent notification from the Reserve Bank categorized the Bank as well capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To be categorized as well capitalized, an institution must maintain minimum total risk-based, Tier 1 risk-based, and Tier 1 leverage ratios as set forth in the following tables. There are no conditions or events since the notification that management believes have changed the Bank’s category. The Company’s and the Bank’s actual capital amounts and ratios as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 are also presented in the table.

	Actual					Minimum Capital Requirement					Minimum To Be Well Capitalized Under Prompt Corrective Action Provision
	Amount		Ratio			Amount		Ratio			Amount		Ratio
	(dollars in thousands)
As of December 31, 2013:
Total capital to risk weighted assets:
Company	$	128,345		19.48	%	$	52,710		8.00	%		N/A		N/A
Bank		92,038		13.98	%		52,685		8.00	%	$	65,856		10.00	%
Tier 1 capital to risk weighted assets:
Company	$	120,031		18.22	%	$	26,355		4.00	%		N/A		N/A
Bank		83,728		12.71	%		26,342		4.00	%	$	39,514		6.00	%
Tier 1 capital to average assets:
Company	$	120,031		12.06	%	$	39,803		4.00	%		N/A		N/A
Bank		83,728		8.43	%		39,731		4.00	%	$	49,664		5.00	%
		(dollars in thousands)
As of December 31, 2012:
Total capital to risk weighted assets:
Company	$	93,400		13.88	%	$	53,846		8.00	%		N/A		N/A
Bank		89,425		13.32	%		53,725		8.00	%	$	67,156		10.00	%
Tier 1 capital to risk weighted assets:
Company	$	85,071		12.64	%	$	26,923		4.00	%		N/A		N/A
Bank		81,115		12.08	%		26,862		4.00	%	$	40,294		6.00	%
Tier 1 capital to average assets:
Company	$	85,071		8.13	%	$	41,875		4.00	%		N/A		N/A
Bank		81,115		7.76	%		41,815		4.00	%	$	52,268		5.00	%

Note 18. Dividend Reinvestment and Stock Purchase Plan

The Company has a Dividend Reinvestment and Stock Purchase Plan (the “DRIP”), which provides for the automatic conversion of dividends into common stock for enrolled shareholders. The DRIP also permits participants to make voluntary cash payments of up to $20 thousand per shareholder per calendar quarter for the purchase of additional shares of the Company’s common stock. When the administrator of the DRIP purchases shares of common stock from the Company, the purchase price will generally be the market value of the common stock on the purchase date as defined by the Nasdaq Stock Market. When the administrator purchases shares of common stock in the open market, the purchase price will be the weighted average of the

132

Eastern Virginia Bankshares, Inc. and Subsidiaries
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

Note 18. Dividend Reinvestment and Stock Purchase Plan  – (continued)

prices actually paid for the shares for the relevant purchase date, excluding all fees, brokerage commissions, and expenses. When the administrator purchases shares of common stock in privately negotiated transactions, the purchase price will be the weighted average of the prices actually paid for the shares for the relevant purchase date, excluding all fees, brokerage commissions, and expenses. Effective March 1, 2012, the DRIP was amended and restated to effect certain design changes to the plan, but not to change the number of shares issuable thereunder. Effective August 15, 2012, the issuance of common stock under the DRIP was temporarily suspended during the Company’s continued deferral of cumulative dividends on its Series A Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock.

Note 19. Fair Value Measurements

Fair value is defined as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. U.S. GAAP requires that valuation techniques maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. U.S. GAAP also establishes a fair value hierarchy which prioritizes the valuation inputs into three broad levels. Based on the underlying inputs, each fair value measurement in its entirety is reported in one of the three levels. These levels are:

• Level 1 — Valuation is based upon quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical instruments traded in active markets.

• Level 2 — Valuation is based upon quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active, and model based valuation techniques for which all significant assumptions are observable in the market or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.

• Level 3 — Valuation is determined using model-based techniques with significant assumptions not observable in the market.

U.S. GAAP allows an entity the irrevocable option to elect fair value (the fair value option) for the initial and subsequent measurement for certain financial assets and liabilities on a contract-by-contract basis. The Company has not made any fair value option elections as of December 31, 2013.

Following is a description of the valuation methodologies used for instruments measured at fair value, as well as the general classification of such instruments pursuant to the valuation hierarchy.

Assets Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

Securities Available For Sale.  Securities available for sale are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis. Fair value measurement is based upon quoted market prices, when available (Level 1). If quoted market prices are not available, fair values are measured utilizing independent valuation techniques of identical or similar securities for which significant assumptions are derived primarily from or corroborated by observable market data. Third party vendors compile prices from various sources and may determine the fair value of identical or similar securities by using pricing models that consider observable market data (Level 2). In certain cases where there is limited activity or less transparency around inputs to the valuation, securities are classified within Level 3 of the valuation hierarchy. Currently, all of the Company’s available for sale securities are considered to be Level 2 securities.

133

Eastern Virginia Bankshares, Inc. and Subsidiaries
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

Note 19. Fair Value Measurements  – (continued)

The following table summarizes financial assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, segregated by the level of the valuation inputs within the fair value hierarchy utilized to measure fair value:

Assets Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis at December 31, 2013 Using
	Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1)		Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2)		Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)		Balance at December 31, 2013
	(dollars in thousands)
Assets
Securities available for sale
Obligations of U.S. Government agencies	$	—	$	13,390	$	—	$	13,390
SBA Pool securities		—		86,035		—		86,035
Agency mortgage-backed securities		—		35,254		—		35,254
Agency CMO securities		—		41,378		—		41,378
Non agency CMO securities		—		1,306		—		1,306
State and political subdivisions		—		56,342		—		56,342
Pooled trust preferred securities		—		749		—		749
FNMA and FHLMC preferred stock		—		481		—		481
Total securities available for sale	$	—	$	234,935	$	—	$	234,935

Assets Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis at December 31, 2012 Using
	Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1)		Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2)		Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)		Balance at December 31, 2012
	(dollars in thousands)
Assets
Securities available for sale
Obligations of U.S. Government agencies	$	—	$	13,467	$	—	$	13,467
SBA Pool securities		—		82,751		—		82,751
Agency mortgage-backed securities		—		31,714		—		31,714
Agency CMO securities		—		61,936		—		61,936
Non agency CMO securities		—		2,199		—		2,199
State and political subdivisions		—		83,217		—		83,217
Pooled trust preferred securities		—		759		—		759
FNMA and FHLMC preferred stock		—		276		—		276
Corporate securities		—		594		—		594
Total securities available for sale	$	—	$	276,913	$	—	$	276,913

Assets Measured at Fair Value on a Non-Recurring Basis

Certain assets are measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis in accordance with U.S. GAAP. These adjustments to fair value usually result from the application of fair value accounting or impairment write-downs of individual assets.

134

Eastern Virginia Bankshares, Inc. and Subsidiaries
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

Note 19. Fair Value Measurements  – (continued)

Impaired Loans.  Loans are designated as impaired when, in the judgment of management based on current information and events, it is probable that all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement will not be collected. The measurement of loss associated with impaired loans can be based on either the observable market price of the loan or the fair value of the collateral. Collateral may be in the form of real estate or business assets including equipment, inventory, and accounts receivable. The vast majority of the collateral is real estate. The value of real estate collateral is determined utilizing an income or market valuation approach based on an appraisal conducted by an independent, licensed appraiser outside of the Company using observable market data (Level 2). However, if the collateral value is significantly adjusted due to differences in the comparable properties, or is discounted by the Company because of marketability, then the fair value is considered Level 3.

The value of business equipment is based upon an outside appraisal if deemed significant, or the net book value on the applicable business’s financial statements if not considered significant. Likewise, values for inventory and accounts receivables collateral are based on financial statement balances or aging reports (Level 3). Impaired loans allocated to the allowance for loan losses are measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis. Any fair value adjustments are recorded in the period incurred as provision for loan losses on the consolidated statements of operations.

Other Real Estate Owned.  Other real estate owned (“OREO”) is measured at fair value less cost to sell, based on an appraisal conducted by an independent, licensed appraiser outside of the Company. If the collateral value is significantly adjusted due to differences in the comparable properties, or is discounted by the Company because of marketability, then the fair value is considered Level 3. OREO is measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis. Any initial fair value adjustment is charged against the allowance for loan losses. Subsequent fair value adjustments are recorded in the period incurred and included in other noninterest expense on the consolidated statements of operations.

The following table summarizes assets measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, segregated by the level of the valuation inputs within the fair value hierarchy utilized to measure fair value:

Assets Measured at Fair Value on a Non-Recurring Basis at December 31, 2013 Using
	Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1)		Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2)		Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)		Balance at December 31, 2013
	(dollars in thousands)
Assets
Impaired loans	$	—	$	—	$	16,086	$	16,086
Other real estate owned	$	—	$	—	$	800	$	800

Assets Measured at Fair Value on a Non-Recurring Basis at December 31, 2012 Using
	Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1)		Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2)		Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)		Balance at December 31, 2012
	(dollars in thousands)
Assets
Impaired loans	$	—	$	—	$	18,569	$	18,569
Other real estate owned	$	—	$	—	$	4,747	$	4,747

135

Eastern Virginia Bankshares, Inc. and Subsidiaries
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

Note 19. Fair Value Measurements  – (continued)

The following table displays quantitative information about Level 3 Fair Value Measurements as of December 31, 2013 and 2012:

Quantitative information about Level 3 Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2013
	Fair Value		Valuation Technique(s)		Unobservable Input		Range (Weighted Average)
	(dollars in thousands)
Assets
Impaired loans	$	16,086		Discounted appraised value		Selling cost		0% – 32% (12%)
						Discount for lack of marketability and age of appraisal		0% – 20% (6%)
Other real estate owned	$	800		Discounted appraised value		Selling cost		10% (10%)
						Discount for lack of marketability and age of appraisal		0% – 28% (13%)

Quantitative information about Level 3 Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2012
	Fair Value		Valuation Technique(s)		Unobservable Input		Range (Weighted Average)
	(dollars in thousands)
Assets
Impaired loans	$	18,569		Discounted appraised value		Selling cost		7% – 32% (12%)
						Discount for lack of marketability and age of appraisal		0% – 50% (15%)
Other real estate owned	$	4,747		Discounted appraised value		Selling cost		10% – 15% (10%)
						Discount for lack of marketability and age of appraisal		0% – 56% (6%)

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

U.S. GAAP requires disclosure of the fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities, including those financial assets and financial liabilities that are not measured and reported at fair value on a recurring basis or non-recurring basis. The methodologies and assumptions for estimating the fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring or non-recurring basis are discussed above. The methodologies and assumptions for other financial assets and financial liabilities are discussed below:

Cash and Short-Term Investments.  For those short-term instruments, the carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of fair value.

Investment Securities.  For securities and marketable equity securities held for investment purposes, fair values are based on quoted market prices or dealer quotes. For other securities held as investments, fair value equals quoted market price, if available. If a quoted market price is not available, fair value is estimated using quoted prices for similar securities. All securities prices are provided by independent third party vendors.

136

Eastern Virginia Bankshares, Inc. and Subsidiaries
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

Note 19. Fair Value Measurements  – (continued)

Restricted Securities.  The carrying amount approximates fair value based on the redemption provisions of the correspondent banks.

Loans.  The fair value of performing loans is estimated by discounting the future cash flows using the current rates at which similar loans would be made to borrowers with similar remaining maturities. This calculation ignores loan fees and certain factors affecting the interest rates charged on various loans such as the borrower’s creditworthiness and compensating balances and dissimilar types of real estate held as collateral. The fair value of impaired loans is measured as described within the Impaired Loans section of this note.

Bank Owned Life Insurance.  Bank owned life insurance represents insurance policies on officers of the Company. The cash values of the policies are estimated using information provided by insurance carriers. These policies are carried at their cash surrender value, which approximates the fair value.

Deposits.  The fair value of demand deposits, savings accounts, and certain money market deposits is the amount payable on demand at the reporting date. The fair value of fixed maturity certificates of deposit is estimated using market rates for deposits of similar remaining maturities.

Short-Term Borrowings.  The carrying amounts of federal funds purchased and other short-term borrowings maturing within 90 days approximate their fair values. Fair values of other short-term borrowings are estimated using discounted cash flow analyses based on the current incremental borrowing rates for similar types of borrowing arrangements.

Long-Term Borrowings.  The fair values of the Company’s long-term borrowings are estimated using discounted cash flow analyses based on the Company’s current incremental borrowing rates for similar types of borrowing arrangements.

Accrued Interest Receivable and Accrued Interest Payable.  The carrying amounts of accrued interest approximate fair value.

Off-Balance Sheet Financial Instruments.  The fair value of commitments to extend credit is estimated using the fees currently charged to enter similar agreements, taking into account the remaining terms of the agreements and the present credit worthiness of the counterparties. For fixed-rate loan commitments, fair value also considers the difference between current levels of interest rates and the committed rates.

The fair value of standby letters of credit is based on fees currently charged for similar agreements or on the estimated cost to terminate them or otherwise settle the obligations with the counterparties at the reporting date. The fair value of guarantees of credit card accounts previously sold is based on the estimated cost to settle the obligations with the counterparty at the reporting date. At December 31, 2013 and 2012, the fair value of loan commitments, standby letters of credit and credit card guarantees are not significant and are not included in the table below.

137

Eastern Virginia Bankshares, Inc. and Subsidiaries
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

Note 19. Fair Value Measurements  – (continued)

The estimated fair value and the carrying value of the Company’s recorded financial instruments are as follows:

			Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2013 Using
	Carrying Amount		Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1)		Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2)		Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)		Balance at December 31, 2013
			(dollars in thousands)
Assets:
Cash and short-term investments	$	13,944	$	13,944	$	—	$	—	$	13,944
Interest bearing deposits with banks		5,402		5,402		—		—		5,402
Securities available for sale		234,935		—		234,935		—		234,935
Securities held to maturity		35,495		—		34,521		—		34,521
Restricted securities		5,549		—		5,549		—		5,549
Loans, net		642,430		—		—		653,125		653,125
Bank owned life insurance		21,158		—		21,158		—		21,158
Accrued interest receivable		3,893		—		3,893		—		3,893
Total	$	962,806	$	19,346	$	300,056	$	653,125	$	972,527
Liabilities:
Noninterest-bearing demand deposits	$	126,861	$	126,861	$	—	$	—	$	126,861
Interest-bearing deposits		707,601		—		614,747		—		614,747
Short-term borrowings		44,949		44,949		—		—		44,949
Trust preferred debt		10,310		—		10,310		—		10,310
Accrued interest payable		1,324		—		1,324		—		1,324
Total	$	891,045	$	171,810	$	626,381	$	—	$	798,191

138

Eastern Virginia Bankshares, Inc. and Subsidiaries
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

Note 19. Fair Value Measurements  – (continued)

			Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2012 Using
	Carrying Amount		Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1)		Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2)		Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)		Balance at December 31, 2012
			(dollars in thousands)
Assets:
Cash and short-term investments	$	16,762	$	16,762	$	—	$	—	$	16,762
Interest bearing deposits with banks		29,837		29,837		—		—		29,837
Securities available for sale		276,913		—		276,913		—		276,913
Restricted securities		9,251		—		9,251		—		9,251
Loans, net		664,330		—		—		659,818		659,818
Bank owned life insurance		10,678		—		10,678		—		10,678
Accrued interest receivable		4,223		—		4,223		—		4,223
Total	$	1,011,994	$	46,599	$	301,065	$	659,818	$	1,007,482
Liabilities:
Noninterest-bearing demand deposits	$	116,717	$	116,717	$	—	$	—	$	116,717
Interest-bearing deposits		721,656		—		717,035		—		717,035
Short-term borrowings		2,942		2,942		—		—		2,942
Long-term borrowings		117,500		—		126,739		—		126,739
Trust preferred debt		10,310		—		10,310		—		10,310
Accrued interest payable		1,673		—		1,673		—		1,673
Total	$	970,798	$	119,659	$	855,757	$	—	$	975,416

The Company assumes interest rate risk (the risk that general interest rate levels will change) as a result of the Company’s normal operations. As a result, the fair values of the Company’s financial instruments will change when interest rate levels change and that change may be either favorable or unfavorable to the Company. The Company attempts to match maturities of assets and liabilities to the extent believed necessary to minimize interest rate risk. However, borrowers with fixed rate obligations are less likely to prepay in a rising rate environment. Conversely, depositors who are receiving fixed rates are more likely to withdraw funds before maturity in a rising rate environment and less likely to do so in a falling rate environment. The Company monitors rates and maturities of assets and liabilities and attempts to minimize interest rate risk by adjusting terms of new loans and deposits and by investing in securities with terms that mitigate the Company’s overall interest rate risk.

Note 20. Financial Instruments with Off-Balance Sheet Risk

In the normal course of business, the Company is a party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit, standby letters of credit, guarantees of credit card accounts previously sold and potential repurchase obligations related to previously sold loans, and involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess of the amount recognized in the consolidated balance sheet. The contract or notional amounts of these instruments reflect the extent of the Company’s involvement in particular classes of financial instruments.

The Company’s exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the other party to the financial instrument for commitments to extend credit, standby letters of credit and guarantees of credit card accounts

139

Eastern Virginia Bankshares, Inc. and Subsidiaries
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

Note 20. Financial Instruments with Off-Balance Sheet Risk  – (continued)

previously sold is represented by the contractual notional amount of those instruments. The Company uses the same credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as it does for on-balance sheet instruments.

Unless otherwise noted, the Company does not require collateral or other security to support financial instruments with credit risk.

Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since many of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. The Company evaluates each customer’s credit worthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary by the Company upon extension of credit, is based on management’s credit evaluation of the counterparty. Collateral held varies but may include property, plant and equipment and income-producing commercial properties.

Unfunded commitments under commercial lines of credit, revolving credit lines and overdraft protection agreements are commitments for possible future extensions of credit to existing customers. These lines of credit are usually uncollateralized and do not always contain a specified maturity date and may not be drawn upon to the total extent to which the Company is committed.

Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Company to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loan facilities to customers. The Company has not incurred any losses on its commitments in either 2013 or 2012.

The amounts of loan commitments and standby letters of credit are set forth in the following table as of December 31, 2013 and 2012:

	December 31,
(dollars in thousands)	2013		2012
Loan commitments	$	102,703	$	98,922
Standby letters of credit	$	7,114	$	6,851

In connection with the sale of its credit card loan portfolio, the Company has guaranteed credit card accounts of certain customers to the bank that purchased the accounts. At December 31, 2013 and 2012, the guarantees totaled $964 thousand and $731 thousand, respectively, of which the outstanding balance of the guarantees was $385 thousand and $327 thousand, respectively. As of December 31, 2013, the Company does not anticipate any significant or material losses as a result of the guaranteed credit card accounts.

Note 21. Preferred Stock and Warrant

On January 9, 2009, the Company signed a definitive agreement with the U.S. Department of the Treasury (the “Treasury”) under the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 to participate in the Treasury’s Capital Purchase Program. Pursuant to this agreement, the Company sold 24,000 shares of its Series A fixed rate cumulative perpetual preferred stock, liquidation value $1,000 per share (the “Series A Preferred Stock”), to the Treasury for an aggregate purchase price of $24 million. The Series A Preferred Stock pays a cumulative dividend at a rate of 5% for the first five years, and if not redeemed, pays a rate of 9% starting at the beginning of the sixth year. As part of its purchase of the Series A Preferred Stock, the Treasury was also issued a warrant to purchase up to 373,832 shares of the Company’s common stock at an initial exercise price of $9.63 per share. If not exercised, the warrant expires after ten years. On October 21, 2013, the Treasury sold all 24,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock that were held by Treasury to private investors.

140

Eastern Virginia Bankshares, Inc. and Subsidiaries
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

Note 21. Preferred Stock and Warrant  – (continued)

Accounting for the issuance of the Series A Preferred Stock included entries to the equity portion of the Company’s consolidated balance sheet to recognize the Series A Preferred Stock at the full amount of the issuance, the warrant and discount on the Series A Preferred Stock at values calculated by discounting the future cash flows by a prevailing interest rate that a similar security would receive in the current market environment. At the time of issuance, that discount rate was determined to be 12%. The fair value of the warrant of $950 thousand was calculated using the Black-Scholes model with inputs of 7 year volatility, average rate of quarterly dividends, 7 year Treasury strip rate and the exercise price of $9.63 per share exercisable for up to 10 years. The present value of the Series A Preferred Stock using a 12% discount rate was $14.4 million. The Series A Preferred Stock discount determined by the allocation of discount to the warrant is being accreted quarterly over a 5 year period on a constant effective yield method at a rate of approximately 6.4%. Allocation of the Series A Preferred Stock discount and the warrant as of January 9, 2009 is provided in the tables below:

Warrant Value	2009
Series A Preferred Stock	$	24,000,000
Price	$	9.63
Warrant – shares		373,832
Value per warrant	$	2.54
Fair value of warrant	$	949,533

	(dollars in thousands)
NPV of Series A Preferred Stock @ 12% discount rate	Fair Value		Relative Value %			Relative Value
$24 million 1/09/2009
NPV of Series A Preferred Stock (12% discount rate)	$	14,446		93.8	%	$	22,519
Fair value of warrant		950		6.2	%		1,481
	$	15,396		100.0	%	$	24,000

On February 17, 2011, the Parent and the Bank entered into a written agreement with the Reserve Bank and the Bureau. The Written Agreement was terminated on July 30, 2013. Under the terms of this written agreement, the Parent and the Bank were subject to additional limitations and regulatory restrictions and could not declare or pay dividends to its shareholders (including payments by the Parent related to trust preferred securities) without prior regulatory approval. See Note 26 — Regulatory Agreements.

On September 5, 2013, the Parent and the Bank entered into a memorandum of understanding with the Reserve Bank and the Bureau. The MOU was terminated effective March 13, 2014. Under the terms of the MOU, the Parent and the Bank were subject to additional limitations and regulatory restrictions and could not declare or pay dividends to its shareholders (including payment by the Parent related to trust preferred securities) without prior regulatory approval. See Note 26 — Regulatory Agreements.

On February 15, 2014, the Company deferred its thirteenth consecutive dividend on the Series A Preferred Stock. Deferral of dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock does not constitute an event of default. Dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock are, however, cumulative, and the Company has accumulated the dividends in accordance with the terms of the Series A Preferred Stock and U.S. GAAP and reflected the accumulated dividends as a portion of the effective dividend on Series A Preferred Stock on the consolidated statements of operations. As of December 31, 2013, the Company had accumulated $3.6 million for dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock. In addition, because dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock have not been paid for more than six quarters, the authorized number of directors on the Company’s Board of Directors has increased by two, and the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock have the right, voting as a class, to elect two directors to the Company’s Board of Directors at the next annual meeting (or a special meeting called for that purpose)

141

Eastern Virginia Bankshares, Inc. and Subsidiaries
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

Note 21. Preferred Stock and Warrant  – (continued)

and each annual meeting until all owed and unpaid dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock have been paid. To date the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock have not yet exercised this right.

In connection with its private placements, on June 12, 2013, the Company issued 5,240,192 shares of its Series B Preferred Stock for a gross purchase price of $23.8 million, or $4.55 per share. The Series B Preferred Stock has no maturity date. The holders of Series B Preferred Stock are entitled to receive dividends if, as and when declared by the Company’s Board of Directors, in an identical form of consideration and at the same time, as those dividends or distributions that would have been payable on the number of whole shares of the Company’s common stock that such shares of Series B Preferred Stock would be convertible into upon satisfaction of certain conditions. The Company will not pay any dividends with respect to its common stock unless an equivalent dividend also is paid to the holders of Series B Preferred Stock. The Series B Preferred Stock ranks junior with regard to dividends to any class or series of capital stock of the Company the terms of which expressly provide that such class or series will rank senior to the common stock or the Series B Preferred Stock as to dividend rights and/or as to rights on liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, including the Series A Preferred Stock.

For a summary of the terms of the Series B Preferred Stock, including the conditions under which shares of Series B Preferred Stock convert into shares of the Company’s common stock, see the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on June 14, 2013 and the exhibits thereto.

Note 22. Related Party Leases

The Bank has entered into a long-term land lease with a related party to provide for space for one branch located in Hartfield, Virginia. This lease has been classified as an operating lease for financial reporting purposes. The lease term was extended for an additional ten years during 2013 and now expires on May 31, 2023 with annual lease payments of approximately $8 thousand. Future minimum lease payments required over the remaining term of this non-cancelable operating lease total $73 thousand. Under the terms of the lease, the Bank has multiple options to extend the lease term beyond May 31, 2023. Total lease expense was $8 thousand for each of the years 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Note 23. Lease Commitments

The Company currently has long-term leases for four of its retail branches and one for a former retail branch. Four of the leases are for the retail branch buildings and one lease is for the land on which the Company owned retail branch is located. The leases provide for options to renew for various periods. Pursuant to the terms of these leases, the following is a schedule, by year, of future minimum lease payments required under the long-term non-cancelable lease agreements.

(dollars in thousands)	Lease Payments
2014	$	282
2015		224
2016		182
2017		140
2018		129
Thereafter		50
	$	1,007

Rent expense for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 was $337 thousand, $397 thousand and $413 thousand, respectively, and was included in occupancy and equipment expenses.

142

Eastern Virginia Bankshares, Inc. and Subsidiaries
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

Note 24. Common Stock Repurchases

In January 2001, the Company announced a stock repurchase program by which management was authorized to repurchase up to 300,000 shares of the Company’s common stock. This plan was amended in 2003 and the number of shares by which management is authorized to repurchase is up to 5% of the outstanding shares of the Company’s common stock on January 1 of each year. There is no stated expiration date for the program. During 2013, 2012 and 2011, the Company did not repurchase any of its common stock.

In connection with the Company’s sale to the Treasury of its Series A Preferred Stock under the Capital Purchase Program, as previously described, prior to January 9, 2012, the Company generally could not purchase any of its common stock without the consent of the Treasury. See Note 21 — Preferred Stock and Warrant.

In connection with the Written Agreement with the Reserve Bank and the Bureau, as previously described, the Company was subject to additional limitations and regulatory restrictions and could not purchase or redeem shares of its stock without prior regulatory approval. The Written Agreement was terminated on July 30, 2013. See Note 26 — Regulatory Agreements.

In connection with the MOU with the Reserve Bank and the Bureau, as previously described, the Company was subject to additional limitations and regulatory restrictions and could not purchase or redeem shares of its stock without prior regulatory approval. The MOU was terminated effective March 13, 2014. See Note 26 — Regulatory Agreements.

Note 25. Condensed Parent Company Only Financial Information

The condensed financial position as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 and the condensed results of operations and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2013, of Eastern Virginia Bankshares, Inc., parent company only, are presented below:

Condensed Balance Sheets
December 31, 2013 and 2012
(dollars in thousands)

	2013		2012
Assets
Cash on deposit with subsidiary	$	35,168	$	2,994
Investment in subsidiaries		107,039		106,523
Deferred income taxes, net		232		755
Prepaid benefit cost		520		—
Other assets		1,393		1,587
Total assets	$	144,352	$	111,859
Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity
Trust preferred debt	$	10,310	$	10,310
Accrued benefit cost		—		1,019
Other liabilities		1,093		819
Total shareholders’ equity		132,949		99,711
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity	$	144,352	$	111,859

143

Eastern Virginia Bankshares, Inc. and Subsidiaries
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

Note 25. Condensed Parent Company Only Financial Information  – (continued)

Condensed Statements of Operations
Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011
(dollars in thousands)

	2013			2012			2011
Income:
Interest on deposit with subsidiary	$	123		$	19		$	32
Interest on subordinated debt		—			—			321
Total income		123			19			353
Expenses:
Interest on trust preferred debt		352			361			332
Professional fees		275			295			344
Other		204			169			162
Total expenses		831			825			838
Loss before income tax benefit and equity in undistributed net income (loss) of subsidiary		(708	)		(806	)		(485	)
Income tax benefit		(241	)		(274	)		(165	)
Loss before equity in undistributed net income (loss) of subsidiary		(467	)		(532	)		(320	)
Equity in undistributed net income (loss) of subsidiary		(2,165	)		3,984			2,097
Net income (loss)	$	(2,632	)	$	3,452		$	1,777

144

Eastern Virginia Bankshares, Inc. and Subsidiaries
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

Note 25. Condensed Parent Company Only Financial Information  – (continued)

Condensed Statements of Cash Flows
Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011
(dollars in thousands)

	2013			2012			2011
Operating activities:
Net income (loss)	$	(2,632	)	$	3,452		$	1,777
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
Equity in undistributed net (income) loss of subsidiary		2,165			(3,984	)		(2,097	)
Stock based compensation		32			53			110
Net change in:
Other assets		194			(844	)		(320	)
Other liabilities		273			358			282
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities		32			(965	)		(248	)
Investing activities:
Subordinated debt to subsidiary		—			—			11,000
Increase in investment in subsidiary		(13,000	)		—			(11,000	)
Net cash used in investing activities		(13,000	)		—			—
Financing activities:
Issuance of common stock under dividend reinvestment and employee stock plans		—			37			80
Director stock grant		32			23			22
Net proceeds from issuance of common stock in private placements and rights offering		23,550			—			—
Net proceeds from issuance of preferred stock in private placements		21,560			—			—
Net cash provided by financing activities		45,142			60			102
Net increase (decrease) in cash on deposit with subsidiary		32,174			(905	)		(146	)
Cash on deposit with subsidiary, January 1		2,994			3,899			4,045
Cash on deposit with subsidiary, December 31	$	35,168		$	2,994		$	3,899

Note 26. Regulatory Agreements

On February 17, 2011, the Parent and the Bank entered into a written agreement with the Reserve Bank and the Bureau. The Written Agreement was terminated on July 30, 2013. The Written Agreement had required the Bank, among other things, to develop plans for improving numerous aspects of the Bank’s operations and management, required the Bank to improve asset quality, restricted certain types of credit extensions and imposed a number of measures designed to preserve the Bank’s capital.

On September 5, 2013, the Parent and the Bank entered into a memorandum of understanding with the Reserve Bank and the Bureau. The MOU was terminated effective March 13, 2014.

Under the terms of the MOU, the Parent and the Bank had agreed that the Parent would not, without prior written approval of the Reserve Bank and the Bureau, (a) declare or pay dividends of any kind, or make any payments on the Parent’s trust preferred securities; (b) incur or guarantee any debt; or (c) purchase or redeem any shares of the Parent’s stock. In addition, under the MOU the Parent and the Bank had agreed to review and revise the

145

Eastern Virginia Bankshares, Inc. and Subsidiaries
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

Note 26. Regulatory Agreements  – (continued)

allowance for loan and lease losses methodology (“ALLL”), and on a quarterly basis submit to the Reserve Bank and the Bureau a copy of the internally calculated ALLL worksheet.

Management believes, as of December 31, 2013, that the Parent and Bank were in full or substantial compliance with the terms of the MOU.

Note 27. Capital Raise

During 2013, the Company completed a capital raising initiative (the “Capital Raise”), which resulted in $50.0 million in gross proceeds for which the Company issued, in the aggregate, approximately 5.7 million shares of common stock and 5.2 million shares of Series B Preferred Stock, each at $4.55 per share. The Capital Raise was comprised of two components (i) private placements to institutional investors and (ii) a rights offering for existing shareholders.

In connection with the first component of the Capital Raise, on March 26, 2013, the Company entered into securities purchase agreements with affiliates of Castle Creek Capital Partners (“Castle Creek”) and GCP Capital Partners (“GCP Capital”) and certain other institutional investors pursuant to which it closed the private placements on June 12, 2013 and raised aggregate gross proceeds of $45.0 million through private placements of approximately 4.6 million shares of common stock and 5.2 million shares of Series B Preferred Stock, each at $4.55 per share (the “Private Placements”). For more information related to the preferred shares issued in the Private Placements, see Note 21 — Preferred Stock and Warrant.

In connection with the second component of the Capital Raise, on March 26, 2013, the Company announced plans to conduct a $5.0 million rights offering to allow existing shareholders to purchase common stock at the same price per share as the investors in the Private Placements. The closing of the Rights Offering was conditioned on the closing of the Private Placements. On July 5, 2013, the Company closed on its Rights Offering to existing shareholders which raised aggregate gross proceeds of $5.0 million through the issuance of 1.1 million newly issued shares of the Company’s common stock. After issuing 1.1 million newly subscribed common shares in the Rights Offering, the Company had approximately 11.8 million total common shares outstanding.

Note 28. Subsequent Events

Effective March 13, 2014, the MOU was terminated by the Reserve Bank and the Bureau.

146

EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit Number
3.1	Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of Eastern Virginia Bankshares, Inc., effective December 29, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed March 10, 2009).
3.1.1	Articles of Amendment to the Articles of Incorporation of Eastern Virginia Bankshares, Inc., effective January 6, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed January 13, 2009).
3.1.2	Articles of Amendment to the Articles of Incorporation of Eastern Virginia Bankshares, Inc., effective June 10, 2013 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed June 14, 2013).
3.2	Bylaws of Eastern Virginia Bankshares, Inc., as amended June 4, 2013 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed June 14, 2013).
4.1	Form of Certificate for Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed January 13, 2009).
4.2	Warrant to Purchase Shares of Common Stock, dated January 9, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed January 13, 2009).
	Certain instruments relating to long-term debt as to which the total amount of securities authorized there under does not exceed 10% of the total assets of Eastern Virginia Bankshares, Inc. have been omitted in accordance with Item 601(b)(4)(iii) of Regulation S-K. The registrant will furnish a copy of any such instrument to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon its request.
10.1	Eastern Virginia Bankshares, Inc. 2003 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit A to the Company’s 2003 Proxy Statement filed March 24, 2003).*
10.2	Eastern Virginia Bankshares, Inc. 2007 Equity Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit A to the Company’s 2007 Proxy Statement filed March 21, 2007.*
10.3	Amended and Restated Employment Agreement dated as of January 1, 2008 between Eastern Virginia Bankshares, Inc. and Joe A. Shearin (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed March 10, 2009).*
10.5	Amended and Restated Employment Agreement dated as of January 1, 2008 between Eastern Virginia Bankshares, Inc. and Joseph H. James, Jr. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed March 10, 2009).*
10.6	Amended and Restated Employment Agreement dated as of January 10, 2008, between Eastern Virginia Bankshares, Inc. and James S. Thomas (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed March 10, 2009).*
10.8	Form of Waiver of the Senior Executive Officers of Eastern Virginia Bankshares, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed January 13, 2009).*
10.9	Form of Letter Agreement by and between the Senior Executive Officers of Eastern Virginia Bankshares, Inc. and Eastern Virginia Bankshares, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed January 13, 2009).*
10.10	Form of TARP-compliant Restricted Stock Agreement under Eastern Virginia Bankshares, Inc. Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed November 19, 2010).*
10.13	Form of TARP-compliant Restricted Stock Agreement under Eastern Virginia Bankshares, Inc. 2007 Equity Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed July 6, 2012).*
10.14	Securities Purchase Agreement, dated as of March 26, 2013, between Eastern Virginia Bankshares, Inc. and Castle Creek Capital Partners IV, LP (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed March 28, 2013).

147

Exhibit Number
10.15	Securities Purchase Agreement, dated as of March 26, 2013, between Eastern Virginia Bankshares, Inc. and GCP III EVB LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed March 28, 2013).
10.16	Form of Securities Purchase Agreement between Eastern Virginia Bankshares, Inc. and certain institutional investors (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed March 28, 2013).
10.17	Memorandum of Understanding, dated September 5, 2013, by and among Eastern Virginia Bankshares, Inc., EVB, the Federal Reserve Bank of Richmond, and Virginia State Corporation Commission Bureau of Financial Institutions (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed September 10, 2013).
10.18	Base salaries for executive officers of Eastern Virginia Bankshares, Inc.#*
10.19	Non-employee directors’ annual compensation for Eastern Virginia Bankshares, Inc.#*
21.1	Subsidiaries of Eastern Virginia Bankshares, Inc.#
23.1	Consent of Yount, Hyde & Barbour, P.C.#
31.1	Rule 13a-14(a) Certification of Chief Executive Officer.#
31.2	Rule 13a-14(a) Certification of Chief Financial Officer.#
32.1	Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350.#
32.2	Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350.#
99.1	Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 31 C.F.R. Section 30.15.#
99.2	Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 31 C.F.R. Section 30.15.#
101	The following materials from Eastern Virginia Bankshares, Inc. Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013, formatted in XBRL (Extensible Business Reporting Language), furnished herewith: (i) Consolidated Balance Sheets, (ii) Consolidated Statements of Operations, (iii) Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss), (iv) Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity, (v) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, and (vi) Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.#

* Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

# Filed herewith.

148